GMC 1993 Sonoma Owner's Manual

9
9
3
L I I O N O ~
O w n e r ' s
M a n u a l
d i
THE STRENGTH OF EXPERIENCE,
INTRODUCTION
1993 GMC Sonoma Owner’s Manual
Welcome
Thismanualwasprepared
to acquaintyouwith the operation and
maintenance of your 1993 GMCSonomaand to provideimportantsafety
information.ThereisalsoaGMCTruckWarrantyandOwnerAssistance
Informationbooklet. In some vehicles,therecanbeinformationmanualsfrom
othermanufacturerslikebodybuildersorspecialequipmentcompanies.
We
urgeyou to reviewallthesepublicationscarefully.Thiswillhelpyouenjoy
safe and trouble-free operation of your vehicle.
When it comes to service,keep in mindthatyourGMCTruckdealerknows
yourvehiclebest and is interestedinyourcompletesatisfaction.
Your dealer
invitesyou to returnforall of yourserviceneedsbothduringandafter
the
warrantyperiod.
and needhelphandlingittoyour
Remember, if youhaveaconcern
satisfaction,seetheprocedureintheGMCTruckWarrantyandOwner
AssistanceInformationbooklet.
ThanksforchoosingaGMCTruckproduct.Wevalueyouasamemberof
theGMCTruckfamily.Wewant
to assureyou of ourcontinuinginterest
yourpleasure and satisfactionwithyourvehicle.
in
GMCTruckDivision
GeneralMotorsCorporation
Pontiac,Michigan
@Copyright 7992 General Motors Corporation, GMC Truck Division.
AI/ Rights Reserved
Printed in U.S.A.
Second Edition
i
ImportantNotes to OwnersandDrivers
. . . .About This Manual: Pleasekeepthismanualinyourvehicle,
so it
will be there if youever need it whenyou’reontheroad.
If you sell the
vehicle,pleaseleavethismanual
in it so thenewownercanuseit.
This manualincludesthelatestinformationatthetime
it wasprinted.We
reserve the right to makechanges in theproductafterthattimewithout
furthernotice.Forvehiclesfirst
sold in Canada,substitute the name“General
Motors of CanadaLimited’’forGMCTruckDivisionwhenever
it appears in
thismanual.
. . .
.ForCanadianOwnersWhoPrefer
a FrenchLanguageManual:
Aux proprietaires canadiens: Vous pouvezvousprocurerunexemplairede
ce guideenfrancaischezvotreconcessionaire
ou auDGNMarketing
ServicesLtd., 1500 Bonhill Rd., Mississauga,Ontario L5T 1C7.
r
GMCTRUCK
GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, GMC, and SONOMA are registered
trademarks of General Motors Corporation.
ii
Model Reference
This manual covers fhese models:
TYPE
MODEL
REGULAR CAB
CLUBCOUPElEXTENDED CAB
iii
TABLE OF CONTEIVTS
I
L
I
I
TO212
iv
Section
A
Thissectiontells
you how to useyour manual and includes
safety and vehicle damage warnings and symbols.
This section tells you how to use your seats and safety belts
properly.
This section explains how to start and operate your vehicle.
2
This section tells you how to adjust the ventilation and comfort
controls and how to operate your audio system.
i -
Here you’ll find helpful information and tips about the road and
how to drive under different conditions.
.
This section tells you what to do if you have a problem while
driving, such as a flat tire or engine overheating.
Here the manual tells you how to keep your vehicle running
properly and looking good.
This section tells you when to perform vehicle maintenance and
what fluids and lubricants to use.
This section tells you how to contact your GM division for
assistance and how to get service publications. It also gives
you information on “Reporting SafetyDefects”.
9
1
Here’san alphabetical listing of almost every subject in this
manual. You can use it to quickly find something you
want to
read.
TO210
V
How To Use This Manual
Manypeoplereadtheirowner’smanualfrombeginning
to endwhentheyfirst
receivetheirnewvehicle.Thiswill
help youlearnaboutthefeaturesand
controlsforyourvehicle.
In thismanual,you’ll find thatpictures and words
worktogether to explainthingsquickly.
INDEX: A good place to look forwhatyouneedistheIndexinbackofthe
manual.It’sanalphabeticallist
of allthat’s in themanual,andthe
numberwhereyou’llfindit.
SECTIONS 1-6: Each section of thismanualbeginswithabrieflist
contents, so youcanoften find ataglance if asectioncontainsthe
informationyouwant.
page
of its
SECTION 7: Thissection of themanualcoversthemaintenancerequiredfor
your vehicle.
SECTION 8: CUSTOMERASSISTANCE: Thissectionincludesimportant
informationaboutReportingSafetyDefectsandgivesyoudetailsaboutthe
“RoadsideAssistance”program. You willalsofindcustomersatisfaction
phone
numbers(includingcustomersatisfactionnumbersforthehearingandspeech
impaired) as well as the mediatiodarbitration procedure.We’vealsoincluded
orderinginformationforservicepublicationsinthissection.
0-1
How To Use This Manual
Safety Warnings and Symbols
You will find anumber of safetycautions in this book. Weuseyellow and
the wordCAUTION to tell youaboutthings that could hurtyou if youwere to
ignore the warning.
I CAUTION
I;\
Thesemean there issomething that could hurt you or otherpeople.
L
In the yellow caution area, we tell youwhat the hazard is. Then we tell you
what to do to help avoid orreduce the hazard.Pleasereadthese
cautions. If
youdon’t, you or others could be hurt.
You will also find a red circle with aslash through it in this book. This safety
symbolmeans“Don’t”, “Don’t dothis”,or“Don’t
let this happen.’’
AM002002
0-2
Vehicle Damage Warnings
Also, in thisbookyou
will find thesebluenotices:
These meanthere is somethingthat could damage yourvehicle
I
In thebluenoticearea,
we tell youaboutsomethingthat
can damageyour
vehicle.Manytimes,thisdamagewouldnotbecoveredbyyourwarranty,and
itcould be costly.Butthenoticewill
tell youwhat to dotohelpavoidthe
damage.
Whenyoureadothermanuals,youmightseeCAUTIONandNOTICE
warningsindifferentcolorsor
in differentwords. In thismanual,we’veused
thefamiliarwords and colorsthatGeneralMotorshasusedforyears.
You’ll alsoseewarninglabelsonyourvehicle.Theyusethesamecolors,
andthewordsCAUTIONorNOTICE.
0-3
I
Vehicle Symbols
These are some of the symbols you will find on your vehicle. For example,
these symbols are used on an original battery:
A
~~
Caution
Possible Injury
Protect Eyes
by Shielding
~
Caustic Battery Acid
Could Cause Burns
Spark or Flame Could
Explode Battery
L
-
Avoid Sparks
or Flames
I hese symbols are important for you and your passengers whenever your
vehicle is driven:
fasten Safety
Door
Lock/Unlock
Belts
PO335
0-4
These symbols have to dowith your lights.
A
I
1
J
Turn Signal
Direction
Master Lighting
Switch
Daytime
Running Lights
Parking Lights
Heaulight
High Beam
Hazard
Warning
Flasher
u
Fog Lights
These symbolsare on some of yourcontrols:
w
Windshield
Wiper
Windshield
Defroster
Windshield
Washer
Release
Hood
0
I
Off
I
L
Fan
Ventilating
0-5
PO342
How To Use This Manual
Thesesymbolsareusedonwarningandindicatorlights.
I I
1
Engine Coolant
Temperature
~
Battery Charging
System
Fuel
BRAKE
SHIFT
Brake
(Standard Cluster)
Shift Light
Engine Oil
Pressure
BRAKE
I
Brake
(Digital Cluster)
see.
Here aresomeothersymbolsyoumay
Fuse
Lighter
Horn
Speaker
PO343
0-6
.
4.
Jts & Safety Belts
.........
...-..: .....
.... ,.r
v
.-
Hereyou’ll find informationabouttheseats in yourvehicleandhow to use
your safety belts properly. You can also learn about some
things you should
not do with safety belts .
Seats and Seat Controls ......................................................................................
1-2
Head Restraints .................................................................................................
1-7
Safety Belts: They’re For Everyone ....................................................................
1-7
Why Safety Belts Work ..................................................................................... 1-9
Questions Many People Ask About Safety Belts ......................................... 1-12
How To Wear Safety Belts Properly ................................................................. 1-14
...................................................................................
1-14
Adults .........................
Driver Position.................................................................................................. 1-14
Lap-Shoulder Belt.........................................................................................
1-15
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy ................................................................ 1-20
Right Front Passenger Position...................................................................... 1-21
Center Passenger Position ............................................................................. 1-21
Lap Belt ........................................................................................................ 1-22
Rear Seat Passenger Position ........................................................................ 1-23
Children ................................................................................................................ 1-24
Smaller Children and Babies .......................................................................... 1-24
1-26
Child Restraints ............................................................................................
Larger Children ................................................................................................ 1-32
Safety Belt Extender ........................................................................................... 1-35
Checking Your Restraint Systems ...................................................................... 1-35
Replacing Safety Belts After a Crash ............................................................... 1-35
..-...
1-1
Seats & Safety Belts
Seats and Seat Contro/s
Thissectiontellsyouaboutthe
anddown.
seats-how
toadjustthem,and
fold themup
Front Seats
A
1
You canlosecontrol of thevehicle if you try toadjustamanual
driver’sseatwhilethevehicleismoving.
The suddenmovement
:ould startleandconfuseyou,ormakeyoupushapedalwhenyou
don’twantto.Adjustthedriver’sseatonlywhenthevehicle
is not
moving.
I
Manual Front Seat
I
I
KO302
Move the leverunderthefront
of theseattowardyourdoortounlock
Slidetheseattowhereyouwantit.Thenreleasetheleverandtry
theseatwithyourbody,tomakesuretheseatislockedintoplace.
1-2
it.
to move
Reclining Front Seatbacks (Bucket Seats or 60140
Split-Bench)
J
KO305
To adjust the seatback, lift theleverontheouterside
of theseat.Release
thelever to lock the seatbackwhere you wantit. Pull up on the lever and
theseatwillgo
to an upright position.
But don’thave a seatbackreclined if yourvehicleismoving.
Sitting in a reclined position whenyourvehicleis
in motioncanbe
dangerous.Even if youbuckle up, yoursafetybeltscan’tdotheirjob
whenyou’rereclinedlikethis.
Theshoulderbeltcan’tdoitsjobbecause
it won’tbeagainstyour
body.Instead,itwill
be infront of you. In a crashyoucould go i
it, receiving neckorotherinjuries.
Thelap belt can’t doits job, either. In a crashthebeltcouldgo
up
overyourabdomen.Thebeltforceswouldbethere,
n at vmIr
slvic bone!: This could causeseriousinternaliqjuries
or proper protection when the vehicleis in motlon, nave me
seatbackupright. TL-- sit wellback i- tho !at and wearyour
safety belt properl!
1-3
I
Seats & Safety Belts
AN101021
Manual Lumbar Adjusfmenf
I
~
PO326
If youhave this feature, there will be aknobwithsixsettingson
of the driverandpassengerbucketseats.
the outside
Turn the knob counter-clockwise to increase lumbarsupportandclockwise
decreaselumbarsupport.
to
Front Seatback Latches
The front seatback folds forward to let people get into the backseator reach
the storage area behind theseat. Your seatbackwillmovebackand
forth
freely,unlessyoucome
to asuddenstop.Then
it will lockinplace.
1-4
L
H
KO303
There’s one timetheseatbackmaynot
fold withoutsomehelpfromyou.
That’s if yourvehicleisparkedgoingdownafairlysteephill.
To foldafrontseatbackforward,
push theseatbacktoward the rearas you
liftthislatch. Then theseatbackwillfoldforward.
The latchmustbedownfor
theseat to workproperly.
Easy Entry Seat (Extended Cab)
KO304
The right front bucket or split-bench seat
in andoutof the rearvehiclearea.
1-5
of your vehicle makes
it easytoget
Seats & Safety Belts
Whenyou tilt the rightfrontseatbackfullyforward,
slide forward.
the whole seat will
Aftersomeone gets into the rearseatarea,move
the right front
seatback to its original position.Thenmovetheseatrearward
until it
locks.
A
If aneasyentryrightfrontseat
isn't locked, it canmove. In a
wdden stopor crash, the person sittingthere could beinjured. A I K
'ou've usedit,besure
to push rearwart
y-;
entry seat tr
uesureitis
locked.
--
To getout,again
I
tilt the seatbackfullyforward.
Jump Seat (Extended Cab Models)
KO808
Your extendedcab pickup mayhavejumpseats
in the reararea. To fold the
jump seat down, pull downon the handleonthebottom
of the seat until the
seat is in place. To store the seat,push it up until it is flushwith the trim
panels. Don't let the safety belts be damagedby the hingesor the latches.
1-6
Head Restraints
AN102017
Slidetheheadrestraintupordown
so thatthetopoftherestraintisclosest
tothetop of yourears.This position reducesthechanceofaneckinjury
a crash.
in
Safety Belts: They’re For Everyone
This part of the manual tells youhow to usesafety belts properly.Italsotells
yousomethingsyoushouldnotdowithsafetybelts.
I CAUTION
Don’tletanyoneridewheretheycan’twear
a safetybeltproperly. If
youarein a crashandyou’renotwearing
a safetybelt,yourinjurie
canbe much worse. You canhitthingsinsidethevehicle
or be
ejectedfrom it. You canbeseriouslyinjuredorkilled.
In the same
crash,youmight not be ifyouarebuckled
up. Alwaysfastenyour
safetybeltandcheckthatyourpassengers’beltsarefastened
1-7
I
Seats & Safety Belts
AM110001
This figurelights upwhenyouturnthekey
to RUN or START whenyour
safety belt isn’tbuckled, and you’llhear a chime,too.It’sthereminder
to
buckleup. In manystates and Canadianprovinces,thelawsaystowear
safety belts.Here’swhy: They work.
You neverknow if you’ll be in acrash. If you do haveacrash,youdon’t
knowif it willbea bad one.
Afewcrashesareverymild.
In them,youwon’tgethurteven
if you’renot
buckled up.Andsomecrashescanbe
so serious, like being hitbyatrain,
that evenbuckled up apersonwouldn’tsurvive.Butmostcrashesare
in
between. In many of them,peoplewhobuckleupcansurvive
and sometimes
walkaway.Without belts they could be badlyhurt or killed.
1-8
After 25 years ofsafetybelts in vehicles,thefactsareclear.
bucklingup does matter . . . a lot!
In mostcrashes
(I
AN1 10023
Why Safety Belts Work
I_
AM115001
Whenyouride in oronanything, you goasfast as it goes.Forexample,
thebike is going 10 mph (16 kmlh), so is the child.Whenthebikehitsthe
block,it stops. But thechildkeepsgoing!
1-9
AM11500
if
Seats & Safety Belts
P--=
- 2
AM115004
AM115003
Take the simplest“vehicle”.Supposeit’sjustaseat
on wheels. Put someone
on it.
AM1 15005
Get it up to speed.Then stop the “vehicle”.The rider doesn’t stop.
1-1 0
d”
I . Lr
AM115006
The personkeepsgoinguntilstopped
could bethewindshield . . .
or theinstrumentpanel
by something. In a realvehicle, it
...
1-1 1
Seats & Safety Belts
L
AMI 15008
or the safetybelts!
Withsafetybelts,youslowdownasthevehicledoes.
You getmoretime to
stop. You stopovermoredistance,andyourstrongestbones
take theforces.
That’s why safetybeltsmakesuchgoodsense.
Here Are Questions Many People Ask About Safety
Belts-and the Answers
Q: Won’t I betrapped in thevehicleafteranaccident
if I’mwearinga
safetybelt?
A: You could be-whetheryou’rewearing
a safety belt ornot. But youcan
easilyunbuckle a safetybelt,even if you’reupsidedown.Andyourchance
of
being conscious during andafteranaccident,
so you can unbuckleandget
out, is much greater ifyouarebelted.
Q: Why don’t they just put
safety belts?
in air bags so people won’t have towear
A: “Air bags,’’ or Supplemental Inflatable Restraintsystems,areinsome
vehiclestodayandwill be inmore of them in thefuture.Butthey
are
supplementalsystemsonly - so theywork with safetybelts,not instead of
them.Every“airbag”systemever
offered for sale has required the useof
safetybelts.Evenifyou’rein
a vehiclethathas“airbags,”you
still haveto
buckle up to getthemostprotection.That’struenotonlyinfrontalcollisions,
but especially in side and othercollisions.
1-12
I
Q: IfI’ma good driver,and I never drive farfromhome,whyshould
wearsafety belts?
A: Youmay beanexcellentdriver,but
if you’re in anaccident - evenone
thatisn’tyourfault
- youandyourpassengers can behurt.Beinga good
driverdoesn’tprotect you fromthingsbeyondyourcontrol,suchasbad
drivers.
Mostaccidentsoccurwithin 25 miles (40 km)ofhome.
number of seriousinjuriesanddeathsoccuratspeeds
(65 km/h).
Andthegreatest
of lessthan 40 mph
Safetybeltsareforeveryone.
Safety Belt Reminder Light
KO286
Whenthekeyis turned to RUN or START, alightwill come on forabout
eightseconds to remindpeople to fastentheirsafetybelts.Unlessthedriver’s
safetybeltisbuckled,achimewillalsosound.
1-13
Seats & Safety Belts
How To Wear Safety Belts Prroperly
Adults
This part is only for people
I
of adultsize.
Therearespecialthingstoknowaboutsafetybeltsandchildren.And
Lthere are different rules-for babies and smaller children. If a child will
beridinginyourvehicle,seethepartafterthisone,called
‘‘Children”.Followtheserulesforeveryone’sprotection.
A
First,you’llwanttoknowwhichrestraintsystemsyourvehiclehas.We’llstart
withthedriverposition.
Driver Position
Thispartdescribesthedriver’srestraintsystem.
KO824
1-1 4
Lap-Shoulder Belt
1
\
AN1 20165
The driver has alap-shoulderbelt.Here’show
to wear it properly.
1. Close and lockthedoor.
2. Adjusttheseat(toseehow,see“Seats”
upstraight.
in theIndex) so youcansit
AM120077
3. Pickupthelatchplateandpull
twisted.
4. Pushthelatch
.the beltacrossyou.Don’tlet
plate into thebuckleuntil
1-1 5
it clicks.
it get
Sr.,ts & Safety Belts
If thebeltisn’t
section.
long enough,see“SafetyBeltExtender’’atthe
Makesuretherelease
button onthebucklefacesupward
would be able to unbuckleitquickly if youeverhadto.
end of this
or outward so you
I
AM1 20007
Thelappart of the belt shouldbe low and snugonthehips,
just touching
the thighs. In a crash,thisappliesforcetothestrongpelvicbones.And
you’d belesslikely to slide underthe lap belt. If youslidunderit,thebelt
would apply force at your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest.
Theseparts of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
The safety belt locks if there’s a sudden stop or a crash.
1-1 6
Q: What’swrongwith
t
this?
8
“it t
AM12001 5
A: Theshoulder belt is too loose. It won’tgivenearlyasmuch
way.
protection this
I
-
You can be seriouslyhurt if yourshoulderbeltis
crashyouwouldmoveforward
too much,which
Theshoulderbeltshould fit againstyourbody.
too loose. In a
could increaseinjury.
Q: What’swrong with this?
AM120016
A: The belt isbuckled in the wrong place.
1-1 7
Q: What'swrongwiththis?
i
AM125002
A: The belt is twistedacrossthebody.
back out of the way.
r -
AM1 20060
1-19
Seats & Safety Belts
Beforeyouclosethe door, besurethebeltisoutofthe
way. If youslam
thedooron it, youcandamageboththebelt
and yourvehicle.
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy
Safetybeltsworkforeveryone,includingpregnantwomen.Likealloccupants,
theyaremorelikelytobeseriouslyinjured
iftheydon’twearsafetybelts.
pregnantwomanshouldwearalap-shoulderbeltandthelapportionshould
beworn as lowaspossiblethroughoutthepregnancy.
The best waytoprotectthefetus
is to protectthemother.Whenasafety
belt is wornproperly,it’smorelikelythatthefetuswon’tbehurt
in acrash.
Forpregnantwomen, as foranyone,thekey
to makingsafetybeltseffective
is wearing them properly.
1-20
A
Right Front Passenger Position
KO833
The right front passenger’s safety belt works the same way as the driver’s
safetybelt.See“DriverPosition,”earlier
in thispart.
When the lap portion of the belt is pulled out all the way, it willlock. If it
does, let it go back all the way and start again.
Center Passenger Position (Bench Seat)
KO891
If yourvehiclehas
a bench seat,someone can sit in the centerposition.
1-21
Seats & Safety Belts
Lap Belt
AM145014Rl
AM145024R1
When you sit in a centerseatingposition,you
have a lapsafetybelt,which
has no retractor. To makethe belt longer,tiltthe latch plate and pull it along
the belt.
To make the beltshorter, pull its freeendasshown
Buckle,positionandreleaseitthesame
lap-shoulder belt.
until thebeltissnug.
wayas the lappart of a
If thebeltisn’tlongenough,see“SafetyBelt
section.
Extender’’ at the end of this
Makesuretherelease button on the bucklefacesupward
would be abletounbuckleitquickly
if you ever had to.
1-22
or outward so you
Rear Seat Passengers (Extended Cab Jump Seats)
KO841
Theseare reserve seatingpositionsequippedwithlapbeltsonly.
It's very
importantforrearseatpassengers
to buckleup!Accidentstatisticsshowthat
unbeltedpeople in therearseatarehurtmoreoften
in crashesthanthose
whoarewearingsafetybelts.
Rearpassengerswho aren't safely belted canbethrownout
of thevehiclein
a crash.Andtheycanstrikeothersinthevehiclewhoarewearingsafety
belts.
AN147141
Each jumpseathasa
lap beltwithnoretractor.
thelatch plate a little and pull thebelt.
1-23
AN147142
To makethebeltlonger,
tilt
Seats & Safety Belts
To make it shorter,pullthebeltasshownuntil
it is snug.Buckle,position
and release it thesame wayasthelappartofthedriver’ssafetybelt(see
“DriverPosition” in theIndex.)Makesurethebucklefacesupward
or
outward so youwouldbe able to unbuckle it quickly if youeverhad to.
Don’tusechildrestraints
on theseseats.Theywon’tworkproperly.
Children
T
-
AM150004Rl
Everyoneinavehicleneedsprotection!Thatincludesinfantsandallchildren
smallerthanadultsize.
in fact,thelaw in everystateandCanadianprovince
sayschildrenuptosomeagemustberestrainedwhile
in avehicle.
Smaller Children and Babies
Smallerchildrenandbabiesshouldalwaysberestrained
in achild or
Ifant restraint.Theinstructionsfortherestraintwillsaywhether
it is
therighttypeandsize
for yourchild. A veryyoungchild’ship
bones
are so smallthataregularbeltmightnotstaylowonthehips,
as it
should.Instead,thebeltwilllikelybeoverthechild’sabdomen.
In a
crashthebeltwouldapplyforceright
on thechild’sabdomen,which
couldcauseseriousorfatalinjuries.
So, besurethatanychildsmall
enough foroneisalwaysproperlyrestrained
in a childorinfant
restraint.
1-24
AM150035
1 CAUTION
Never hold a baby in your arms while riding
in a vehicle. A baby
doesn'tweighmuch-until
a crash.Duringacrashababywill
become so heavyyoucan't hold it. For example, in a crash at only
25 mph(40 km/h), a12-pound (5.5 kg) baby will suddenlybecome a
240-pound (110 kg) force on your arms. The baby would be almost
impossible to hold.
I
Secure the baby in restraint.
an infant
b
1-25
Seats & Safety Belts
Child Restraints
Be sure to followtheinstructionsfortherestraint.
Youmay findthese
instructionsontherestraintitself
orin abooklet, orboth.Theserestraints
usethebeltsystem
in yourvehicle,butthechildalsohas
to be secured
withintherestrainttohelpreducethechanceofpersonalinjury.The
instructionsthatcomewiththeinfantorchildrestraintwill
show youhow to
do that.
The child restraintmustbesecuredproperly
in thecenter(except60/40
benchseat)orrightfrontpassengerseat.
If youhavea60140
split-bench
seat,youmustusetherightfrontpassengerseat.
1
Top Strap
AN155001
Ifyourchildrestrainthasa
top strap, it shouldbeanchored. If youneed to
haveananchorinstalled,youcanaskyour
GM dealer to put it in foryou.If
youwant to installananchoryourself,yourdealercantellyouhowto
do it.
1-26
Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Front Seat Position
(Bench Seat-Except 60/40 Split-Bench Seat)
1
KO891
Don’tuse child restraints in thecenter position of a 60/40split-bench seat.
Whenyou secure a child restraint in a centerseatingposition, you’ll beusing
the lap belt.See the earlierpartaboutthetopstrap
if the child restrainthas
one.
1. Makethe belt as long as possible by tilting the latch plate and pulling it
along the belt.
AN163060
1-27
Seats & Safety Belts
2. Puttherestraintontheseat.Followtheinstructionsforthe
restraint.
3. Securethechild
child
in thechildrestraintastheinstructionssay.
AM163061
5. Bucklethebelt.Makesuretherelease
so you’ll be able to unbuckleitquickly
6. To tightenthebelt,
restraint.
button facesupwardoroutward,
if youeverneedto.
pull its freeendwhileyoupushdown
on thechild
7. Pushand pull thechildrestraint in differentdirectionstobesure
it is
secure. If thechildrestraintisn’tsecure,
turn thelatchplateover
and
buckle it again.Thensee if it issecure. If it isn’t,securetherestraint
in
adifferentplace in thevehicleandcontactthechildrestraintmakerfor
their advice.
To removethechildrestraint,justunbucklethevehicle’ssafetybelt.
ready to workfor an adultorlargerchildpassenger.
1-28
It willbe
Jump Seats (Extended Cab)
Don’tuse child restraints in these positions. The restraintswon’twork
properly.
KO597
60/40 Split-Bench Seat
Don’tuse a child restraint inthisposition.Therestraintwon’tworkproperly.
h
8
PO352
1-29
Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position
KO833
You’ll be usingthelap-shoulderbelt.Seetheearlierpartaboutthetopstrap
if thechildrestrainthasone.
1. Puttherestraintontheseat.
Follow theinstructionsforthechild
restraint.
2. Securethechild in thechildrestraint as theinstructions say.
3. Pulloutthevehicle’ssafetybeltandrunthelappartthroughoraround
thechildrestraint.Thechildrestraintinstructionswillshowyou
if theshoulderbeltwould
go in front of thechild’sfaceorneck.
put it behindthechildrestraint.
how. See
If so,
AN165021
1-30
4. Bucklethe belt. Makesurethereleasebuttonfacesupwardoroutward,
so you'll beable to unbuckle it quickly if youeverneedto.
5. Pulltherest of thelapbeltallthewayout
of theretractor to setthe
lock.
L
i.
AN165148
AN165027
6. To tightenthebelt,feedthelapbeltbackintotheretractorwhileyou
pushdownonthechildrestraint.
I
AN165146
7. Push and pullthe child restraint in differentdirections to besure it is
secure.
1-31
Seats & Safety Belts
If you’reusingabucketseat,adjusttheseatforwarduntilthelapportion
thesafetybeltholdstherestraintfirmly.But,don’tmove
it anymorethan
needed to tightenthe lap belt.
of
To removethechildrestraint,unbucklethevehicle’ssafetybelt
and let it go
back all the way. The safetybeltwillmovefreelyagain
and be ready to work
foranadultorlargerchildpassenger.
Larger Chj’ldren
I
AN1700;
Children whohaveoutgrownchildrestraintsshouldwearthevehicle’ssafety
belts. If youhavethechoice,achildshouldsitnext
to awindow so thechild
canwear a lap-shoulderbeltandgettheadditionalrestraint
a shoulderbelt
canprovide.
Children who aren’tbuckled up can be thrownoutinacrash.
1-32
PO355
Childrenwhoaren’tbuckled
can strikeotherpeoplewhoare.
I
AM170052
CAUTION
Never do this.
’ Heretwochildrenarewearingthesame
I
belt. Thebeltcan’tproperly
spreadtheimpactforces.
In a crash,the two childrencanbe
crushedtogether and seriouslyinjured. A beltmustbeusedbyonly
one person
time.
aat
1-33
Seats & Safety Belts
Q: Whatifa child is wearingalap-shoulder belt, but the child is so
smallthat the shoulder belt isveryclosetothechild’sface
or neck?
A: Movethechildtowardthecenter
of thevehicle,butbesurethatthe
shoulderbeltstillisonthechild’sshoulder,
so that in acrashthechild’s
upperbodywouldhavetherestraintthatbeltsprovide.
If thechild is so small
thattheshoulderbeltstillisveryclosetothechild’sface
orneck,youmight
wanttoplacethechildinaseatthathasalapbelt,
if yourvehiclehasone.
AM170051
I CAUTION
Whereverthechildsits,the
lap portion of thebeltshouldbewornlowand
snugonthehips,justtouchingthechild’sthighs.Thisappliesbeltforceto
thechild’spelvicbonesinacrash.
1-34
Safety Belt Extender
If the vehicle’ssafetybelt
will fastenaroundyou,youshould
use it.
But if a safetybeltisn’t long enough to fasten, your dealer
will orderyouan
extender.It’sfree.When
you go in to orderit,take the heaviestcoat you will
wear, so theextenderwill be long enough for you.Theextender will be just
foryou, and just fortheseat in yourvehiclethatyouchoose.Don’t
let
someone eke use it,and use itonlyfor the seat it is made to fit. To wearit,
justattach it to the regular safety belt.
Checking Your Restraint Systems
Now andthen,makesure
all yourbelts,buckles,latchplates,retractors,
anchorages and remindersystemsareworkingproperly.Look
for anyloose
parts or damage. If you see anythingthatmightkeep a restraintsystemfrom
doingitsjob, have itrepaired.
Replacing Safety Belts After a Crash
If you’ve had a crash,do you need newbelts?
After a veryminorcollision,nothingmay
be necessary.But if thebeltswere
stretched, astheywould be if wornduring a moreseverecrash,then
you
need newbelts.
If youeversee a label on a right front safety belt thatsays to replacethe
belt, be sure to do so. Then it will be there to helpprotect you in an
accident. You wouldseethis label on the beltnear the dooropening.
135
Seats & Safety Belts
If beltsarecut ordamaged,replacethem.Collisiondamagealsomaymean
you will have to havesafetybeltparts,like
the retractor,replacedor
anchoragelocationsrepaired-even
if thebeltwasn’tbeingusedatthetime
of the collision.
Q: What’s wrong with this?
AP125004
A: The belt is torn.
Tornor frayedbeltsmaynotprotectyou
in acrash.They can rip
apartunderimpactforces.
If abelt is torn orfrayed,getanewone
m
fore replacinganysafetybelt,seeyourdealer
for thecorrectpartnumber.
You’ll need themodelyearandmodelnumberforyourvehicle.Themodel
yearisonyourtitleandregistration.
And you canfindthemodelnumber
on
thecertificationhirelabel ofyourvehicle.
1-36
C
‘
7
,i i , .
A
K2447
Themodelnumber on thereplacementbeltmustbelisted
you want to replace.
1-37
on thesafetybelt
Features & Controls
Hereyou can learnaboutthemanystandard
and optionalfeaturesonyour
vehicle.andinformationonstarting.shifting.andbraking
. Also explainedare
the instrumentpanel and thewarningsystemsthat
tell you if everythingis
working properly-and what to do
if you have a problem .
For explanation of vehiclesymbols.refer
Section 0.
to "VehicleSymbols"in
Keys .......................................................................................................................
2-3
Your Doors and How They Work
........................................................................
2-5
Side Doors ......................................................................................................... 2-5
Door Locks .........................................................................................................
2-6
Theft .......................................................................................................................
2-8
2-9
New Vehicle Break-In ...........................................................................................
Ignition Switch .......................................................................................................
2-9
Starting Your Engine ...........................................................................................
2-11
Driving Through Deep Standing Water ..........................................................
2-14
Automatic Transmission ......................................................................................
2-16
Five-Speed Manual Transmission ......................................................................2-19
2-21
Locking Rear Axle ...............................................................................................
2-21
Parking Brake ......................................................................................................
Parking Over Things That Burn .........................................................................
2-1
2-25
.
;
& Contmls
Engine Exhaust ................................................................................................... 2-26
Running Your Engine While You’re Parked
..................................................
2-26
Four-wheel Drive ................................................................................................
2-27
Manual Transfer Case .....................................................................................
2-20
Electronic Transfer Case .................................................................................
2-29
Windows ...............................................................................................................
2-31
Tailgate .................................................................................................................
2-33
Horn......................................................................................................................
2-33
Tilt Wheel ............................................................................................................. 2-34
..........................................................................
2-35
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator .......................................................
2-36
Headlight High-Low Beam ..............................................................................
2-38
Windshield Wipers ........................................................................................... 2-38
Windshield Washer ..........................................................................................
2-40
Cruise Control ..................................................................................................
2-41
Turn SignaVMultifunction Lever
Lights ....................................................................................................................
2-46
Mirrors ..................................................................................................................
2-50
..................................................................................... 2-53
Cigarette LightedAshtrays ...................................................................................
2-54
Accessory Power Outlet
2-55
Storage Compartments .......................................................................................
Instrument Cluster ...............................................................................................
2-62
..........................................................
Trailer Wiring Harness ........................................................................................
Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators
2-2
2-65
2-75
Keys
KO202
I CAUTION
young children in avehiclewith the ignitionkey is dangerous
If\ Leaving
for manyreasons. A childorotherscouldbebadlyinjuredoreven
killed.
Theycouldoperate power windowsorothercontrolsorevenmake
the vehiclemove.Don'tleavethekeys
in avehiclewith young
m.
chi1
-
I
I
K5127
The ignitionkeys are fortheignitiononly.
2-3
Featuves & Controls
E
K5316
The doorkeysareforthedoors
and allotherlocks.
\
Whena new vehicleisdelivered,thedealerremovestheplugsfromthe
keys, and givesthem to thefirstowner.
Eachplughasacodeon
it thattellsyourdealeroraqualifiedlocksmithhow
to makeextrakeys. Keep theplugs in asafeplace. If youloseyourkeys,
you’ll beable to havenewonesmadeeasilyusingtheseplugs.
2-4
I NOTICE
I
Your vehicle has a number of new features that can help prevent theft.
But you can have a lot of trouble getting into your vehicle if youever lock
yourkeysinside. Youmay evenhave to damageyour vehicle to getin.
I So be sure to have extra keys.
Your Doors And How They Work
Side Doors
To openthedoorfromtheoutside,liftthehandleandpullthedooropen.
KO298
To openthedoorfromthe
dooropen.
inside, pull thelevertowardyouandpushthe
2-5
t
Features & Controls
Door Locks
u I I'
' '
Unlockeddoorscanbedangerous.
Passengers-especially children-can easily open the doors and fall
out.Whenadoorislocked,theinsidehandlewon'topenit.
Outsiderscaneasilyenterthroughanunlockeddoorwhenyouslow
down orstopyourvehicle.
Thismaynotbe
so obvious: You increasethechance of being
thrownout of thevehicle in acrash if thedoorsaren'tlocked.Wear
safetybeltsproperly,lockyourdoors,
and youwillbefarbetter
off
I
whenever
you
drive
your
vehicle.
I here are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle:
Fromtheinside:
LOCK.
To lockthedoor,slidetheleveronyourinsidedoor
24
to
r
i
KO207
To unlockthedoorfromtheinside:Slidetheleveronyourinside
towardyou. You will seea red areaonthelever.
door
KO294
Power Door Locks
If yourvehiclehaspowerdoorlocks,pushthepowerdoorlockswitch
eitherfront door towardthekeysymbol.Thisswitchwilllockallthedoors
once.
on
To unlockthe doors, pushtheswitchawayfrom
the keysymbol.
Leaving Your Vehicle
If you areleavingthevehicle,takeyourkeys,openyourdoor
and setthe
locksfromtheinside.Thengetout
and closethedoor.
2-7
at
Features & Controls
Theft
Vehicletheftisa
big business,especially in somecities.Althoughyour
vehiclehasanumber of theftdeterrentfeatures, weknow thatnothing we
put on it canmake it impossible to steal.However,therearewaysyoucan
help.
Key in the Ignition: If youwalkawayfromyourvehiclewiththekeysinside,
it’saneasytargetforjoyridersorprofessionalthieves-sodon’t
do it.When
youparkyourvehicleand
open thedriver’s door,you’llhearatonereminding
you to removeyourkeyfromtheignition
and take it withyou.Always do
this. Yoursteeringwheelwillbelocked,and
so willyourignition. If youhave
anautomatictransmission,takingyourkeyoutalsolocksyourtransmission.
And remember to lockthedoors.
Parking at Night: Park in alightedspot,close
all windowsandlockyour
vehicle.Remembertokeepyourvaluablesoutofsight.Putthem
in astorage
area,ortakethemwithyou.
ParkingLots: If youpark in alotwheresomeone will bewatchingyour
vehicle,it’sbest to lock it up andtakeyourkeys.Butwhat
if youhave to
leaveyourignitionkey?What
if youhavetoleavesomethingvaluable
in your
vehicle?
Putyourvaluablesinastoragearea,likeyourglovebox.
Locktheglovebox.
Lockalldoorsexceptthedriver’s.
Thentakethedoorkeywithyou.
2-8
New Vehicle
6f
-
Your modern vehicledoesn’t need anelaborate“break-in.”But
qerformbetter in thelongrun if youfollowtheseguidelines.
Keep your speed at 55 mph (88 km/h)or less forthefirst
(804 km).
don’t drive a, ally one speed-fastorslow-forthefirst
(804 km).Don’tmake full-throttle start?
’+
*A
,
,
,
,
500 mile3
500 mile:
Avoidmaking hard stopsfor the first 200 miles (322 km)or so
Duringthistimeyournewbrakeliningsaren’tyetbrokenin.Hard
stops with new linings can mean prematurewear and ear
replacement.Followthis“breaking-in”guidelineeverytime
you get
new brake linings.
Ignition Switch
Use yourignitionkey to startyourvehicle.
ignitionswitchtofivedifferentpositions:
The ignitionkeyletsyouturnthe
i3
KO404
Acc(Accessory):Acc lets youusethingsliketheradioandthewindshield
wiperswhen the engineis off. To get into Acc, pushinthekeyand
turn it
towardyou. Your steeringwheel will remainlocked, just as it wasbeforeyou
insertedthe key.
2-9
Features & Contmls
LOCK: Thispositionlocksyourignition,steeringwheelandtransmission.
It’s
atheftdeterrentfeature.
You willonlybeable
to removeyourkeywhenthe
ignition is turned to LOCK.
Off: Thispositionletsyouturn
off theenginebut
like LOCK. Use Off if youmusthaveyourvehicle
is off (forexample, if yourvehicleisbeingpushed).
still turnthesteeringwheel
in motionwhile the engine
Run: This is thepositionfordriving.
Start: Thisstartsyourengine.
Onmanualtransmissionvehicles,turningthekey
to “LOCK” will lock
b the steering column and result
in a loss of ability to steerthe
If youneed to turntheengine
vehicle.Thiscouldcauseacollision.
off whilethevehicleismoving,turnthekeyonlyto
“Off’. Don’t
movethekeyreleaseleverwhilethevehicleismoving.
NOTICE
If your key seems stuck in LOCK and youcan’t turn it,besure it is althe way in. If it is, then turn thesteeringwheel left and rightwhile you
turn the keyhard. But turn the key only with your hand. Using a
tool tc
force it could break the key or the ignition switch. If none of this wo
then your vehicle needs service.
2-1 0
I
Key Release Lever
KO495
The ignition key cannot be removedfromtheignition
vehiclesunlessthekeyreleaselever
is used.
of manualtransmission
To Remove the Key
Turnthekey to the LOCK position while pressing thekeyreleaseleverdown
at thesametime. Keeping yourfinger on thelever, pull the keystraightout.
Onautomatictransmissionvehicles,turnthekey
out,
to LOCK and pull it straight
Starting Your Engine
Enginesstartdifferently.The 8th digit of yourVehicle Identification Number
(VIN)shows the code letter or number for yourengine. You will find the VIN
at the top left of your instrument panel.(See“Vehicle Identification Number’’
in the Index.) Follow the proper steps to starttheengine.
To Start Your 2.5 Liter (VIN Code A) L4 Engine:
1. AutomaticTransmission:
Moveyourshiftlever to P (Park) or N (Neutral). Your enginewon’t start
inanyotherposition-that’sasafetyfeature.
To restartwhenyou’re
alreadymoving,use N (Neutral)only.
2-1 1
Features & Controls
I NOTICE
Ion’t try to shift to P (Park) if yourvehicle is moving. If you do, you
:odd damac- the‘-ansmission.Shift
to P (Park)onlywhen
yc vehicle
;topped.
IS
ManualTransmission:
Shiftyourgearselector to N (Neutral)and hold theclutchpedaltothe
floorwhilestartingtheengine.Yourvehiclewon’tstart
if theclutchpedal
is not all the waydown-that’s
asafetyfeature.
2. Don’tpushtheacceleratorpedalbeforestartingyourengine.
othervehiclesyoumight need to do this,butbecause
computersystems,youdon’t.
3. Turnyourignitionkey
key.Theidlespeedwill
In some
of yourvehicle’s
to Start. Whentheenginestarts,letgo
go downasyourenginegetswarm.
of the
In very cold weather,dothis:
1. Withyourfoot off theacceleratorpedal, turn yourignitionkey to Start
untilyourenginebeginsfiring.Pushdownontheacceleratorpedal
slightly.When the enginepicks upspeed,letgoofthekey.Onceyour
engineisrunningsmoothly,letupontheacceleratorpedal.
2. If itdoesn’tstartrightaway,
push theacceleratorpedalallthewayto
thefloorandholditthere
as youholdthekeyin
Start foraboutthree
seconds. If thevehiclestartsbrieflybutthenstopsagain,
do thesame
thing,butthistimekeepthepedaldown
until yourenginerunssmoothly.
Holdingyourkey in Start forlongerthan 15 secondsatatimewill
cause
yourbattery to be drainedmuck -ooner, - thc !xcessiveheat can
damage your starter motor.
nrl
2-1 2
NOTICE
Your engine is designed to workwith the electronics in yourvehicle. If yo’.
add electrical parts or accessories, you could change the waythe fuel
injection systemoperates.Beforeaddingelectricalequipment,checkwit
yuor dealer. If you don’t, your engine mightnot perform properly.
If you ever have your vehicle towed,
see the part of this Manuel that tells
I
+I*
~~.~~~~~~~~~~
I; Gr. *F&&
(.xi;i:Il--n-.-,~.~~~,C~~
To Starl Your 2.8 Liter (VIN Code R) and 4.3 Liter
(VIN Codes Z and W) V6 Engines:
1. AutomaticTransmission:
Moveyourshiftlever
to P (Park)or N (Neutral). Your enginewon’tstart
inanyotherposition-that’sasafetyfeature.
To restartwhenyou’re
alreadymoving,use N (Neutral)only.
NOTICE
Don’ttry to shift to P (Park) if your vehicle is moving. If youdo, yo1
could damaae the transmission. Sh to P (Paonlvwhenvour
vehicl- .s
stomed
ManualTransmission:
Shiftyourgearselectorto
N (Neutral)and hold theclutchpedal to the
floorwhilestartingtheengine.
Your vehiclewon’tstart if theclutchpedal
isnot all thewaydown-that’sasafetyfeature.
2. Don’t push theacceleratorpedalbeforestartingyourengine.
In some
othervehiclesyoumight
need todo this, butbecause ofyourvehicle’s
computersystems,youdon’t.
3. Turnyourignitionkey
to Start. Whentheenginestarts,letgo
key.Theidlespeedwillgodownasyourenginegetswarm.
NOTICE
of the
0
Holdingyourkey
in Stari forlongerthan
15 secondsatatime
will
yourbattery to be drained muchsooner.Andtheexcessiveheatcat
damage your starter motor,
2-1 3
Jse
-
I
Features & Controls
4. If itdoesn’tstartright away, holdyourkeyin
Start. If itdoesn’tstartin
threeseconds,pushtheaccelerator
pedal about one-quarter of the way
downfor 12 moreseconds, or untilitstarts.
5. If yourengine still won’tstart (or starts butthenstops),
floodedwith too muchgasoline. Try this:
it could be
Wait 15 seconds to letthestartermotorcooldown.Thenpushyour
acceleratorpedal all the way to thefloor.Holditthere.Then,
key in Start for no morethantenseconds.Thisclearstheextra
gasolinefromtheengine.
If theenginestilldoesn’tstart,waitanother
again.
Whentheenginestarts,letgo
hold the
15 secondsanddoitall
of thekeyandtheacceleratorpedal.
Driving Through Deep Standing Water
NOTICE
If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or standing
water,waterca
come in through your engine’s air intake and badly damage your engine.
you ca
slowlv.
2-1 4
1
i
Engine Block Heater
In verycoldweather, 0°F (-18°C) orcolder,theoptionalengineblockheater
canhelp.You’llgeteasierstarting
and betterfueleconomyduringengine
warm-up.
To usethe block heater:
1. Turn off theengine.
2. Open thehood and unwrap theelectricalcord.
3. Plug it intoanormal,grounded110-voltoutlet.
CAUTION
Pluggingthe cord intoanungroundedoutletcouldcauseanelectrical
b shock. Also, the wrong kind of extensioncordcouldoverheatand
causeafire. You could be seriouslyinjured.Plugthecord
into a
properlygroundedthree-prong110-voltoutlet.
If the cord won’treach,
useaheavy-dutythree-prongextension
cord ratedfor at least 15
>
;,-&
:.
amps .
.-%
,.I*
*
t
%
.
,IC
7
b...
-+
NOTICE
Afteryou’veusedtheblockheater,
be sure to storethe cord as it was
before, to keep it --av from mc**:lgenc:-2part!
if you A--’’ , it luld ~c
damaged.
2-1 5
I
Features & Controls
Howlong should youkeeptheblock
heater pluggedin?Theanswerdepends
on the weather,the kind of oil you have, andsome other things. Instead of
trying to listeverything here, weask that you contact aGeneralMotors
dealer in the area whereyou'llbe parking yourvehicle.Thedealercan
give
you the best advicefor that particular area.
Automatic 7Pansrnission
Thereareseveral
different positions foryourshiftlever.
P (Park).Thislocksyourrearwheels.It's
youstartyourenginebecauseyourvehicle
2-1 6
the best position to usewhen
can't moveeasily.
CAUTION
I; It is dangerous to getout of yourvehicle if theshiftleverisnotfully
in P (Park)withtheparkingbrakefirmlyset.
Your vehiclecanroll.
Don’tleaveyourvehiclewhentheengineisrunningunlessyouhave
to.Ifyouhavelefttheenginerunning,thevehiclecanmove
suddenly. You or others could beinjured. To besureyourvehicle
won’tmove,whenyou’reonfairlylevelground,alwayssetyour
parkingbrake and movetheshiftlever
to P (Park).
If youhavefour-wheeldrive,yourvehiclewill
be free to roll-even if
yourshiftleveris
in P (Park)-ifyour
transfercaseis in N (Neutral).
So besurethetransfercase
is. in adrive gear-notin
N (Neutral).
See“Shifting into P (Park)”intheIndex.
If youareparkingonahill,
or, if you’repullingatrailer,alsosee“ParkingonHills’’or“Towinga
Trailer” in the Index.
I
~
R (Reverse).Usethisgear
to backup.
Shifting to R (Reverse)whileyourvehicle
is movingforward could damagc
yourtransmission.Shift to R (Reverse)onlyafteryourvehicle
is stopped.
I
To rockyourvehicleback
and forth to getout of snow, ice orsandwithout
damagingyourtransmission,see
“If You’reStuck in Sand,Mud, Ice orSnow”
in theIndex.
N (Neutral). In thisposition,yourenginedoesn’tconnectwiththewheels.
To restartwhenyou’realreadymoving,use
N (Neutral)only. Also, use N
(Neutral)whenyourvehicle
is being towed.
I
CAllTlnN
Shiftingout of P (Park)or N (Neutral)whileyourengine
is “racing”
b (runningat high speed)isdangerous.Unlessyourfoot
is firmlyon
thebrakepedal,yourvehicle
could moveveryrapidly. You couldlose
control and hit peopleorobjects.Don’tshiftout
of P (Park)or N
(Neutral)whileyourengine
is racing.
2-1 7
__
NOTICE
Damage to your transmission caused by shifting out of P (Park) or
(Neutral) with the engine racing isn’t covered
by your warranty.
OD (AutomaticOverdrive).Thisposition
more powerforpassing,andyou’re:
is fornormaldriving.
I
If you need
- Goingless than about 35 mph (56 km/h),pushyouraccelerator
pedalabouthalfwaydown.
- Goingabout 35 mph (56 kmlh) or more,pushtheacceleratorallthe
waydown.You’llshiftdown
to thenextgearandhavemorepower.
OD should not be used whentowingatrailer,carryingaheavyload,
drivingonsteephills,
or foroff-roaddriving.Select D (thirdgear)when
operating the vehicle under any
of theseconditions.
D (ThirdGear).This is like OD, butyounevergointoOverdrive.
shoulduse D whentowingatrailer,carryingaheavyload,drivingon
steeps hills, or for off-roaddriving.
You
2 (SecondGear).Thispositiongivesyou
more powerbutlowerfuel
economy.You canuse 2 (SecondGear)onhills.
It canhelpcontrolyour
speed as yougodownsteepmountainroads,butthenyouwould
also
want to use your brakes off and on.
If youhavea 4.3L engine(Codes Z and W) and if youmanuallyselect
2, thetransmissionwilldrive
in secondgear. Youmayuse thisfeature
forreducingtorque to therearwheelswhenyouaretrying
to startyour
vehiclefromastop
on slipperyroadsurfaces.
1 (FirstGear).Thispositiongivesyouevenmorepower(butlowerfuel
economy)than 2. You can useitonverysteephills,or
in deepsnow or
mud. If theselectorlever is put in 1, thetransmissionwon’tshiftinto
first gearuntilthevehicle
is goingslowlyenough.
If yourrearwheelscan’trotate,don’ttry
to drive.Thismight happen if
you were stuck in very deep sand or mud or
agair
solid
object. You coulddamageyourtransmission.
2-1 8
FivemSpeed Manual lLansmission
PO348
This is the shiftpattern.Here’show
e
to operateyourtransmission:
1 (FirstGear)-Press the clutchpedalandshift
into 1. Then,slowlylet
upontheclutchpedalas
you presstheacceleratorpedal.
You canshift into 1 whenyou’regoinglessthan
20 mph (32 km/h). If
you’vecometo a completestop and it’shardtoshift
into 1, putthe
shiftleverin N (Neutral) and letupontheclutch.Presstheclutchpedal
backdown. Then shift into 1.
e
2 (SecondGear)-Presstheclutchpedalasyouletuponthe
acceleratorpedal and shiftinto 2. Then,slowlylet up on theclutch
pedalasyoupresstheacceleratorpedal.
e
3, 4 and 5 (Third,FourthandFifthGears)-Shiftinto
3, 4 and 5 the
sameway you do for 2. Slowlyletupontheclutchpedalasyoupress
theacceleratorpedal.
To Stop -Letupon
theacceleratorpedalandpressthebrakepedal.
Justbeforethevehiclestops,presstheclutchpedalandthebrake
pedal, and shiftto N (Neutral).
N (Neutral)-Usethispositionwhenyoustart
or idleyourengine.
R (Reverse)-To back up,pressdowntheclutchpedal
and shiftinto R.
Letupontheclutchpedalslowlywhilepressingtheacceleratorpedal.
e
2-1 9
Features & Controls
Shift to R (Reverse)onlyafteryourvehicle
is stopped.Shifting to R
everse) while your vehicle is moving could damage your transmission.
Also use R (Reverse)alongwiththeparkingbrakeforparkingyourvehicle.
Shift Light
KO287
If youhaveamanualtransmission,youhavea
SHIFT light.Thislightwill
showyouwhen to shifttothenexthighergearforbestfueleconomy.
When this lightcomeson,youcanshift
to thenexthighergear
road andtrafficconditionsletyou.Forthebestfueleconomy,accelerate
slowlyandshiftwhenthelightcomeson.
if weather,
Whileyouaccelerate, it isnormalforthelighttogoonand
off if youquickly
change theposition of theaccelerator.Ignorethe
SHIFT lightwhen you
downshift.
For Four-wheel DriveVehicles Only: Ifyour vehiclehasfour-wheeldrive
and is equippedwithamanualtransmission,disregardtheshiftlightwhenthe
transfercaseis in 4 LOW.
Shift Speeds-Manual Transmissions
If yourspeeddropsbelow
20 mph (32 km/h),or if theengineisnotrunning
smoothly, you shoulddownshift to thenextlowergear.
You mayhave to
downshifttwo or moregears to keeptheenginerunningsmoothlyorfor
good
performance.
2-20
I
I CAUTION
youskipmorethanonegearwhenyoudownshift,youcouldlose
A Ifcontrol
of yourvehicle. And youcouldinjureyourselforothers.
NOTlCE
If youskip more than one gear when you downshift, or if yourace th
enginewhenyoudownshift, you candamagetheclutch
or transmission.
Locking Rear Axle
If youhave this feature,yourrearaxlecangiveyouadditionaltractionon
snow,mud,ice,sandorgravel.
It workslikeastandardaxlemost
of the
time,butoneoftherearwheels
has notractionandtheotherdoes,the
lockingfeaturewillallow the wheelwithtraction to movethevehicle.
Parking Brake
KO424
To set the parking brake:
Holdtheregularbrakepedal
down withyourright foot. Pushdownthe
parkingbrake pedal withyourleftfoot.
If theignition is on,thebrakesystem
warninglightwillcomeon.
2-21
Features & Controls
To release fhe parking brake:
Hold theregularbrakepedaldown.Pullthebrakereleaselever.
You may have tc ,zplace them, and you could also damage other
your vehicle.
parts
If you are on a hill:
See“Parkingon
wheels.
Hills” intheIndex.Thatpartshowshow
If you are towing a trailerand are parkingonany
See “Towing aTrailer” in theIndex.Thatpartshowswhat
thetrailerfrommoving.
to turnyourfront
hill:
to do first to keep
Torque Lock
The parkingbrakeshouldbesetfirstwheneverleavingthedriver’sseat.
It
you areparked on a hill andthetransmissionisplaced
in P (Park)before
theparkingbrakeisset,theweight
ofthevehiclemay
put too muchforce
ontheparkingpawl
in thetransmission.Itmay
be difficult to pulltheselector
leverout of P (Park).Thisiscalled“torquelock.”
To preventthis,theparking
brakeshouldbesetBEFOREmovingtheselectorleverto
P (Park).
Whenpreparing to movethevehicle,theselectorlevershouldbe
moved out
of P (Park)BEFOREreleasingtheparkingbrake.Settheparkingbrakefirst,
Then releasethetransmissionfrom
P (Park),evenonlevelsurfaces.
If“torque lock” doesoccur,youmayneed
to haveanothervehicle nudge this
vehicleuphill to takesome of thepressure off thetransmissionwhileyoupull
theselectorleverout of P (Park).
2-22
Shifting Into P (Park) (Automatic Transmission
Models Only)
CAUTION
It canbedangerous to getoutofyourvehicle
if theshiftleverisr
fully in P (Park)withtheparkingbrakefirmlyset.Yourvehiclecan
roll.
If youhavelefttheenginerunning,thevehiclecanmovesuddenly.
You orothers could beinjured. To besureyourvehiclewon’tmove,
whenyou’reonfairlylevelground,usethestepsthatfollow.
I
If youhavefour-wheeldrive,withamanualtransfercaseshiftlever
and yourtransfercaseis
in N (Neutral),yourvehiclewillbefreeto
roll,even if yourshiftleverisin
P (Park). So, besurethetransfer
case is in adrive gear-notin
N (Neutral).Ifyouareparkingona
hill,or if you’repullingatrailer,alsosee“ParkingOnHills”or
“TowingaTrailer’’ in theIndex.
I
1. Holdthebrakepedaldownwithyourrightfootandsettheparking
brake.
2. Move the shiftlever into the P (Park)positionlikethis:
Pullthelevertowardyou.
KO406
Movethelever
up as far as it willgo.
2-23
Features & Controls
3. If youhave four-wheel drivewithamanualtransfercaseshiftlever,be
sure the transfercaseisinadrivegear-notin
N (Neutral).
4. Movetheignitionkey
to LOCK.
5. Removethekeyandtakeitwithyou.
vehicle withtheignitionkeyinyour
If youcanwalkawayfromyour
hand, yourvehicle is in P (Park).
Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running
(Automatic Transmission Models Only)
CAUTION
I
A
It can tie dangerous to leaveyour vehicle withtheenginerunnins
four vehicle could movesuddenly if -the shiftlever is notfullyin I
(Park)with the parking brake firmly SE If youhavefour-wheeldrive
withamanualtransfercaseshiftleverandyourtransfercaseisin
N
(Neutral), yourvehiclewillbefree
to roll, even if your shift lever is in
P (Park). So besure the transfercase is in adrive gear-not in N
(Neutral). And, if you leave the vehiclewith the enginerunning,it
.--:’.:. could overheatandevencatchfire.
Youor others could be injured.
Don’tleaveyourvehiclewiththeenginerunningunlessyouhave
to.
.
.
-.
.
’?
.
~
* I : .
If youhave to leaveyourvehiclewith
the enginerunning, be sureyour
vehicle is in P (Park) andyour parking brake is firmlysetbeforeyou
leave it.
If youhavefour-wheeldrivewithamanualtransfercaseshiftlever,
be sure
thatthetransfercase
is inadrive gear-not in N (Neutral).Afteryou’ve
moved the shiftlever into the P (Park)position, hold the regular brake pedal
down.Then,see if youcanmove the shiftleverawayfrom
P (Park) without
first pulling it towardyou. If youcan, it means that the shiftlever wasn’t fully
locked into P (Park).
Parking Your Vehicle (Manual Transmission Models
Only)
Before yougetoutofyourvehicle,
put yourmanualtransmission
(Reverse)andfirmlyapply
the parkingbrake.
in R
If youhavefour-wheel drive withamanualtransfercase
shift lever,be sure
your transfer case is in a drive gear.Your vehicle could roll if it isn’t.
Ifyouare parking onahill, or if your vehicle is equipped to towatrailer,
see “ParkingonHills”or“Towinga
Trailer” intheIndex.
2-24
Parking Over Things That Burn
Fj
AM220007
I
CAUTION
*
Thingsthatcan burn could touchhotexhaustpartsunderyour
vehicle and ignite.Don’tparkoverpapers,leaves,dry
grass orother
thingsthat can burn.
2-25
Engine Exhaust
I CAUTION
Engine exhaust can kin.
A
which you can’t see
I
It contains the gas carbon monoxide (CO),
or smell. It can cause unconsciousness and
death,
in if:
You mighthaveexhaustcoming
Your exhaust system sounds strange or different.
Your vehiclegets rusty underneath.
* Your vehiclewasdamaged in a collision.
* Your vehiclewasdamagedwhendrivingoverhighpoints
on the
road or over road debris.
m
Repairs weren’tdonecorrectly.
a
Your vehicle
or exhaustsystemhadbeenmodified
improperly.
If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into your vehicle:
m Drive it onlywith all thewindowsdown
to blow outany CO;
and
* Have it fixed immediately.
Running Your Engine While You’re Parked
(Automatic Transmission)
It’sbetternot to parkwiththeenginerunning.Butifyoueverhaveto,here
aresomethingstoknow.
I
CAUTION
A
‘
Idling the engine with the air system control
off could allow
dangerous exhaust into your vehicle. (See the earlier Caution under
“Engine
Exhaust.”)
Also, idling in a closed-in place can let deadly carbon monoxide
(CUI
into your vehicle even if the fan switch is at the highest setting. Ona
place thiscanhappen is a garage. Exhaust-with C h n come
easily. NEVER parkin a garagewith the enginerunning.
Another closed-inplacecan be a blizzard. (See “Bliuard’~ in the
Index.)
.
2-26
a
Features &
Manual Transfer Case
A
r
Am
F"
PO1 63
Thetransfercaseshiftleveris
onthefloortotherightofthedriver.Usethis
levertoshiftinto
and out of four-wheeldrive. An indicatorlightnearthelever
shows you the transfer case settings:
2 WHEEL
4 HIGH
N SET PARKINGBRAKE
4 LOW
The frontaxleportion of the diagramontheindicatorwilllight
upwhen you
shiftintofour-wheeldrive. A slightdelaybetweenshifting and thepattern's
lighting is normal. If the pattern doesnotlightup,or
if thefrontaxledoes
not gooutafteryoushiftout
of four-wheeldrive,haveyourdealercheck
yoursystem.Turnthe
dial aboveyourheadlightswitchtothe
left to dimyour
transfercaseindicatorlightwhenyourheadlights
or parkinglightsareon.
2 WHEEL: This settingisfordrivinginmoststreetandhighwaysituations.
Your frontaxle is notengaged in two-wheeldrive.
4 HIGH: Thissettingengagesyourfrontaxletohelpdriveyourvehicle.
Use 4 HIGH when you needextratraction,suchasonsnowyoricyroads,
orinmostoff-roadsituations.
N SET PARKINGBRAKE:Shifttothisneutralsettingonlywhenyourvehicle
needsto be towed.
2-28
4 LOW: Thissettingalsoengagesyourfrontaxle
to giveyouextratraction.
to allfourwheels.
Youmay never need 4 LOW. Itsendsthemaximumpower
You mightchoose 4 LOW if youweredrivingoff-roadinsand,
mud, ordeep
snowandclimbingordescendingsteephills.
You canshiftfrom 2 WHEEL to 4 HIGH orfrom 4 HIGH to 2 WHEEL while
the vehicleismoving. It isnotnecessaryforyou
to pressthetransfercase
shiftleverbutton.Yourfrontaxlewill
engage faster if youtakeyourfoot off
of the accelerator for a fewsecondsafteryoushift.
To shiftintoorout
of 4 LOW or N SET PARKING BRAKE:
1. Stopyourvehicleand
shift yourtransmissionintoneutral.
2. Pressthetransfercaseshiftbutton
and shift in onecontinuousmotion.
Don’t pause in N SET PARKING BRAKE as youshiftintooroutof
oryourgears could clash.
4 LOW,
Rememberthatdriving in 4 HIGH or 4 LOW may reducefueleconomy.Also,
driving in four-wheeldriveon dry pavement couldcauseyourtirestowear
fasterandmakeyourtransfercaseharder
to shift.
Electronic Transfer Case
KO412
Theoptionalelectronicshifttransfercaseswitch
is ontheleftside
of your
instrumentpanel above the light switches. Use thisswitch to shiftintoand
outoffour-wheeldrive.
You can choose among three drivingsettings:
1. Two-wheeldrive, “TWO WHEEL”: Thissetting is fordriving in most
streetandhighwaysituations.
Your front axle isnot engaged in
two-wheeldrive.
2-29
Features & Contrvls
2. 4HI: Thissetting engages yourfrontaxle
to helpdriveyourvehicle.
Use 4HI whenyouneedextratraction,suchasonsnowyoricyroads,
or in mostoff-roadsituations.
3. 4LO: Thissettingalsoengagesyourfrontaxletogiveyouextratraction.
Youmay neverneed 4LO. It sendsthemaximumpowerto
all four
wheels. You mightchoose4LO if youweredrivingoff-roadinsand,
mud,ordeepsnowandclimbingordescendingsteephills.
Indicatorlightsontheswitchshowyouwhichsettingyouarein.Both
on theignition. If both
indicatorlightswillcomeonbrieflywhenyouturn
lightsdonotcomeon,youshouldtakeyourvehicle
in forservice. The 4HI
positionhasagreenindicatorlightandthe
4LO positionhasanamber
indicatorlight.Whenshiftingfrom
4HI to 4LO or 4LO to 4HI, theindicator
lightwillflashuntiltheshift
is completed.
Two-WheelDrive, “TWOWHEEL”, doesnothaveaswitchpositionoran
indicatorlight. Your vehiclewillbe in twowheeldrive if neitherindicatorlight
is on.
To shiftfromtwo-wheeldrive,“TWOWHEEL”,to4HI:
Pressandrelease
the 4HI switch.Thiscan be doneatanyspeed,andthefrontaxlewilllock
automatically.
To shiftfrom4HItotwo-wheeldrive,
“TWO WHEEL”: Press and release
the 4HI switch.Thiscanbedoneatanyspeed,andthefrontaxlewillunlock
automatically.
To shiftfromtwo-wheel drive, “TWO WHEEL”, or 4HI to4LO: Stopyour
vehicle.Shiftyourtransmissioninto
N (Neutral)ordepressyourclutchpedal.
Pressandreleasethe 4LO switch. You mustwaitfortheamber
4LO
indicatorlighttostopflashing
and gosolidamberbeforeshiftingyour
transmissionintogearorreleasingtheclutchpedal.
If the 4LO switchispressedwhenyourvehicleisingearand/ormoving,the
30 secondsandnotcompletetheshift
amber 4LO indicatorlightwillflashfor
unlessyourvehicleisbelow
3 mph andthetransmission is in N (Neutral) or
theclutchpedaldepressed.
If yourtransfercasedoesnot
Onautomatictransmissionequippedvehicles:
shiftinto 4L0, yourtransmissionindicatorswitchmayrequireadjustment.With
yourtransmissionin N (Neutral),pressandreleasethe
4LO switch.Whilethe
amber 4LO indicatorlight is flashing,shiftyourtransmissioninto
P (Park).
Wait until the 4L0 indicatorlightgoessolidamberbeforeshiftingyour
transmissioninto gear.Thiswillgetyouinto
4L0, butyoushouldtakeyour
vehicle in forservice so normaloperation can berestored.
2-30
To shift from 4LO to 4HI: Stopyourvehicle.Shiftyourtransmissioninto
N
(Neutral)ordepressyour
clutch pedal.Press and release the 4HI switch. You
must waitfor the green 4HI indicatorlight to stopflashing and go solid green
before shifting yourtransmission into gear or releasing the clutchpedal.
If the 4HI switch is pressedwhenyourvehicle
is in gearand/ormoving,the
green 4HI indicator light will flash for 30 secondsbut not complete the shift
unlessthevehicleisbelow
3 mph and thetransmissionisin
N (Neutral)or
theclutchpedaldepressed.
Onautomatictransmissionequippedvehicles:
If yourtransfer case doesnot
shift into 4HI, yourtransmissionindicatorswitchmayrequireadjustment.With
yourtransmission in N (Neutral), press and releasethe 4HI switch.Whilethe
green 4HI indicatorlight is flashing,shiftyourtransmission
into P (Park).Wait
until the 4HI indicator light goessolidgreenbefore
shifting yourtransmission
into gear.Thiswillget
you into 4HI, but you should take yourvehicle in for
service so normal operation can be restored.
To shift from 4LO to two-wheeldrive, “TWO WHEEL”: You mustshiftfrom
4LO to 4HI before shifting back into two-wheel drive.
Windows
To openyourmanualwindows,turnthehandcrank
lower your side door windows.
on eachdoortoraiseor
I
KO208
If you have the optional powerwindows, the controlsareoneach
doors.
of the side
The driver’s door has aswitchforthepassengerwindowsaswell.
Your
powerwindowswillonlyworkwhenthe
ignition has been turned to Run.
2-3 1
Features & Controls
Pushtheswitchdown
to lowerthewindow.
Pushtheswitch up toraisethewindow.
Sliding Rear Window
KO213
Your vehicle may haveaslidingrearwindow.Pressthetop
of thelatch in
thecenter of thewindowandslidetheglass
to open it. Whenyouclose-..the
window, be sure thelatchcatches.
Swing-Out Windows (Extended Cab)
..
KO21 5
If yourvehiclehasrearswing-outwindows,justunlatchthem
andpush out on the glass to openthem.
2-32
at theirclasps
Tailgate
KO216
You canopenthetailgatebypullinguponthehandlewhilepulling
tailgate down.
Whenyouput
the tailgatebackup,besure
the
it latchessecurely.
Horn
KO223
Pressthe pad in thecenter of thesteeringwheel
2-33
to soundthehorn.
Features & Confrols
Tilt Wheel
If you have a tiltsteeringwheel,itallowsyou
to adjustthesteeringwheel
before youdrive. Do notadjustthesteeringwheelduringyourdriving.
You canalsoraiseit
to thehighestlevel
you enter and exitthevehicle.
to giveyourlegsmoreroomwhen
To tiltthewheel, hold thesteeringwheelandpullthelever.Move
the
steering wheeltoacomfortablelevel,thenreleasethelevertolockthewheel
in place.
2-34
The 7brn Signal/Multifunction Lever
PO1 77
The lever on the leftside of the steering columnincludesyour:
TurnSignal and LaneChangeIndicator
HeadlightHigh-LowBeam
& PassingSignal
WindshieldWipers
WindshieldWasher
CruiseControl(Option)
2-35
Features & Controls
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
The turn signalhastwoupward(forRight)andtwodownward(for
positions.These positions allow you to signalaturnoralanechange.
Left)
PO178
To signal a turn, move the leverallthe wayupordown.When
finished, the leverwill return automatically.
the turn is
Digital Cluster
Standard Cluster
PO251
A greenarrowon
orlanechange.
the instrumentpanel will flashinthedirectionof
2-36
the turn
To signalalanechange,justraiseorlowertheleveruntilthegreenarrow
starts to flash.Hold it thereuntilyoucompleteyourlanechange.Thelever
willreturn by itselfwhenyoureleaseit.
As yousignala turn oralanechange,
if thearrowsdon’tflash
but juststay
on,asignalbulbmay
be burnedoutandotherdriverswon’tseeyourturn
signal.
(Ifyourvehicle
flashatafaster
has thedigitalinsrrumentcluster,theturnsignalarrowswill
rate if asignalbulb is burnedout.)
If abulbisburnedout,replace
it to help avoid an accident. If thegreen
arrowsdon’t go onat all whenyousignalaturn,checkthefuse(see
“Fuses” in theIndex) and forburned-outbulbs.
If youhaveatrailertowingoptionwith
added wiringforthetrailerlights,a
differentturnsignalflasher is used.Withthisflasherinstalled,thesignal
indicatorwillflasheven
if aturnsignalbulbisburnedout.Checkthefront
andrearturnsignallightsregularlytomakesuretheyareworking.
Operation of Lights
Althoughyourvehicle’slightingsystem(headlights,parkinglights,foglamps,
sidemarkerlightsand
tail lights)meetallapplicableFederallighting
requirements,certainstatesandprovidences
mayapplytheirownlighting
regulationsthatmayrequirespecialattentionbeforeyouoperatetheselights.
Forexample,somejurisdictionsmayrequirethatyouoperateyourlower
beamlightswithfoglampsatalltimes,orthatheadlightsbeturnedon
wheneveryoumustuseyourwindshieldwipers.
In addition,mostjurisdictions
prohibitdrivingsolelywithparkinglights,especiallyatdawnordusk.
It is
recommendedthatyoucheckwithyourownstateorprovincialhighway
authorityforapplicablelightingregulations.
2-37
Features & Contmls
Headlight High-Low Beam
PO179
To changetheheadlightsfromlowbeam
to high or high to low, pull theturn
signal leverallthewaytowardyou.Thenreleaseit.Whenthehighbeams
are on, a bluelight on theinstrumentpanelalsowill
beon.
Windshield Wipers
r-=
I
-
.
.
.
PO1 80
You control thewindshieldwipersbyturningthe
on it.
2-38
band withthewipersymbol
For a singlewipingcycle, turn the band to MIST. Hold it there until the
wipersstart, then let go. The wiperswillstopafteronecycle.
If youwant
morecycles, hold the band on MIST longer.
Forsteadywipingatlowspeed,turnthe
band awayfromyou to the LO
position.Forhighspeedwiping,
turn the band further,to HI. To stopthe
wipers,move the band to the off symbol.
PO177
Low Speed Delay Wipers (Option)
You canset the wiperspeedfor a long orshortdelaybetweenwipes.This
canbevery useful in light rain orsnow.Turnthe
band tochoosethedelay
time. The closer to LO, the shorterthedelay.
CAUTION
Damagedwiperbladesmaypreventyoufromseeingwellenoughto
drivesafely. To avoid damage,besure to clear ice and snowfrom
thewiperbladesbeforeusingthem.
If they're frozentothe
windshield,carefullyloosen orthawthem.Ifyourbladesbecome
damaqed,getnew blades orbladeinserts.
-
IHeavysnow or ice canoverloadyourwipers.
until themotor cools. Clearawaysnoworice
2-39
-
A circuitbreaker will stopthem
to preventanoverload.
I
Features & Contmls
Windshield Washer
I
PO181
At thetop of themultifunctionleverthere'sapaddlewiththeword
it. To spray i a s h e r fluidonthewindshield,pushthepaddle.
If youhavethestandardwipers,thewiperswillkeepgoing
turn the wiper control to the off symbol.
PUSH on
in LO untilyou
If youhavetheLowSpeedDelayoption,thewiperswillclearthewindow
and theneitherstoporreturn
to yourpre-setspeed.
3
CAUTION
Drivingwithoutwasherfluidcanbedangerous.
A bad mud
splashcanblockyourvision.
You couldhitanothervehicle
or go
off theroad.Checkyourwasherfluidleveloften.
In freezingweather,don'tuseyourwasheruntilthewindshield
warmed.Otherwisethewasher
fluid can form ice 00 the
windshield,blockingyour visic
-
2-40
is
.
. .
. . ., ....
--
on?mixwaterwithready-to-usewash
Cruise Control (Option)
PO259
WithCruiseControl, you canmaintainaspeed
of about 25 mph (40 km/h)or
morewithoutkeepingyour foot on theaccelerator.Thiscanreallyhelp
on
long trips.CruiseControldoesnotwork
at speedsbelowabout 25 mph (40
km/h).
Whenyouapplyyourbrakes
or pushtheclutchpedal,
transmission,theCruiseControlshutsoff.
2-41
if youhaveamanual
CAUTION
e
Truise Control can be dangerouswhere you can’tdrivesafely
d stead,yspeed. so, don’t use your Cruise Control ,on winding
roads or in heavy traffic.
$@g
-
‘I
E.-:
Cruise Control canbedangerousonslipperyroads.
On such
roads,fastchangesintiretractioncancauseneedlesswheel
spinning, and you could lose control.Don’tuseCruise
Control
on slipperyroads.
-
To Set Cruise Control
PO260
MovetheCruiseControlswitchtoON.
I CAUTION
* If youleaveyourCruiseControlswitchonwhen
\
you’re not using
Cruise,youmighthit
a buttonand go intoCruisewhenyoudon’t
want to. You couldbestartledandeven
lose control.Keep thc
CruiseControlswitch OFF untilyouwant to use it.
Get up tothespeedyouwant.
Push in the set button at the end of the lever and release it.
Take your foot off the acceleratorpedal.
2-42
I
To Resume a Set Speed
PO261
Suppose you setyourCruise Control at a desiredspeed and thenyouapply
thebrake.This,ofcourse,shuts
off theCruiseControl. But you don’t need
to resetit.Onceyou’regoing
about 25 mph (40 km/h)ormore, you can
movetheCruise Control switchfrom ON to WA (Resume/Accelerate)for
abouthalf a second.
You’ll gorightbackup
A
to your chosen speed and stay there.
If you hold theswitchat WA (Resume/Accelerate)longerthanhalf
:
second,thevehiclewillkeepgoingfasteruntilyoureleasetheswii
orapplythe brake. You could be startled andevenlosecontrol.
So
unless you wanttogofaster,don’t
hold the switchat R/A
2(Resume/Accelerate).
- -
To Increase Speed While Using Cruise Control
Therearetwoways to go to a higher speed.Here’sthefirst:
1. Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higherspeed.
2. Pushthe button at the end of the lever, then release the button andthe
accelerator pedal. You’llnowcruise at the higherspeed.
2-43
Featums & Controls
PO263
Here’sthesecondway
to go toahigherspeed:
1. Move the Cruiseswitchfrom ON to RIA (ResumelAccelerate). Hold it
thereuntilyougetuptothespeedyouwant,andthenreleasethe
switch.
2. To increaseyourspeed
in verysmallamounts,movetheswitch
to RIA
(ResumelAccelerate)forlessthanhalfasecondandthenreleaseit.
Eachtimeyou do this,yourvehiclewillgo
1 mph (1.6 kmlh) faster.
To Reduce Speed While Using Cruise Control
E
i
PO264
2-44
1. Push in thebuttonattheend
speed you want,thenreleaseit.
of thelever until youreachthelower
2. To slowdown in verysmallamounts,pushthebuttonforlessthana
halfsecond. Each timeyou do this,you'llgo 1 mph (1.6 kmlh) slower.
Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control
Usetheacceleratorpedaltoincreaseyourspeed.Whenyoutakeyourfoot
off thepedal,yourvehiclewillslowdown
to theCruiseControl speed youset
earlier.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
HowwellyourCruiseControlwillworkonhillsdependsuponyourspeed,
load,andthesteepness
of thehills.Whengoingupsteephills,youmay
want to step on the accelerator pedal
to .maintain yourspeed.Whengoing
downhill,youmayhave
to brakeorshift to alowergear to keepyourspeed
down. Of course,applyingthebraketakes
you outofCruiseControl.Many
driversfind this to betoomuchtroubleanddon'tuseCruiseControlon
steephills.
To Get Out of Cruise Control
Thereare two ways to turn off theCruiseControl:
1. Steplightly on thebrakepedalorpushtheclutchpedal,
manualtransmission;or
if youhavea
PO262
2. MovetheCruiseswitch
to OFF.
2-45
Features & Controls
To Erase Speed Memory
Whenyou turn off the CruiseControlor
speedmemory is erased.
the ignition,yourCruise
Control set
Lights
Your light switches are on the left side of yourinstrumentpanel.
KO239
Push the top switch to turn on:
ParkingLights
Sidemarker Lights
Taillights
License Plate Lights
Instrument Panel Lights
TransferCaseShiftIndicator
Panel
Push the bottomswitch to turn on the headlights,togetherwith:
Parking Lights
Sidemarker Lights
Taillights
License Plate Lights
Instrument Panel Lights
TransferCaseShiftIndicatorPanel
2-46
Pushtheswitch
marked OFF to turn off yourlights.
Turnthedialabovetheheadlightswitch
to theright to makeyourinstrument
panelandtransfercaselightsbrighter.Turningthedialallthe
way to the
rightuntil it clickswillturnontheinteriorlights.
Turnthedial to thelefttodimyourinstrument
indicatorlights.
You canswitchyourheadlightsfromhigh
multifunctionlever.
panel andtransfercase
to lowbeam by pullingonthe
A circuitbreakerprotectsyourheadlights.
If youhaveanelectricaloverload,
yourheadlightswillflicker
on and off. Haveyourheadlightwiringchecked
rightaway if thishappens.
Fog Lamps
!
KO940
Useyouroptional fog lampsforbettervision
in foggyormistyconditions.
Your parkinglightsand/orlow
beam headlightsmustbeonoryourlamps
won'twork.
The foglampswitch is ontheinstrumentpanelundertheheadlightswitch.
Presstherightside
of theswitch to turn thefoglampson,andtheleftside
of theswitch to turn them off. A lightwillglow in therightsideoftheswitch
whentheyareon.
2-47
Features & Controls
.
.
t.
I
4
c
KO241
off asmuchlightasyourheadlights.
Remember, fog lampsalonewillnotgive
Neveruseyourfoglamps
in thedarkwithoutturning
on yourheadlights.
Fog lamps will go off whenever your high beamheadlightscome
the high beamsgooff,thefoglampswillcomeonagain.
on. When
Daytime Running Lights (DRL) lndicator Light (Canada Only)
KO242
If yourvehicle was first sold, when new, in Canada, you willhavethislight
ontheinstrumentpanel.
It goesonwhenevertheDaytimeRunningLightsare
on.
2-48
Daytime Running Lights (Canada Only)
The CanadianFederal Government hasdecidedthat“DaytimeRunning
Lights’’(DRL) are ausefulfeature, in that DRL can makeyourvehiclemore
visible to pedestrians and otherdriversduringdaylighthours.DRL
is required
onallnewvehicles
sold in Canada.
Thehighbeamheadlightswillcome
when:
on atreducedbrightness
in daylight
Theignition is on
Theheadlightswitch
is off, and
The parkingbrakeisreleased.
Whenyou turn onyourheadlights,theDRLwillswitch
off and theexterior
lightswillcome on. When you turn off theheadlights,theexterior
lights will
go out and high beams will change to thereducedbrightness of DRL again.
The DRLindicatorlightontheinstrumentpanelwillgoonwhenevertheDRL
is on.Thislight means thatonlytheDRL
is on.Whenyou turn on your
exteriorlights, this lightwill go out. Of course,youmaystill
turn onthe
headlightsanytimeyou
need to.
To idleyourvehiclewiththeDRL
off, settheparkingbrake.
stay off until you releasetheparkingbrake.
The DRLwill
Headlights-On Reminder
A remindertonewill sound whenyourheadlightsareturnedon
and your
ignitionis in Off, LOCK or Acc. To turn thetone off, turnthedimmer dial all
theway to the left.
2-49
Features & Contmls
Dome Light
KO1 87
The dome light will come on when you open the side doors. You can also
turn the domelight on byturningthedimmer dial to theright until itclicks.
Mirrors
I
I
1
PO154
2-50
Inside Mirror
Pressthetabunderthemirror
to reduceglarefromheadlightsbehindyou.
If yourvehicle has optionalmaplights,theywillautomaticallycomeonfor
approximately 15 secondswheneitherfrontdoor
is opened,oruntilthe
ignition is turned to RUN.
You canalsoturnthemaplightsonandoffbypressingtheswitchnear
eachlight.However,theignitionmustbeturned
to RUN forthemaplights
come on.
to
Outside Mirrors
PO156
Adjustyouroutsidemirrors
so youcanjustseetheside
ofyourvehicle.
Somevehiclescomewitharemotecontrolswitchforadjustingtheoutside
mirrors.FindtheswitchontheinstrumentpanelbelowtheAir
ConditionindHeater controls.Twisttheswitch
to therightorlefttochoosethe
mirror,then move theswitchfromside to sideorup and down as needed.
Convex Outside Mirror
Yourrightsidemirror
is convex. A convexmirror'ssurfaceiscurved
canseemorefromthedriver'sseat.
2-51
so you
Features & Controls
Ifyouaren’tused
to aconvexmirror,youcanhitanothervehicle.
P
convexmirrorcanmakethings(likeothervehicles)
look farther awa!
thantheyreallyare.
If youcut too sharplyintotherightlane,
:ould hitavehicle on yourright.Checkyourinsidemirrororglance
overyourshoulderbeforechanginglanes.
I
Sun VisorsNanity Mirrors
KO251
To blockoutglare,youcanswingdownthevisors,
fromsidetoside.
You canalsoswingthem
Somevisorshavemirrorsbuilt
in, withandwithoutlights.Justliftthemirror
cover on eachvisortoturnthelightson
if youhavethem.
2-52
PO270
Somevisors have a "dualvisor",where you canswingportionsofthevisor
in differentdirections atthesametimetoblockoutglare.
These visorsalso
haveanextension that can be pulledoutforadditionalglareprotection.
Your visormay have a strapforholdingsmallitems,suchasmaps.
Accessory Power Outlet
- .
PO157
If youhavetheoptionalaccessorypoweroutlet,youcanpluginauxiliary
electricalequipment.Just unsnap thetop of theoutletandfollowtheproper
installationinstructionsthatareincludedwithanyelectricalequipmentyou
install.
2-53
Features & Controls
When usingtheaccessorypoweroutlet,maximumelectricalload
shod(
not exceed 8 amps.Always turn offanyelectricalequipmentwhennot
in
use. Leag
E' :trical
eqr,'-ment
forextendc '
,iods c
)u r
tery.
I
.
1-
Cigarette Lighter/Ashtrays
KO253
To usethelighter,press
popbackbyitself.
it in allthe way, and letgo.Whenit'sready,
it will
Don't hold a cigarettelighter in withyourhandwhileit
is heating. If youdo,
it won'tbeable to backawayfromtheheatingelementwhenit'sready.That
can makeitoverload,damagingthelighterandtheheatingelement.
To removethefrontashtray,pull
on thefront of it.
Don'tputpapersandotherthingsthatburnintoyourashtray.Ifyoudo,
cigarettesorothersmokingmaterialscouldsetthemonfirecausingdamage.
2-54
Storage Compartments
PO158
Your vehiclemayhaveaconsolecompartmentbetweenthebucketseats.
To
openit, just lift the top of the consolewhilepressingthe
button on the
driver’s side. If you have an automatic transmission, your console also includes
ahandy place to hold cups. If you haveamanualtransmission,yourconsole
willhavea tray.
KO258
To openyourglovebox,squeeze
together and pull thedooropen.
convenience.Useyourdoorkey
the buttons on either side of the keyhole
Two cupholders are provided foryour
to lockyourglove box.
2-55
Features & Controls
I
I
1
I
KO259
A narrowshelfunderyourinstrumentpanelmaybeusedforitemssuch
glovesorsmallbooks.
as
KO260
You willfindastoragepocketoneach
pocketcontains a coinholderforyour
of thefront doors. Thedriver'sdoor
loose change.
You mayalsohaveastoragepocketonthebackofyour
seats.
2-56
60/40 split-bench
K2241
Somevehicleshaveastorage
area behind theseat.
I
i
PO184
Convenience Net (Extended Cab)
A conveniencenetmaybeprovidedfortherearcab
to helpkeepsmall
items,likeglovesandlightclothing
in placeduringsharpturnsorquickstops
and starts. The netisnotdesigned
to retaintheseitemsduringoff-roaduse.
The net is notforlarger,heavieritems.Storesuchthings
on theloadfloor
as far forward as you can.
Installtheconveniencenetattherear
ofyourvehicle,justbelowtherear
window.Attachtheupperloops
to theretainersbelowthewindow(thelabel
shouldbevisible in theupperpassengersidecorner).
The conveniencenet
has amaximumcapacity of 25 pounds (11 kg).
2-57
-3
PO190
2-58
a
52
I
er
w
I-
cn
0
a
U
n
KO262
2-59
Features & Contmis
L
KO263
2-60
2-6 1
Features & Controls
Instrument Chster
Yourinstrumentclusterisdesignedtoletyouknowataglancehowyour
vehicleisrunning.You’llknowhowfastyou’regoing,abouthowmuchfuel
you’veused,andmanyotherthingsyou’llneedtoknow
to drivesafely and
economically.
Digital Cluster
If you havethedigitalclusteritlooksdifferentbutwilltellyoueverythingthe
standardclusterdoes.Thedigitalclusteralsoincludesatachometerandwill
givereadingsineitherEnglishorMetric.
To switchfromEnglishtoMetric,
justpressdownon
the U M lever.
Speedometer and Odometer
I
KO265
Yourspeedometerletsyouseeyourspeedin
both milesperhour(mph)and
kilometersperhour(kmlh).Yourodometershowshowfaryourvehicle
has
beendriven, in eithermiles(usedin
the US.) orkilometers(used in
Canada).
2-62
Tamper Resistant Odometer
Your odometeristamper-resistant. The standardodometerwillshowsilver
linesbetweenthe numbers if someonetries to turn it back. The digital
odometerwillread ERROR if someonetries to turn it back.
Digital Cluster
Standard Cluster
KO267
You maywonderwhat happens if yourvehicleneedsanewodometer
installed. If the newonecanbeset
to themileage total of the old odometer,
then it mustbe.But if it can’t,thenit’ssetatzero,andalabelmust
be put
on thedriver’sdoor to showthe old mileagereadingwhenthenewodometer
was installed.
2-63
Features & Controls
Trip Odometer
The trip odometercan tell you howfaryourvehiclehasbeendrivensince
you lastsetthetripodometertozero.Makesurethebuttoniscompletely
depressed.
Standard CIusfer
~
KO269
To set the tripodometeronthestandardcluster
near the 'readout.
to zero,pushthe
button
The trip odometer on thedigitalclusterwillappear
in place of yourregular
odometerwhen you pressdown on the Trip lever. To resetthetripodometer
on the digitalcluster,pressdownonthe
Reset lever. To changebacktothe
regularodometer,pressdown
on the Trip leveragain.
2-64
Tachometer
Thetachometeris available only with the digital speedometer. It displaysthe
engine speed in revolutionsperminute (rpm).
KO271
I
Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in the red area, or engird
damage
If you have the 4.3L High Performanceengine(VINCode
W), you willhave
a fuel regulatorthatshuts the fuel off when the enginereaches 5600 rpm.
Warning Lights, Gages and lndicators
This section describes the warninglights and gages that areonyourvehicle.
The pictures willhelp you locatethem.
Warninglights and gagescansignalthatsomethingiswrongbeforeit
becomesseriousenough to cause anexpensiverepair or replacement.Paying
attention to yourwarning lights and gages could alsosaveyouorothersfrom
injury.
Warning lights go on when there may be orisaproblemwithoneofyour
vehicle'sfunctions. As you will see in thedetails on thenextfewpages,
somewarning lights come on brieflywhenyou turn the ignition key just to let
youknowthey'reworking.
If you arefamiliarwiththissection,
you should not
be alarmedwhen this happens.
2-65
I
Features &
Gagescan indicate when there may be or is aproblemwithone
of your
vehicle’sfunctions. Often gagesandwarning lights worktogether to let you
knowwhenthere’saproblemwithyourvehicle.
Whenone of thewarning lights comesonandstaysonwhenyouare
driving, or whenoneof the gagesshows there may be aproblem,check the
section that tells youwhat to do about it. Pleasefollowthemanual’sadvice.
Waiting to dorepairscan be costly-andevendangerous.
So please get to
knowyourwarning lights andgages. They’re a big help.
Brake System Warning Light
Standard Cluster
Digital Cluster
PO159
Your vehicle’shydraulicbrakesystem is divided into two parts. If one part
isn’tworking, the other part can still work andstopyou.Forgood
braking,
though, youneed both partsworkingwell. Your vehiclealsohasrearwheel
anti-lock brakes.Ifthewarninglightgoeson,
there could be abrakeproblem
with either yourregularorrearwheel
anti-lock brakes, or both.Haveyour
brake system inspected right away.
This light shouldcomeonasyoustart
the vehicle. If it doesn’tcomeon
then, have it fixed so it will beready to warnyou if there’s a problem.
This lightwillalsocome
onwhenyou set yourparkingbrake,andwillstay
on if your parking brakedoesn’treleasefully.
If it staysonafteryour
parking
brake is fullyreleased, it meansyoumayhave
a brakeproblem. If the light
comesonwhiledriving,pull
off the road andstopcarefully. Youmay notice
to thefloor. It
that thepedal is harder to push. Or,thepedalmaygocloser
maytakelonger to stop. If thelightisstillon,havethevehicletowedfor
service. (See “Towing Your Vehicle”inthe
Index.)
2-66
Yo-ur brakesystemmaynot be workingproperly if thebrakewarning
on can lead toan
light is on. Drivingwiththebrakewarninglight
accident. If the light is still onafteryou’ve pulled off theroadand
Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
Standard Cluster
Digital Cluster
E
KO274
If you haveastandardcluster,youhaveagagethatshowstheengine
coolanttemperature. If thegagepointermovesintotheredarea
(260°F or
145”C), yourengine is toohot!Itmeansthatyourenginecoolanthas
overheated. If youhavebeenoperatingyourvehicleundernormaldriving
conditions, you should pull off theroad,stopyourvehicleand
turn off the
engineas soon as possible.
If youhaveadigitalcluster,a
box aroundthetemperaturesymbolwillalso
flashandachimewillsoundwhenyourengineistoo
hot.
Hot Coolant Can Burn You Badly!
In ProblemsontheRoad, thismanualshowswhat
Overheating” in the Index.
2-67
to do. See“Engine
Featums & Controls
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Service Engine Soon)
Cluster
Standard
Digifa/ Cluster
I
PO161
A computermonitorsoperation of yourfuel,ignitionandemissioncontrol
systems.Thislightshouldcomeonwhentheignitionison,buttheengineis
notrunning,asacheck
to showyouitisworking.Ifitdoesnotcome
on at
all,have it fixedrightaway. If it stayson,orcomesonwhileyou
are driving,
thecomputerisindicatingthatyouhaveaproblem.
You shouldtakeyour
vehicleinforservicesoon.
If youkeepdrivingyourvehiclewiththislighton,afterawhilethe
emission controls won’t work as well,yourfueleconomywon’t
be as
and yourenginemaynotrunassmoothly.This
could lead to Istly
repairsnotcoveredbyyourwarranty.
2-68
(
.
Oil Pressure Gage
Standard Cluster
Dig&/ Cluster
n
KO276
The oil pressure gage showstheengine oil pressure in psi (poundsper
squareinch)when the engineisrunning.Canadianvehiclesindicatepressure
in kPa (kilopascals). Oil pressuremayvarywithenginespeed,outside
temperatureandoilviscosity,butreadings
above thelowpressurezone
indicatethenormaloperatingrange.
A readinginthelowpressurezonemaybecausedby
levelorotherproblemscausinglow
oil pressure.
Onthedigitalcluster,aboxaroundthe
whentheoilpressureis
low.
A
I
P
a dangerouslylowoil
oil pressuresymbolwillbegin
to flash
Don’tkeepdriving if theoilpressure is low. If you do, your eng
can become SO hot that it catchesfire. Youor others could be
burned. C
S
serviced
NnTICF
Damage to your engine from
notcoveredbyyourwarranty.
neglectec Dil problemscanbe
2-69
COI
and
I
Featums & Controls
Indicator Lights
Indicatorlights go onwhenyouuseyourturnsignals,changefromlowbeam
headlights to highbeams,orwhenyouuseyourhazardflashers.
The next
few pages willalsotellyouabouttheindicatorlightsonyourvehicle
and
helpyoulocatethem.
Charging System Light
I
KO280
Thechargingsystemlightwillcomeonbrieflywhenyou
turn ontheignition,
buttheengine is notrunning,asacheck
to showyou it is working. Then it
should go outoncetheengineisrunning.If
it stayson,orcomesonwhile
youaredriving,youmayhaveaproblemwiththeelectricalchargingsystem.
It could indicatethatyouhavealoosegeneratordrivebelt,oranother
electricalproblem. Have it checkedright away. Drivingwhilethislight
is on
could drainyourbattery.
If youmustdriveashortdistancewiththelighton,becertaintoturn
off all
youraccessories,such as theradioandairconditioner.
It isonthelower
right hand side of yourstandardinstrumentcluster.
2-70
CHECK GAGES Light
KO281
If youhave the standardinstrumentcluster,thislightwillcome
on briefly
whenyouarestartingtheengine.
If thelightcomesonandstays
on while
you are driving,checkyourvarious
gages tosee if theyare in thewarning
zones.
Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Indicator Light (Canada Only)
I
KO242
ThisgreenlightwiththeDRLsymbol
is on thelowerleft of theinstrument
cluster. The DRLindicator is onwhenevertheignitionis
on andtheheadlight
switchandparkingbrakeareoff.For
more detailsabout DRL, see“Lights” in
thissection.
2-7 1
Features & Contmls
SHIFT Indicator Light
KO287
This lightwiththe SHIFT symbol is on theinstrumentcluster of somevehicles
withmanualtransmissions.The SHIFT indicator light will help you getthe
best fueleconomy.See“ShiftIndicator
Light” in thissection.
Headlight High Beam Indicator Light
KO229
This lightwiththe blue high beamsymbolis on theinstrumentcluster.The
highbeamindicatoris
on whenever you useyourhighbeamheadlights.For
moredetailsabouthighbeams,see“HeadlightHigh-LowBeam
Changer” in
this section.
2-72
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
Cluster
Digital
Cluster
Standard
PH
PO251
This light with the green arrows is on the instrument cluster.The turn signal
indicator willcomeonwhenever
you signal a turn orlanechange.See“Turn
andLaneChange Signal” in this section.
2-73
Features & Contmls
Gages
Fuel Gage
Standard Cluster
Digita! Cluster
KO272
Thefuelgagetellsyouabouthowmuchfuelyouhaveleft,whentheignition
ison.Whenthegagefirstindicates
empty, youstillhavea
little fuelleft,but
youshouldgetmore
fuel soon.
A boxaroundthegagesymbolonthedigitalclusterwillbegintoflashwhen
yourtankis 1/8 fullorless.
Herearefourthingsthatsomeownersaskabout.None
problemwithyourfuelgage:
At the gasstation,thegaspumpshuts
of theseshowa
off beforethegagereadsfull.
It takes a littlemoreorlessfuel
to fill upthanthegageindicated.For
but it
example,thegagemayhaveindicatedthetankwashalffull,
actuallytookalittlemore
or lessthanhalfthetank’scapacityto
fill the
tank.
Thegagemovesalittlewhenyouturnacornerorspeedup.
Thegagedoesn’t
go back to emptywhenyouturn
Foryourfueltankcapacity,seetheIndexunder“FluidCapacities.’’
2-74
off theignition.
Voltmeter
Digital Cluster
Standard Cluster
KO278
Whenyourengineisnotrunning,but
the ignitionison(in
the Run position),
the gageshowsyourbattery'sstate
of charge in DC volts.When the engine
is running, the gageshowsthecondition
of the chargingsystem.Readings
betweenthe low andhighwarningzonesindicate
the normaloperatingrange.
Onthedigitalcluster,a
box around the voltmetersymbolwillbegin
when the chargingsystemneedsservice.
You canonlydriveforashorttimewiththereading
youmustdrive,turn
off allunnecessaryaccessories.
to flash
in eitherwarningzone.
Readingsineitherwarningzoneindicateapossibleproblemintheelectrical
system.Havethevehicleservicedassoon
as possible.
mailer Wiring Harness
Your vehiclemayhaveeithera5-wireor7-wireharness.
The5-wireharnessisstoredalongtheleftrearframecrossmember.The
harnesshasnoconnector,andyoushouldhave
a qualifiedserviceperson
wireyourharnessforyou.
It must be routedout of yourvehicleandattached
so thatthetrailerorthebodywon'tpull
it.
.7-75
If
Features & Controls
KO250
The 7-wire harness is stored underyourvehiclealongtherearframe
crossmember.Thisharnesshasa
30 Amp. in-line fusedbatteryfeedwire
and
no connector, and should be wiredbya qualified serviceperson.Attachthe
harnesstothetrailer,then
tape orstrap it to yourvehicle’sframerail.Be
sure you leave it loose enough so thewiringdoesn’tbend
or break,but not
so loosethatitdragsontheground.
Storetheharnessin
its originalplace.Wraptheharnesstogetherand
neatly so itwon’tbedamaged.
2-76
tie it
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
Section
Inthispartyou’ll find outhow to operate the comfortcontrolsystemsand
audiosystemsofferedwithyourvehicle.Besure
to readabouttheparticular
systemsuppliedwithyourvehicle.
Forexplanation of vehiclesymbols,refer
Section 0.
to “Vehicle Symbols” in
Comfort Controls ...............................................................,...................................
3-3
Flow-Through Ventilation System .....................................................................3-3
Heating System....I..................I...........................I.....................I........................
3-5
HeatinglAir Conditioning System ......................................................................
3-6
Engine Block Heater ........................................................,....................................
3-7
Audio Systems ....................................................................................................... 3-7
FM Stereo..........................................................................................................3-8
AM ............................................................................. I.I....I........................I........3-8
I
..................................................................
3-8
How to Operate Your ETR@ AM Radio..........................................................
3-9
How to Operate Your ETR@AM-FM
Stereo Audio System ...................................................................................
3-11
How to Operate Your ETR@AM-FM
Stereo Audio Cassette System..........................................
3-13
AM
Stereo
...............................
3-1
.........................
Comfort Contmls & Audio Systems
How toOperate Your ETR@ AM-FM
Stereo Audio Cassette System With Equalizer
.........................................
3-16
Care of Your Cassette Tape Player ..............................................................
3-19
How toOperate Your ETR@ AM-FM
Stereo Audio Compact Disc (CD) System ................................................
3-20
Care of Your Compact Disc ...........................................................................
3-25
*fixed Mast Antenna ............................................................................................
3-26
3-2
Comfort Controls
Flow-Through Venfilation System
KO502
Your vehicle’s flow-through ventilation system supplies outside air
to the inside
of your vehicle when it ismoving.Withthesidewindowsclosed,air
will flow
into the front air inlet grilles,
through the vehicle, and out the rear air exhaust
valves. Outside air will also enter
the ve,hicle when the heater or
the air
conditioning fan isrunning.
Ventilation Tips
Keepthe hood andfrontairinletfree
ofice,snow,oranyother
obstruction (such as leaves).Theheateranddefroster
will workfar
better, reducing the chance of
fogging the inside ofyourwindows.
Whenyouenter a vehicle in cold weather,turn the blowerfan to HI for
a fewmoments before driving off. This helps clear the intake ducts of
snow and moisture, and reduces the chance of fogging the inside of
your windows.
Keep the air path underthefrontseatsclear
to circulate throughout your vehicle.
3-3
ofobjects.Thishelpsair
Comfort Controk & Audio Systems
Air Vents
,-'
,
,
... ..
. ,,
KO504
You willfindairventsinthecenterandonthesidesofyourinstrument
panel. You canmovetheventstodirectthe
flow of air,orclosethevents
altogether.Whenyoucloseavent,itwillincreasetheflow
of aircoming out
of anyventsthatareopen.
If yourvehicledoes not haveairconditioning,thereareairvents
in eachkick
panelbelowtheinstrumentpanel.Eachventhasahandle
to open and close
it.
3-4
Heating System
KO505
If yourvehicledoes not haveairconditioning,
systemwill look like.
this iswhatyour
heating
Fan Lever
The lever at the top of the systemhasfour positions. To increasetheair
flow,move the levertoward HI. To decrease the airflow,moveittoward
OFF.
Temperature Lever
The lever on theleft of the systemletsyouselect the temperature of the air
flowing into yourvehicle.Movethelever
up forwarmerair.Move
the lever
downforcoolerair.
Function Lever
Theleveron the right of the systemcan be moved to threedifferentheating
functions.
DEFROST This setting operatesthedefroster.Most
of the aircomesout
nearthewindshield,withsomegoing
to the floorvents and sidewindow
defrostvents.Use this when you get fog or ice on the windshield.
HTR (Heater):Most of the aircomesoutnearthefloor.Therestcomesout
from the defrosterventsunderthewindshield
and at the front sidewindows.
This is best for cold weather.
VENT Theaircomesout
front side windows.
at the vents on yourinstrument panel and atyour
3-5
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
HeatingAir Conditioning System
KO507
If yourvehiclehasairconditioning,your
look like this.
heatinghir conditioningsystemwill
Before usingyourvehicle’sairconditioning,openthewindows
vehicle of hotair.
to clearthe
Fan Lever
The leveratthetop
of thesystemhasfourpositions.
To increasetheair
flow,movethelevertoward
HI. To decreasetheairflow,move
it toward LO.
Temperature Lever
Thelever on theleft of thesystemdisplayletsyouselectthetemperatureof
the aircomingintoyourvehicle.Movethelever
up forwarmerair. Move the
lever down for cooler air.
Functjon Lever
Theleverontheright
of thesystemcanbemovedtoseven
and airconditioningfunctions.
different heating
DEFROST: This settingoperatesthedefroster.Most
of theaircomesout
near thewindshield,withsomegoing
to thefloorventsandsidewindow
defrostvents.Use this whenyouget fog or iceonthewindshield.
HTR (Heater): Most of theaircomesoutnearthefloor.Therestcomesout
from thedefrosterventsunderthewindshield
and at yourfrontsidewindows.
This is bestfor cold weather.
3-6
VENT The aircomesoutattheventsonyourinstrumentpanel
frontsidewindows.
BI-LEV AIC: Withthis,outsideaircomes
theinstrumentpanelvents.Thissetting
sunlight.
and atyour
in throughtheheaterfloorventand
is useful in coolweatherwithbright
NORM NC: This setting coolstheoutsideair.
NORM as soonasthevehiclehascooleddown,
through your vehicle.
If youfirstused MAX, use
so outsideairwillbegoing
MAX AIC: Thiscoolstheairthefastest.Movetheotherleverallthewayto
Cold. MAX lets in only a little airfromtheoutside.
You canuse MAXat first
when it’s reallyhotoutsideandyouneedtocool
off quickly.
OFF: The blowerisoff,butairstillwillcomefromoutletsatthefrontofyour
vehicle. The systemwill try to keeptheairatthechosentemperature.
Engine Block Heater
If youusetheoptionalengineblockheaterbeforestartingyourengine,your
heatingsystemwillproducewarmerairfaster,
to heatthepassenger
compartmentincoldweather.See“EngineBlock
Heater” intheIndex.
Audio Systems
CAUTION
I
A
1
Hearing damage from loud noise is almostundetectableuntil it is too
late.Your hearing can adapt to highervolumes of sound. Sound that
seemsnormal can be loud andharmful to yourhearing. Take
precautions by adjustingthevolumecontrolonyourradio
to a safe
sound level before yourhearingadapts to it.
To help avoid hearing loss or damage:
* Adjust the volume control to thelowestsetting.
* Increase volume slowly until you hearcomfortably and
clearly.
Your Delco@ audiosystemhasbeendesignedtooperateeasilyandgive
years of listeningpleasure.Butyouwillgetthemostenjoyment
out of it if
youacquaintyourselfwith
it first.FindoutwhatyourDelco@systemcando
andhow to operateallitscontrols,tobesureyou’regettingthemostout
of
theadvancedengineering that wentinto it.
3-7
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
FM Stereo
FMstereowillgiveyouthebestsound.But
FM signalswillreachonlyabout
10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km).And,tallbuildingsorhillscaninterferewith
FMsignals,causingthesound
to comeandgo.
AM
TherangeformostAMstationsisgreaterthanforFM,especiallyatnight.
Thelongerrange,however,cancausestations
to interferewitheachother.
AM canpickupnoisefromthingslikestormsandpowerlines.Tryreducing
thetreble to reducethisnoise if youevergetit.
AM Stereo
C-QUAIP
ThismeanstheDelco@systemcanreceiveC-QUAM@stereobroadcasts.
Many AM stationsaroundthecountryuseC-QUAM@toproducestereo,
thoughsomedonot.(C-QUAM@
is a re isteredtrademarkofMotorola,Inc.)
If your Delco@ system can get C-QUAM R , your “STEREO” light will come on
whenyou’rereceivingit.
8
3-8
How to Operate Your ETW AM Radio
R
h
t-
K4308
This part tells youhowyour
ETR@ AM radio works.
PWR (Power)
The PWR button switches the radio onand off.
Upper Knob
Theupperknobdoes
these three things:
It controls the volume. The VOL knob increases volumewhen rotated
clockwise.
It tells you the time. (When the ignition is off, push the RECALL knob to
display the time.)
I t allows you to RECALL the frequency when the radio is playing.
5 AL (Balance)
The control behind the upper knob allows youto balance the soundbetween
the rightand left speakers.
Lower Knob
Turn the lowerknow to tune inradio stations
3-9
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
Pushbuttons
Thefourpushbuttonsletyoureturntofavoritestations.
You can setthe
pushbuttonsfor up to sevenfavorite AM stations.Just:
Tune in thestationyouwant.
Pushthe SET pushbutton. (SET appears in the VF displayfor a few
seconds.)
Within 5 seconds,pushoneofthefourpushbuttonstostorethestation.
Wheneveryoupressthatbutton,thepresetstation
will return.
NOTE:
Up to threeadditionalstationsmay
buttonsatthesametime.
be presetbypressingtwoadjoining
Tune in thedesiredstation.
Pressthe SET pushbutton.
Within 5 seconds,pressanytwoadjoiningpushbuttonsatthe
same time.
(Thestationwillreturnwhenthesametwobuttons
are pressedagain.
Clock
To set the clock,just:
Pushthe SET pushbutton.
Within 5 seconds,pressandhold
on thedisplay.
MlNS until the correctminuteappears
Pressand hold HRS untilthecorrecthourappearsonthedisplay.
TREBLE
Slide the TREBLE leverup to increasethetrebleresponse. If thestationis
weakornoisy,slidethe
TREBLE leverdown to reducethenoise.
BASS
Slide the BASS leverup to increasethebassresponse.Adjustthe
lever to give a pleasing sound to yourear.
3-1 0
BASS
How to Operate Your E T P AM-FM Stereo Audio
System
.
...........
.
F
. . .
-. .
.....
K4309
Thispart tells youhowyour
ETR@ AM-FM stereoaudiosystemworks.
P WR (Power)
The PWR button switchestheradioonand
Upper Knob
Theupperknobdoesthese
two things:
It controlsthevolume.
clockwise.
The VOL knob increasesvolumewhenrotated
It tellsyouthetime.(Whentheignitionis
display the time.)
BAL (Balance)
Thecontrol behind theupperknoballowsyou
theright and leftspeakers.
Lower Knob
Turn thelowerknobto
off.
off, pushthe RECALL knob to
to balancethesoundbetween
tune in radiostations.Push
FADE
Thecontrol behind thelowerknobfadesthe
rear speakers.
3-1 1
it to get AM or FM.
sound betweenyourfrontand
SEEK
Pressthe SEEK button to cause the receiver to SEEK thenexthigher
andstop.
station
SCAN
Whenyoupress SCAN, theradiowillgo
to the nextstationandpauseand
willkeepscanning until youpress SCAN again. SCAN appearsinthe VF
display.
Pushbuttons
Thefourpushbuttonsletyoureturn
You cansetthepushbuttonsforup
7 FM). Just:
Tunein the desired station.
to favorite stations.
to fourteen favorite stations (7 AM and
Press the SET pushbutton. (SET appearsin the VF displayforafew
seconds.)
Within 5 seconds,pushoneof
the four pushbuttons to store the station.
Wheneveryoupress that button, the presetstation will return.
NOTE:
Up to three additional stationsmay be presetoneachbandby
pressing two
adjoining buttonsat the sametime. (The station willreturnwhen the same
two buttons arepressedagain.)
Clock
To set the clock, just:
Push the SET pushbutton.
Within 5 seconds, press and hold SEEK until the correct minute appears
on the display.
Pressandhold
SCAN until the correcthourappearson
the display.
TREBLE
Slide the TREBLE lever up to increase the treble response.If a station is
weakornoisy, slide the TREBLE leverdowntoreducethenoise.
BASS
Slide the BASS lever up to increase the bassresponse.Adjustthe
lever to givea pleasing sound to vourear.
3-1 2
BASS
How to Operate Your E T P AM-FM Stereo Audio
Cassette System
K4310
This part tells youhowyour
works:
ETR@ AM-FM stereo audio cassette system
P WR (Power)
The PWR button switches the radio onand off.
Upper Knob
Theupperknobdoes
these three things:
It controls the volume. TheVOLknob
increases volumewithclockwise
rotation.
It tells you the time. (When the ignition is off,push the RCL knob to
display the time.)
It allows you to hear the otherside of the tape. (Press the RCL knob
while the cassette is playing.)
BAL (Balance)
The control behind the upperknob allows you to balance the soundbetween
the right andleft speakers.
Lower Knob
Turn the lower knob to tune inradiostations.Push
3-1 3
it to get AM or FM.
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
FADE
The controlbehindthelowerknobfadesthesoundbetweenyourfront
rear speakers.
SEEK
Pressingthe SEEK button willcausethereceiverto
station and stop.
and
SEEK the nexthigher
SCAN
Whenyoupress SCAN, theradiowillgoto
the next station and pause, and
will keepscanninguntilyoupress
SCAN again. SCAN appears in the VF
display.
Pushbuttons
The fourpushbuttonslet you return to favoritestations. You cansetthe
pushbuttons forup to fourteenfavoritestations (7 AM and 7 FM).Just:
Tune in the desiredstation.
Pressthe SET pushbutton. (SET appears in the VF display for 5
seconds.)
Within 5 seconds, push one of the fourpushbuttonstostore
the station.
Wheneveryoupressthat
button, thepresetstation will return.
NOTE:
In additiontothefourstationssetasabove,
may be presetoneachbandbypressing
sametime.
up to threeadditional stations
two adjoiningpushbuttons at the
Tunein the desiredstation.
Press the SET pushbutton. (SET appearsinthe
seconds.)
VF displayfor 5
Within 5 seconds,pressanytwoadjoiningpushbuttonsat
the sametime.
(Thestationwillreturnwhenthesametwobuttonsarepressedagain.)
Clock
To settheclock,just:
Pressthe SET pushbutton.
Within 5 seconds,press and hold SEEK until thecorrectminuteappears
on thedisplay.
Press and hold SCAN until the correcthourappears on thedisplay.
3-1 4
TREBLE
Slide the TREBLE lever up to increase the treble response. If the station is
weakornoisy, slide the TREBLE lever down to reduce the noise.
BASS
Slidethe BASS lever up to increase the bass response.Adjust the BASS
lever to givea pleasing sound toyour ear.
DNP
This is theDynamicNoiseReductionbutton.DNR@helpsremovebackground
hissfrom the radioor tape player. Youmaywant to leave it pushed in all the
time.
DNR@ is a registered trademark of NationalSemiconductorCorporation.
To Play A Cassette
Your tape player is built to workbestwithtapesthat
are 30 to 45 minutes
long on eachside.Tapeslonger
than that are so thin theymay not workwell
in thisplayer.
Once the tape is playing,usetheupper
and lowerknobsforvolumebalance
and fade just as you do fortheradio.Thearrows
indicate whichside of the
tape is being played.
Forward
To rapidlyadvancethetape,
press thearrow pointing rightandthe tape will
rapidlygoforwarduntil
you press the STOP-EJECT button lightly.
Re verse
To rapidlyreverse the tape, press thearrow pointing left and thetapewill
rapidlyreverse until you press the STOP-EJECT buttonlightly.
PROGRAM
To go from one side of the tape to theother,press
knob(Volume).
EJECT
To removethetapeorstopthe
STOP-EJECT button.
the VOL-BAUPROG-RCL
tape and switch to radio,pressthe
3-1 5
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
How to Operate Your €TIP AM-FM Stereo Audio
Cassette System With Equalizer
K4311
Thisparttellsyouhowyour
equalizer works.
ETR" AM-FM stereoaudiocassettesystemwith
P WR (Power)
The PWR buttonswitchestheradioonandoff.
Upper Knob
The upperknobdoesthesethreethings:
It controlsthevolume.
It tellsyouthetime.(Whentheignition
is off, pushthe RCL knob to
displaythetime.)
It allowsyou to heartheotherside
whilethecassetteisplaying.)
of thetape.(Pressthe
BAL (Balance)
The controlbehindtheupperknoballowsyou
right and leftspeakers.
Lower Knob
Turnthelowerknob
to tuneradiostations.Push
to balancethesoundbetween
it to get AM or FM.
FADE
Thecontrolbehindthelowerknobfadesthesoundbetweenyourfrontand
rear speakers.
3-1 6
PROG knob
SEEK
Pressingthe SEEK button will cause thereceiverto
station and stop.
SEEK thenexthigher
SCAN
Whenyoupress SCAN, theradiowillgo
to thenext station and pause and
willkeepscanning until youpress SCAN again. SCAN appears in thegraphic
display.
Pushbuftons
Thefour pushbuttons let you returntofavoritestations.
You canset the
pushbuttonsforup to fourteenfavoritestations (7 AM and 7 FM). Just:
Tune in thedesiredstation.
Pressthe SET pushbutton.(NOTE: The displaywillshow
5 seconds.)
SET forabout
Within the 5 seconds, push one of thefourpushbuttons.Wheneveryou
press that button, the preset station willreturn.
NOTE:
In additionto the four stations setasabove,up
to three additional stations
maybepreset on each band by pressingtwo adjoining buttons at the same
time.Just:
Tune in thedesiredstation.
Pressthe SET pushbutton.
Within 5 seconds, press any two adjoiningpushbuttonsat the sametime.
(The station willreturnwhen the sametwobuttonsarepressedagain.)
Clock
To settheclock,
just:
Push the SET pushbutton.
Within 5 seconds, press and hold SEEK until the correctminuteappears
on thedisplay.
Press and hold SCAN untilthecorrecthourappears
on thedisplay.
Adjust The Tone
Use the leversintheupperleft
corner to set the bass,midrange, and treble
until you getthesound you want. The 60 and 250 leversadjust the bass; 1K
ismidrange;and 3.5K and 10K control thetreble.
We suggest you start with the centerlever (1K) in themidpoint position, then
movetheothersup
until yougettheamount
of bass and trebleyoulike.
3-1 7
Cornforf Controls & Audio Sysfems
Am-St Button
The Am-St is justbelowthe PWR button.Pushthiswhenyoutune
to an
AM station that broadcasts in stereo. Your STEREO lightwillcomeonwhen
you’rereceiving AM stereo.Ifyoupush
Am-St andthereisnomorenoise,
it
meansthestation is weak.You’llhearthestationbetter
if youdon’tuse
Am-St. Justpushthe Am-St buttonagain to deletestereo.
LOUD
The loudnessbutton is nexttothe
sound.
PWR button.Push it togetmorebass
DNR@
YouraudiosystemhasautomaticDynamicNoiseReduction.
backgroundhissnoisefromtheradio
or tapeplayer.
DNR@isaregisteredtrademark
It helpsremove
of theNationalSemiconductorCorporation.
To Play A Cassette
Your tapeplayerisbuilt
to workbestwithtapesthatare
30 to 45 minutes
longoneachside.Tapeslongerthanthatare
so thintheymaynotworkwell
in thisplayer.
Once thetapeisplaying,usetheupperandlowerknobsforvolume,balance
andfade,justas
you did forradio. The arrowsindicatewhichsideofthe
tape is beingplayed.
Cr02
The CrO2 buttonletsyousetthesystemforthetype
If you areusing chrome or metaltapes,pushthe
of cassette being used.
Cr02 button in.
FWD (Forward)
To rapidlyadvancethetape,press
FWD, andthetape
untilyoupressthe
REV buttonlightly.
will rapidlygoforward
REV (Reverse)
To rapidlyreverse the tape,press REV, andthetapewillrapidlyreverseuntil
youpressthe FWD button lightly.
SEARCH
Push the SEARCH button totheright.(The
ON lightwillcomeon.)
Push FWD to go to thebeginning of thenextselection.
Push REV withthe SEARCH ON lightlit,andthetape
beginning of the current selection.
3-1 8
will reverse to the
PROGRAM
To go from oneside of thetapetotheother,press
EJECT
To remove the tapeorstop
button.
the upperknob.
the tape and switch to radio,press the EJECT
Care of Your Cassette Tape Player
K1313
A tapeplayerthat is notcleanedregularly can causereducedsoundquality,
ruinedcassettes, or a damagedmechanism.Cassettetapesshould
be stored
in their casesawayfromcontaminants,directsunlight,
and extremeheat. If
they aren't, they may not operate properly
or cause failure of the tapeplayer.
Your tapeplayershould be cleanedregularlyeachmonth or afterevery 15
hours ofuse. Ifyounotice a reduction in soundquality,try a knowngood
cassette to see if the tape or the tape player is at fault. If this other cassette
has no improvementinsoundquality,cleanthetapeplayer.
Cleanyourcassettetapeplayerwith
a wiping-action, non-abrasive cleaning
cassette, and follow the directionsprovidedwithit.
Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound quality may degrade over time.
Alwaysmakesurethatthecassettetape
is in goodconditionbeforeyou
have your tape player serviced.
3-1 9
Comfort Controls & Audio Sysferns
How to Operate Your ET*
Disc (CD) System
AM-FM Stereo Audio Compact
KO596
This part tells youhowyourETR@
AM-FM stereo systemworks:
P WR (Power)
The PWR button switches the radioonand
Upper Knob
Theupperknobdoes
off when the ignition is on.
these twothings:
It controls thevolume.Volumewill
increase when the VOLknob is
turned clockwiseanddecreasewhen
turned counterclockwise.Volumewill
be displayed brieflyunless the LefVRightspeaker control, Rear/Front
speakercontrol, BASS or TREB are adjusted.
It controlsthemutefeature.By
pressing the MUTE knob, all soundfrom
the radio or CD player stops. By pressing theknobagain,orby
turning
the VOLknobclockwise,sound
will begin again.
LeftRight Speaker Control
The control behind the upperknob allows you to balancethesoundbetween
the right andleftspeakers.Balance
will be displayed brieflywhen using this
control.
Lower Knob
Thelowerknobdoes
these two things:
It enablesyou to tune indifferent radio stationsby turning the knob
clockwiseorcounterclockwise.
3-20
It enablesyou to alternatebetween AM and FM stationsbypressingthe
BAND knob.Yourselectionwillbebrieflydisplayed.
Rear/Front Speaker Control
Thecontrolbehindthelowerknobfadesthe
sound betweenyourfrontand
rearspeakers. Fade levelswillbebrieflydisplayed.
SEEK
Pressingthe SEEK b buttonwillcausethereceiver
station and stop.
to seekthenexthigher
Pressingthe 4 SEEK button willcause the receiver to seekthenextlower
station and stop.
SCAN
Whenyoupress SCAN, theradiowillgo
to thenextstationandpause,
and
willkeepscanninguntilyoupress
SCAN again. SC willbedisplayedwhen
using this control.
Pushbuttons
Thefivepushbuttonsletyoureturn
to favoritestations.Theyarealsoused
whenyouplayadisc.(See
“To Play A CompactDisc”.)
To setthepushbuttonsforup
to ten favoritestations (5 AM and 5 FM):
Tune in thedesiredstation.
Pushthe SET button. (SET is displayedbriefly.)
Within 5 seconds,push one of thefivepushbuttons to storethestation.
Wheneveryoupressthatbutton,thepresetstationwillreturn.
Clock
To settheclock,just:
Pressthe SET pushbutton. The radiomaybeonoroff.
Within 5 seconds,pressand hold either SEEK b to increasetheminutesor 4 SEEK to decrease the minutesuntilthecorrectminute
appearsonthedisplay.
Pressand hold SCAN until the correcthourappears
on thedisplay.
RCL
Pressthe RCL buttontoalternatebetweentime
and radiostationonthe
display. RCL may be pressedwhentheignitionisofftoseethetime.
3-2 1
Comfort Contmls & Audio Systems
BASS
Pressthe BASS A to increasebasstonesand
tones.Pressthecenterofthecontrolforapreset
levelwill bedisplayedbrieflywhenusingthiscontrol.
V BASS to decreasebass
BASS position.Thebass
TREBLE
Pressthe TREB A to increasethetrebletonesand
V TREB to decrease
thetrebletones.Pressthecenter
of thecontrolforapreset
TREB position.
Thetreblelevelwillbedisplayedbrieflywhenusingthiscontrol.
To PIay A Compact Disc (CD):
NOTICE
1
1
Insert a discpartwayintothe
slot, labelside up. The playerwillpull
Waitafewsecondsandthediscshouldplay.
it in.
Ifthedisccomesbackout,checkwhether:
The disc is upsidedown.
It is dirty,scratched,orwet.
Too muchmoisture is in the air. (If thereis,waitaboutone
again.)
hourandtry
RCL
Press RCL to seewhattrackisplaying.Press
it againwithin 5 :seconds to
see how long it hasbeenplaying. The tracknumberalsoappearswhenyou
changethevolumeorwhenanewtrackstarts
to play.
COMP
Pressthe COMP button to make soft andloudpassagesmorenearlyequal
in volume.COMPappears in thedisplaywhileusingthiscommand.
RDM
The RDM buttonmeansrandomandwhen
it is pressed, it causesthe CD
mechanism to playthetracks in arandomorderratherthan
in thesequential
1, 2, 3 order.
3-22
REV
Press and hold the REV button toquicklyreturn to a favorite passage. The
counter reading will be displayed when using this control.
FWD
Press and hold the FWD button to advancequicklywithinatrack.Release
to resumeplaying.Watch the displayto stop at aspecificpassage.
it
SCAN
Press SCAN to sampleeach track forapproximately 10 seconds.Scanning
willcontinue until the RDM, SCAN oranyothermotion
button ispressed
again.
PREV
If you hold the PREV (4 SEEK) button, or press it morethan once, thedisc
willreturn to previous tracks.
NEXT
Press NEXT(SEEK b) to hear the nexttracknow instead of waiting until the
present trackisfinished.Ifyou
hold this button or press it more than once,
the discwilladvancefurther.
sr-pL
Press ST-PL (Stop-Play) to make the discstop and the radioplay.Press
ST-PL again to restartthedisc at the pointwhere it stopped.
Press PWR or turn the ignition key off to stopthediscplayer.
’fhe disc stays
in the player and willresume playing atthepointwhere
it stopped.
Press EJECT toeject the disc and maketheradioplay.
tract 1 when you reinsertit.
The discwillstartat
Anti-Theft Feature
DelcoLOC ll@is an Anti-Theft feature for the compactdiscplayer.Itcan
used or ignored.Ifignored,thesystemplaysnormally.If
it isused,your
player won’tbeusable if it iseverstolen,because
it won’tturnon.
be
The instructions below tell you how to enter a secretcode into thesystem. If
yourcarloses battery powerforanyreason,youmustunlockthesystemwith
thesecretcode before theradiowill turn on.
To Lock The System:
1. Writedownany
6 digitnumber and keepitinasafe
2. Turn the ignition tothe“Accessory”
place.
or “Run” position.
3. Pressthe PWR button to turn theradio off.
3-23
Comfort Contmls & Audio systems
4. Pressthe 1 and 4 buttons together. Hold themdown until
on the display.
You arenowready to enteryoursecretcode.
secondsbetween steps.
“-
-
-”
shows
Don’twaitmorethan
15
5. Press SET and 000 willappearonthedisplay.
6. Press the SEEK b button to makethefirstnumberappear.
7. Rotate the TUNE knobright or left to make the last twonumbersagree
with your code.
8. Press BAND and 000 willappearagain.Nowyouareready
last three digits of your code.
to enter the
9. Repeatsteps 6 and 7 for the last three digits of yourcode.
10. Press BAND and rEP willappearfor
appear.
5 secondsand then 000 will
11. Repeatsteps 6 through 10. Thistime SEC willappear-indicating
the radio is secure.
that
To Unlock The System After A Power Loss
Whenbatterypowerisreapplied
to asecuredradio, the radiowon’t turn on
and LOC will appearonthedisplay.
Enter yoursecretcodeasfollows:pausenomorethan
steps.
15 secondsbetween
1. Turn the -igny$onon. (Radio off.)
2. Depressthe SET button. Thedisplay will show 000.
3. Enter the sixdigits of the codefollowing steps 6-9 above.Thedisplay
will show the numbersasentered.
4. Depressthe BAND knobandthe time appears-indicatingthat
the
disabling sequencewassuccessful.If
the displayindicates SEC, the
numbers did not matchandtheunit
is still secured.
Disabling The Theft System
1. Depresspresets 1 and 4 for 5 secondswith ignition onand
off.Thedisplaywillshow
radio power
SEC, indicating the unit is in the securemode.
2. Depress the SET button. Thedisplaywillshow
000.
3. Enterthefirst three digits of thecodefollowing steps 6 and 7 of the
preceding paragraphs. Thedisplay will show the numbersasentered.
3-24
4. Depress the BAND knob.Theradiowilldisplay
000.
5. Enter the second three digits of the code.The display will show the
numbers as entered.
6. Depress the BAND knob.If the displayshows "- the disabling
sequencewas successful. Thenumbersmatched the user-selected code
or the factoryback-upcode and the unit is in the UNSECUREDmode. If
the display shows SEC, the disabling sequencewas unsuccessful and
the numbers did not matcheither of the codesand the unit will remain
in the SECUREDmode.
-
"!
Care of Your Compact Dlsc
Handlediscscarefully. Store them in their original cases orother protective
casesandaway from direct sunlight and dust. If the surface of a disc is
soiled, dampena clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral detergent solution and
clean it, wiping from the center to the edge.
Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling discs.Pickup
by grasping the outeredgesor the edge of the hole andtheouteredge.
3-25
discs
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
Fixed Mast Antenna
The fixedmastantennacanwithstandmostcarwasheswithoutbeing
damaged. If themastshouldeverbecomeslightlybent,youcanstraighten
it
outbyhand. If themastisbadlybent,as
it might be byvandals, you should
replace it.
Checkeveryonce
fender.
in awhiletobesurethemast
3-26
is still tightened to the
Your Driving and the Road
Section
Hereyou’ll find information about driving on different kinds of roads and in
varying weather conditions. We’ve also included many other useful tips on
driving.
Road Signs ............................................................................................................ 4-2
Defensive Driving ..................................................................................................4-8
Drunken Driving..................................................................................................... 4-9
Control of a Vehicle ............................................................................................
4-12
Braking..............................................................................................................
4-12
Steering Tips .................................................................................................... 4-18
Steering in Emergencies ................................................................................. 4-18
Passing ............................................................................................................. 4-20
Loss of Control ................................................................................................
4-22
Off-Road Driving With Your Four-wheel Drive Vehicle .................................... 4-23
Driving at Night ...................................................................................................
4-34
Driving in the Rain.............................................................................................. 4-37
Driving in Fog, Mist and Haze .......................................................................... 4-39
City Driving .......................................................................................................... 4-41
Freeway Driving................................................................................................... 4-42
Driving a Long Distance.....................................................................................
4-44
Hill and Mountain Roads .................................................................................... 4-46
Parking on Hills ...................................................................................................
4-48
Winter Driving ...................................................................................................... 4-51
Recreational Vehicle Towing (Four-wheel Drive Only) .................................... 4-54
Towing a Trailer ...................................................................................................
4-56
4-1
Your Driving and 1m3Road
Road Signs
The roadsignsyouseeeverywherearecodedbycolor,shapeandsymbols.
It’sagoodidea to knowthesecodes so thatyoucanquicklygraspthebasic
meaningorintentofthesignevenbeforeyouhaveachancetoreadit.
Color of Road Signs
V
’r(
ISTOPI
. E N T E ~
c
WAY
t
AM402001
RED means STOP. It mayalsoindicatethatsomemovement
Examplesare DO NOT ENTER and WRONG WAY.
is notallowed.
YELLOW indicatesageneralwarning.Slowdownandbecarefulwhenyou
seeayellowsign.Itmaysignalarailroadcrossingahead,ano-passing
zone,or some otherpotentiallydangeroussituation.Likewise,
a yellowsolid
linepaintedontheroadmeans“Don’tCross.”
4-2
h
LOw
SHOULDER
FLAGGER
AHEAD
WORKERS
AHEAD
AM402003
ORANGE indicatesroadconstructionormaintenance.
You'li wanttoslow
downwhenyousee
an orangesign, as part of theroadmaybeclosedoff
ortornup. And there may be workersandmaintenancevehiclesaround,too.
WEST
1
-'
EXIT
44
SMALLTC'V
-1
AM402004
GREEN is usedto guidethedriver. Green signsmayindicateupcoming
freewayexitsorshowthedirectionyoushouldturn
to reachaparticular
place.
HOSPITAL
INFORMATION
AM40200i
BLUE signswithwhitelettersshowmotorists'
4-3
sewices.
Your Driving and the Road
&..,
SWIMMING
CANOEING
AM402006
BROWN signs point out recreation areas or points of historicor cultural
interest.
Shape of Road Signs
Theshape of the sign will tell yousomething,too.
ST0 PII
AM402007
An OCTAGONAL (eight-sided) sign means STOP. It is always red withwhite
letters.
A DIAMOND-shaped sign is awarning of something ahead-forexample,the
end ofa divided highway, a curve, steephill, soft shoulder, or anarrow
bridge.
4-4
AM402009
A TRIANGLE pointed downward,indicatesYIELD. It assignstheright-of-way
to trafficon certain approaches to an intersection.
P
AM40201
A TRIANGULAR sign alsoisused on two-lane roads to indicate aNO
PASSINGZONE. This sign will be on the leftside of the roadway.
L
KEEP
RIGHT
LEFT OR
THROUGH
RIGHT TURN
ONLY
AM402011
RECTANGULAR (square or oblong)signs show speed limits, parking
regulations, give directions, and such informationasdistances to cities.
4-5
Your Driving and the Road
Symbols on Road Signs
Therearemanyinternationalroadsigns
in usetoday.
I
AM402012
The basicmessage ofmany of thesesignsis in picturesorgraphicsymbols.
A picturewithin a circlewithadiagonallineacross
it showswhat NOT to do.
NO U
TURN
NO
PARKING
NO BICYCLES
AM40201 3
Traffic Lights
I
I
AM402014
We’re all familiarwithtrafficlightsorstoplights.Often,greenarrowsarebeing
used in thelightsforimprovedtrafficcontrol.Onsomemultilaneroads,green
arrowslightup,indicatingthattrafficinoneormorelanescanmoveormake
aturn.Greenarrowsdon’tmean“gonomatterwhat”.You’llstill
need to
proceedwithcaution,yieldingtheright
ofway to pedestriansandsometimes
toothervehicles.
4-6
Some traffic lights alsouseredarrows
turning onred.
to signify that you muststopbefore
Manycityroads and expressways, and evenbridges,usereversible-lane
trafficcontrolduringrushhours.
A red X light above a lanemeansnodriving
in thatlaneat that time. A greenarrowmeans you maydrive in that lane.
Lookforthesigns
posted to warndriverswhathours
and days these
systemsare in effect.
REVERSIBLE
LANE ON
MULTI-LANE
ROADWAY
C
I
Pavement Markings
I
NO PASSING ZONE
AM402016
Pavementmarkings add totraffic signs and signals.Theygiveinformationto
driverswithout taking attention from the roadway. A solid yellow line on your
sideof the roadorlanemeans“don’t
cross.”
Your Own Signals
Drivers signal toothers, too. It’s not onlymorepolite,it’ssafertoletother
drivers knowwhat you are doing.And in someplaces the lawrequiresdriver
signals.
4-7
Your Driving and the Road
Turnandlanechangesignals:
changelanes.
Alwayssignalwhenyouplanto
turn or
If necessary,youcanusehandsignalsout
the window:Leftarmstraightout
for a left turn,downforslow
or about-to-stop, and up for a rightturn.
pedal once or twice in advance
behind you.
Slowingdown: If timeallows,tapthebrake
of slowing or stopping. This warns the driver
Disabled: Your four-way flashers signal that your vehicle
hazard.See“HazardWarning
Flasher” intheIndex.
is disabled or is a
Traffic Officer
Thetraffic police officerisalso a source of importantinformation.Theofficer’s
signals govern,nomatterwhatthetrafficlights
or othersignssay.
Thenextpartdiscussessome
of theroad conditions youmayencounter.
Defensive Driving
The best adviceanyonecangiveabout
driving is:Drivedefensively.
Pleasestartwith a veryimportantsafetydevice
(See “Safety Belts” in theIndex.)
in yourvehicle:Buckleup.
Defensivedrivingreallymeans“beready
for anything.”Oncitystreets,rural
roads, or freeways, it means“alwaysexpecttheunexpected.”
Assumethatpedestrians or otherdrivers are going to becareless and make
mistakes.Anticipatewhattheymight
do. Bereadyfortheirmistakes.
Expectchildren to dashoutfrombehindparkedcars,oftenfollowedbyother
children. Expectoccupantsinparkedcars
to open doors intotraffic.Watchfor
movementinparkedcars-someonemay
be about to open a door.
Expectotherdrivers to runstopsignswhenyouareon
a throughstreet.Be
ready to brake if necessaryasyougothroughintersections.
Youmay not
have to usethebrake,but
if you do, youwillbeready.
If you’re driving through a shoppingcenterparkinglotwherethereare
well-markedlanes, directional arrows, and designatedparkingareas,expect
somedrivers to ignoreallthesemarkingsanddashstraight
toward onepart
of the lot.
Pedestrianscanbecareless.Watchforthem.
In general,youmust
to pedestrianseven if youknowyouhavetherightofway.
give way
Rear-end collisions are about the most preventable of accidents. Yet they are
common.Allowenoughfollowingdistance.It’sthebestdefensive
driving
4-8
maneuver, in both cityandruraldriving.
You neverknowwhenthevehicle
front of you is goingtobrakeor
turn suddenly.
in
Here’safinalbit
of informationaboutdefensivedriving.Themostdangerous
timefordrivinginthe
US. is veryearlyonSundaymorning.Infact,
GM
Researchstudiesshowthatthemostandtheleastdangeroustimesfor
driving,everyweek,fallonthesameday.Thatday
is Sunday. The most
dangeroustimeisSundayfrom3
a.m. to 4 a.m. The safesttimeisSunday
from 10 a.m.to 11 a.m.DrivingthesamedistanceonaSunday
at 3a.m.
isn’tjustalittlemoredangerousthanitisat
10 a.m.It’sabout134times
moredangerous!Thatleads to thenextpart.
Drunken Driving
Deathandinjuryassociatedwithdrinking
and drivingisanationaltragedy.It’s
thenumber one contributor to thehighwaydeathtoll,claimingthousands
of
victimseveryyear.Alcoholtakesaway
three thingsthatanyoneneeds
to
driveavehicle:
Judgment
MuscularCoordination
Vision
Policerecordsshow that half of allmotorvehicle-relateddeathsinvolve
alcohol-adriver,apassengerorsomeoneelse,suchasapedestrian,had
beendrinking. In mostcases,thesedeathsaretheresult
of someonewho
wasdrinkinganddriving.Over
25,000 motorvehicle-relateddeathsoccur
eachyear because of alcohol,andthousands of peopleareinjured.
Justhowmuchalcoholistoomuch
if apersonplansto
drive? Ideally,no
oneshoulddrinkalcohol
and thendrive.But if onedoes,thenwhat’s“too
much”can be a lot lessthanmanymightthink.Although
it dependsoneach
personandsituation,here
is somegeneralinformationontheproblem.
The BloodAlcoholContent(BAC)
four things:
of someone whoisdrinkingdependsupon
How much alcoholisinthedrink.
Thedrinker’sbodyweight.
The amount of foodthatis
consumed beforeandduringdrinking.
The length oftime it has taken the drinker to consumethealcohol.
4-9
Your Driving and the Road
AM407001
ht; LI IN A BAC
OF ‘*7T .05°/o IN
THt IIIVIE SHOWN
OF DRINKS
(as in picture)
4
100
120
140
160 240
220
200
180
BODY WEIGHT IN POUNDS
AM407002
According to theAmericanMedicalAssociation,a180-pound(82kg)person
whodrinksthree12-ounce
(355 ml)bottlesofbeerinanhourwillendup
withaBACofabout
0.06 percent.ThepersonwouldreachthesameBAC
bydrinkingthree4-ounce(120ml)glasses
of wineorthreemixeddrinks
each had 1 4 2 ounces (45 ml) of aliquorlikewhiskey,ginorvodka.
It’s theamount of alcoholthatcounts.Forexample,ifthesamepersondrank
three doublemartinis (3 ouncesor 90 ml of liquoreach)withinanhour,the
person’sBACwould be close to 0.12 percent.Apersonwhoconsumesfood
just beforeorduringdrinkingwillhaveaslightlylowerBAClevel.
4-1 0
if
The law in most US. states sets the legal limit at aBAC of 0.10 percent. In
Canada the limitis 0.08 percent, andinsomeother
countries it’s lowerthan
that. The BACwillbeover
0.10 percent afterthreetosix
drinks (in one
hour). Of course, as we’veseen, it dependsonhowmuchalcoholisinthe
drinks,andhowquickly
the persondrinksthem.
Butit’sveryimportanttokeep
in mindthat the abilitytodrive is affected well
belowaBAC of 0.10 percent. Research showsthatthe driving skills ofmany
peopleare impaired ataBACapproaching
0.05 percent, and thattheeffects
areworseatnight.
All driversare impaired at BAClevelsabove 0.05 percent.
Statisticsshowthatthechance
of being in anaccidentincreasessharplyfor
driverswhohaveaBAC
of 0.05 percent or above. A driverwithaBAC
level
of 0.06 percent (three beers in one hourfora 180-pound or 82 kg person)
hasdoubled his orherchance of having an accident. At aBAC level of 0.10
percent, the chance of thatdriver having an accidentissixtimesgreater;
at
alevel of 0.15 percent, thechancesaretwenty-fivetimesgreater!And,
the
bodytakesabout an hour to rid itself of the alcoholinonedrink.
No amount
of coffeeornumber of cold showerswill speed thatup.
“I’ll becareful”isn’ttherightanswer.What
if there’sanemergency,a
need
to take sudden action, aswhena child darts into thestreet? A person witha
higherBACmightnotbeable
to reactquicklyenough to avoidthecollision.
There’ssomethingelseaboutdrinking
and driving thatmany people don’t
know. Medical researchshows that alcohol inaperson’ssystemcanmake
crash injuriesworse.That’sespeciallytrueforbrain,
spinal cord and heart
injuries. That meansthat if anyonewhohas been drinking-driveror
passenger-is in acrash,thechance
of being killed or permanently disabled
ishigherthan if that person had not been drinking.Andwe’vealreadyseen
that thechance of a crash itself is higher for drinkingdrivers.
I
A
Drinking and then driving isverydangerous. Your reflexes,percep
tions, and judgmentwillbeaffectedby
even asmallamountofalco
hol. You could have aserious-orevenfatal-accident
if you driv
afterdrinking.Pleasedon’tdrink
and driveorridewithadriverwho
has been drinking.Ridehome in a cab; or if you’rewithagroup
4-1 1
Your Driving and the Road
Control of a Vehicle
AM409005
You havethreesystemsthatmakeyourvehiclegowhereyouwant
it togo.
They are thebrakes,thesteering
and theaccelerator. All threesystemshave
to do their workattheplaceswhere
the tires meettheroad.
Sometimes,aswhenyou’redrivingonsnow
or ice, it’seasytoaskmore
thosecontrolsystemsthanthetiresandroadcanprovide.Thatmeansyou
canlosecontrol of yourvehicle.
of
Braking
Brakingactioninvolves
First,youhavetodecide
time. Thenyouhaveto
perceptiontime and reaction time.
to pushonthe brake pedal.That’s perception
bring up yourfoot and do it.That’s reaction time.
Average reaction time isabout 3/4 of asecond.Butthat’sonlyanaverage.
It might be lesswithonedriver
and aslongastwoorthreeseconds
or
morewithanother.Age,physicalcondition,alertness,coordination,
and
eyesightallplayapart.
So do alcohol,drugsandfrustration.Buteven
in 314
of asecond,avehiclemovingat
60 mph (100 km/h)travels 66 feet (20 m).
That could bealot of distance in anemergency, so keepingenoughspace
betweenyourvehicle and othersisimportant.
of the
And, of course,actualstoppingdistancesvarygreatlywiththesurface
road(whetherit’spavementorgravel);thecondition
ofthe road (wet, dry,
icy); tire tread; and thecondition of yourbrakes.
4-1 2
Most drivers treat their brakeswithcare.Some,however,overwork
brakingsystemwithpoor driving habits.
the
Avoidneedlessheavybraking.Somepeopledrive
in spurts-heavy
accelerationfollowed by heavybraking-ratherthankeeping
pace with
traffic. This is a mistake. Your brakesmay not havetimeto cool
between hard stops. Your brakes will wearoutmuchfaster
if you do a
lot of heavy braking.
Don’t “ride” the brakes by letting your left footrest lightly on the brake
pedalwhiledriving.
!
AM410001
CAUTION
“Riding”yourbrakes can causethem to overheat to thepoint that
theywon’tworkwell.
You mightnotbeable to stopyourvehicle in
time to avoidanaccident. If you “ride” yourbrakes,theywillget
so
hot they will require a lot of pedal force to slowyoudown.Avoid
“riding” the brakes.
I
“Riding” the brakeswearsthem out muchfaster. You would need costly
brake replacementmuchsooner than normal, and it alsoreduces fuel
economy
4-1 3
Your Driving and the Road
If youkeeppacewiththetrafficandallowrealisticfollowingdistances,you
willeliminatea lot of unnecessarybraking.Thatmeansbetterbrakingand
longerbrakelife.
If yourengineeverstopswhileyou’redriving,brakenormallybutdon’t
pumpyourbrakes. If youdo,thepedalmaygetharder
to pushdown. If
yourengine stops, youwillstillhavesomepowerbrakeassist.Butyou
willuse it whenyoubrake.Oncethepowerassistisusedup,itmay
takelonger to stop andthebrakepedalwillbeharder
to push.
Antilock Brakes (ABS)
Your vehiclehasanadvancedelectronicbrakingsystemthatcanhelpyou
keepitundercontrol.
‘b
F
AM415003
Here’showantilockworks.Let’ssaytheroad
is wet.You’redrivingsafely.
Suddenlyananimaljumpsoutinfront
of you.
You slamonthebrakes.Here’swhathappenswith
ABS.
A computersensesthatarearwheel
is slowingdown.Thecomputerworks
thebrakesattherearwheels.
It isprogrammed to makethemostof
availabletireandroadconditions.
4-1 4
AM415013
As youbrake,yourcomputerkeepsreceivingupdatesonrearwheel
speed-and controls braking pressureaccordingly.
I CAUTION
Antilockdoesn’t change thetimeyouneed
to getyourfootup
to the
brakepedal. If yougettooclose
to the vehicle in front ofyou, you
won’thavetime to applyyourbrakes if thatvehiclesuddenlyslows
or stops.Alwaysleave enough roomup ahead tn stop, even thnllgh
you have antilock brakes.
wlii
@E?
-
I
lo Use Antilock
Userearwheelantilocklikeregularbrakes.
You mayfeelthebrakesvibrate,
oryoumaynoticesome
noise outsideyourvehicle,butthis
is normal.Let
antilockworkforyou,butremember:
Your frontwheelscan still stoprolling. If
thathappens,release enough pressureon the brakes to getthewheels
rollingagain so that you can steer.
Withthefour-wheeldriveoptionyouwon’thaveantilockbrakingwhenyou
shiftintofour-wheeldrive.Butyouwillhaveregularbraking.When
back intotwo-wheeldrive,youwillhaveantilockagain.
4-1 5
you shift
Your Driving and the Road
Brake System Warning Light
Standard Cluster
Digital Cluster
PO159
Thislightappears on yourinstrumentcluster to warnyouifyourregular
brakingsystemneedsservice.
Ifyourvehiclehasrearwheelantilockbrakes,
thislightwillalsowarnyouabouttroubleinthatsystem.Itwillalso
light if
yourparkingbrake is notfullydisengaged.SeetheIndexunder“Brake
SystemWarningLight.”
Disc Brake Wear Indicators
Yourvehiclehasfrontdiscbrakesandreardrumbrakes.Discbrakepads
havebuilt-inwearindicatorsthatmakeahigh-pitchedwarningsoundwhen
thebrakepadsarewornandnewpadsareneeded.Thesoundmaycome
and go or be heardallthetimeyourvehicleismoving(exceptwhenyouare
pushingonthebrakepedalfirmly).
I
The brake wearwarningsoundmeans
that sooneror later your
A brakes won’t workwell. That could lead to an accident. When you
hear the brake wear warning sound, have your vehicle serviced.
A
4-1 6
Somedrivingconditionsorclimatesmaycause
a brakesquealwhenthe
brakesarefirstappliedorlightlyapplied.Thisdoesnot
mean somethingis
wrongwithyourbrakes.
Rear Drum Brakes
Your reardrumbrakesdon’thavethewearindicators,but
if youeverheara
rearbrakerubbingnoise,havetherearbrakeliningsinspected.
Also, therear
brakedrumsshouldbe
removed andinspectedeachtimethetiresare
removed forrotationorchanging.Whenyouhavethefrontbrakesreplaced,
havetherearbrakesinspected,
too.
Brakeliningsshouldalwaysbereplacedascompleteaxlesets.
Brake Pedal Travel
Seeyourdealer if thebrakepedaldoesnotreturn
to normalheight,or if
thereisarapidincreaseinpedaltravel.This
could beasign of brake
trouble.
Brake Adjustment
Everytimeyoumakeabrakestop,yourdiscbrakesadjustforwear.
If your
brakepedalgoesdownfarther
than normal,yourrear drum brakesmayneed
adjustment.Adjustthembybackingupandfirmlyapplyingthebrakesafew
times.
Braking In Emergencies
At sometime,nearlyeverydrivergets
into asituationthatrequireshard
braking. You have the rearwheelantilockbrakingsystem.Yourfrontwheels
canstoprollingwhen
you brakeveryhard.Oncetheydo,thevehiclecan’t
respond to yoursteering.Momentumwillcarryit
in whateverdirection it was
headed when the frontwheelsstoppedrolling.That
could be off theroad,
intothevery thing youwere trying to avoid,orintotraffic.
So, usea“squeeze”brakingtechnique.Thiswillgiveyoumaximumbraking
whilemaintainingsteeringcontrol.
You dothisbypushingonthebrakepedal
withsteadilyincreasingpressure.Whenyoudo,
it will help maintainsteering
control. In manyemergencies,steering can helpyoumorethaneventhevery
bestbraking.
Steering
Power Steering
If youlosepowersteeringassistbecausetheengine
stops orthesystem
fails to function,you can steerbut it will take muchmoreeffort.
4-1 7
Your Driving and the Road
Steering Tips
Driving on Curves
It’simportanttotakecurvesatareasonablespeed.
A lotofthe“driverlostcontrol”accidentsmentionedonthenews
curves.Here’swhy:
happen on
Experienceddriver orbeginner,each of usissubjecttothesamelawsof
physicswhendrivingoncurves.Thetraction
of thetiresagainsttheroad
surfacemakesitpossibleforthevehicle
to change its pathwhenyou turn
thefrontwheels. If there’snotraction,inertiawillkeepthevehiclegoing
in
thesamedirection. If you’veevertried to steeravehicleonwetice,you’ll
understandthis.
The tractionyoucanget
in acurvedependsonthecondition
ofyourtires
andtheroadsurface,theangleatwhichthecurve
is banked,andyour
speed.Whileyou’re in acurve,speed is theonefactoryoucancontrol.
Suppose you’resteeringthroughasharpcurve.
Then yousuddenlyapplythe
brakes.Bothcontrolsystems-steeringandbraking-have
to do theirwork
where the tiresmeettheroad.Addingthehardbrakingcandemandtoo
muchatthoseplaces.
You canlosecontrol. The samethingcan happen if
you’resteeringthroughasharpcurveandyousuddenlyaccelerate.
Those
twocontrolsystems-steeringandacceleration-canoverwhelmthoseplaces
where the tiresmeettheroadandmakeyoulosecontrol.
Whatshouldyoudo
if thiseverhappens?Letuponthebrakeoraccelerator
pedal,steerthevehiclethewayyouwant
it togo,andslowdown.
Speed limitsignsnearcurveswarnthatyoushouldadjustyourspeed.
Of
course,thepostedspeedsarebased
on goodweatherandroadconditions.
Underlessfavorableconditionsyou’llwanttogoslower.
If you need to reduceyourspeedasyouapproachacurve,
do it beforeyou
enterthecurve,whileyourfrontwheelsarestraightahead.
Try to adjustyour
speed so youcan“drive”throughthecurve.Maintainareasonable,steady
speed.Wait to accelerateuntilyouareout
of thecurve,andthenaccelerate
gentlyintothestraightaway.
Whenyoudriveintoacurveatnight,it’shardertoseetheroad
youbecause it bendsawayfromthestraightbeamsofyourlights.This
one good reason to driveslower.
ahead of
is
Steering in Emergencies
Therearetimeswhensteeringcan
be moreeffectivethanbraking.For
example,youcomeoverahillandfindatruckstopped
in yourlane,ora
4-1 8
carsuddenly pulls outfromnowhere, or a child dartsoutfrombetween
parked cars and stops right in front ofyou.You can avoid these problemsby
braking-if you canstopintime.Butsometimes
you can’t;there isn’t room.
That’s the timeforevasiveaction-steeringaroundtheproblem.
Your vehicle can performverywell in emergencieslikethese.Firstapplyyour
brakes, but notenough to lockyourfrontwheels.
It is better toremoveasmuch
Thensteeraroundtheproblem,
available.
speed asyoucanfromapossiblecollision.
to theleft or rightdepending on thespace
I
KO444
An emergencylike this requires close attention and aquickdecision. If you
are holding the steering wheelattherecommended
9 and 3 o’clockpositions,
youcanturn it a full 180 degreesveryquicklywithoutremovingeitherhand.
But you have to actfast,steerquickly,
and just asquickly straighten the
wheelonceyouhave
avoided theobject. You mustthenbepreparedtosteer
back to your original lane and then braketoa controlled stop.
Dependingonyourspeed, this canberatherviolentforanunprepareddriver.
This isone of the reasons driving expertsrecommendthatyouuseyour
safety belts and keep both hands on the steeringwheel.
The fact that such emergency situations arealwayspossible
to practice defensive driving at all times.
Off-Road Recovery
You may find sometime that yourrightwheelshave
aroadonto the shoulderwhile you’re driving.
4-1 9
is a good reason
dropped off theedge of
Your Driving and the Road
AM428003
If the level of theshoulder is only slightly below the pavement,recovery
shouldbefairly easy. Ease offtheaccelerator and then, if there is nothingin
the way, steer so that your vehicle straddles the
edge of the pavement. You
canturnthesteeringwheelup
to 1/4 turnuntil the rightfront tire contacts
thepavementedge.Thenturnyoursteeringwheel
to go straight down the
roadway.
If theshoulderappears to beaboutfourinches
(100 mm) ormorebelowthe
pavement,thisdifferencecancauseproblems.
If thereisnotenoughroom
to
pull entirelyontotheshoulderandstop,thenfollowthesameprocedures.But
iftherighttirescrubsagainstthesideofthepavement,do
NOT steer more
sharply.With too much steering angle, the vehicle may jump back onto the
road with so much steering input that it crosses over into the oncoming traffic
beforeyoucanbring it backundercontrol.Instead,ease
off againonthe
acceleratorandsteeringinput,straddlethepavementonce
more, then try
again.
Passing
The driver of a vehicle about to pass another on a two-lane highway waits
for just therightmoment,accelerates,movesaroundthevehicleahead,then
goes back intotherightlaneagain.
A simplemaneuver?
Not necessarily!Passinganothervehicle on atwo-lanehighway is a
potentiallydangerousmove,sincethepassingvehicleoccupiesthesamelane
asoncomingtrafficforseveralseconds.
A miscalculation,anerror in
judgment, or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can suddenly put the
passing driver face to face with the worst
of all traffic accidents-the head-on
collision.
4-20
So herearesometipsforpassing:
“Driveahead.”Lookdowntheroad,
to thesides,and to crossroadsfor
situationsthatmightaffectyourpassingpatterns.
If youhaveanydoubt
whatsoeveraboutmakingasuccessfulpass,waitforabettertime.
Watchfortrafficsigns,
pavement markings, and lines.Ifyou can seea
signupaheadthatmightindicatea
turn or an intersection,delayyour
pass. A brokencenterlineusuallyindicatesit’sallrighttopass
(providingtheroad ahead isclear).Nevercrossasolidlineonyourside
of thelaneoradoublesolidline,even
if theroadseemsempty
of
approachingtraffic.
If yoususpectthatthedriver
ofyourpresence,tapthehorn
of the vehicle you want to pass isn’t aware
a couple of timesbeforepassing.
Do notget too close to thevehicleyouwanttopasswhileyou’re
awaitinganopportunity.For
one thing,followingtoocloselyreducesyour
area of vision,especially if you’refollowingalargervehicle.
Also, you
won’thaveadequatespace
if thevehicle ahead suddenlyslowsorstops.
Keep backareasonabledistance.
to passiscomingup,start
to accelerate
When it lookslikeachance
butstay in therightlaneanddon’tget
too close.Timeyourmove
so
youwillbeincreasingspeedasthetimecomes
to moveintotheother
lane. If thewayisclear
to pass,youwillhavea“runningstart”that
morethanmakesupforthedistance
you wouldlosebydroppingback.
And if something happens to causeyou to cancelyourpass,youneed
onlyslowdownanddropbackagainandwaitforanotheropportunity.
If othercarsarelinedup
to passaslowvehicle,waityourturn.But
takecarethatsomeoneisn’ttrying
to passyouasyoupullouttopass
theslowvehicle.Remembertoglanceoveryourshoulderandcheckthe
blindspot.
Checkyourmirrors,glanceoveryourshoulder,andstartyourleftlane
changesignalbeforemovingout
of therightlane to pass.Whenyou
arefar enough ahead of thepassedvehicle to seeitsfront in your
insidemirror,activateyourrightlanechangesignalandmovebackinto
therightlane.(Rememberthat
if yourrightoutsidemirror
is convex,the
vehicleyou just passed may seem to befurtherawayfromyouthan
it
reallyis.)
Try not to passmorethanonevehicleatatimeontwo-laneroads.
Reconsiderbeforepassingthenextvehicle.
4-2 1
Your Driving and the Road
Don’tovertakeaslowlymovingvehicle
too rapidly.Eventhough the
brakelightsarenotflashing,itmaybeslowingdown
or startingtoturn.
If you’re being passed,make it easyforthefollowingdrivertogetahead
of you.Perhapsyoucaneasealittle
to theright.
Loss of Control
Let’sreviewwhatdrivingexpertssayaboutwhathappenswhenthe
controlsystems(brakes,steeringandacceleration)don’thaveenoughfriction
wherethetiresmeettheroad
to dowhatthedriverhasasked.
In anyemergency,don’tgiveup.Keeptrying
escaperouteorarea of lessdanger.
three
to steer, and constantlyseekan
Skidding
In askid,adrivercanlosecontrol
of thevehicle.Defensivedrivers avoid
mostskidsbytakingreasonablecaresuitedtoexistingconditions,
and bynot
“overdriving”thoseconditions.Butskids
are alwayspossible.
The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle’s three control systems.
In thebrakingskid,yourwheelsaren’trolling.
In thesteeringorcornering
skid, too muchspeedorsteeringinacurvecausestirestoslipand
lose
corneringforce.And in theaccelerationskid, too muchthrottlecauses the
driving wheelstospin.
A corneringskidand an acceleration skid arebesthandledbyeasingyour
foot off theaccelerator pedal. Ifyourvehiclestartstoslide(aswhen
you turn
acorner on awet,snow-orice-coveredroad),easeyourfoot
off the
acceleratorpedalassoonas
you feel the tiresstart to slide.Quicklysteer
the way you wantthevehicletogo.
If you startsteeringquicklyenough,your
vehiclewillstraightenout. As it does,straightenthe front wheels.
Of course,tractionisreducedwhenwater,snow,ice,gravel,
or othermaterial
is on the road.Forsafety,you’llwant
to slowdown and adjustyour driving to
these conditions.Itisimportant to slowdown on slipperysurfaces because
stoppingdistancewill be longerandvehiclecontrolmorelimited.
Whiledrivingonasurfacewithreducedtraction,tryyourbestto
avoid
suddensteering,acceleration,or
braking (includingenginebrakingby
shifting
to a lowergear).Anysuddenmove
could causethe tires to slide. You may
notrealize the surface is slippery until yourvehicle is skidding. Learn to
recognizewarningclues-suchasenoughwater,iceorpackedsnow
on the
road tomakea“mirroredsurface”-andslowdownwhenyouhaveany
doubt.
4-22
Remember:Therearwheelantilockbrakingsystem
(RWAL) helps avoid only
arearbrakingskid.
In abraking skid (wherethefrontwheelsarenolonger
rolling),release enough pressure on the brakes to getthefrontwheelsrolling
again.Thisrestoressteeringcontrol.Push
the brake pedal downsteadily
when youhave to stopsuddenly.Aslongasthefrontwheelsarerolling,you
willhavesteeringcontrol.Steerthewayyouwant
to go.
OffmRoad Driving with Your Four-wheel
Drive Vehicle
Thisoff-roadguide is forvehiclesthathavefour-wheeldrive.Also,see
“AntilockBrakes’’ in the Index. If yourvehicledoesn’thavefour-wheeldrive,
youshouldn’tdrive off-road unlessyou’reon a level,solidsurface.
Off-roaddrivingcanbegreatfun.But
it doeshavesomedefinitehazards.
Thegreatest of theseistheterrainitself.
“Off-roading”meansyou’veleftthegreatNorthAmericanroadsystembehind.
Trafficlanesaren’tmarked.Curvesaren’tbanked.Therearenoroadsigns.
Surfacescanbeslippery,rough,uphillordownhill.Inshort,you’vegoneright
back to nature.
Off-road drivinginvolvessomenewskills.Andthat’s
why it’sveryimportant
thatyoureadthisguide.
You’ll find manydrivingtipsandsuggestions.These
willhelp make your off-road drivingsaferandmoreenjoyable.
Before You Go Off-Roading
Therearesomethings
to dobefore you goout.Forexample,besure
to
haveallnecessarymaintenanceandserviceworkdone.Besureyoureadall
theinformationaboutyourfour-wheeldrivevehicle
in thismanual. Is there
enough fuel? Is the sparetirefullyinflated?Arethefluidlevelsupwhere
theyshouldbe?Whatarethelocallawsthatapply
to off-roadingwhereyou’ll
bedriving? If you don’tknow,youshouldcheckwithlawenforcementpeople
in thearea.Willyou
be onsomeone’sprivateland?If
so, besure to getthe
necessarypermission.
Loading Your Vehicle for Off-Road Driving
Therearesomeimportantthings
vehicle.
to rememberabouthow
to loadyour
The heaviestthingsshouldbeonthe
load floorandforward
axle.Putheavieritemsasfarforwardasyoucan.
ofyourrear
Be surethe load is securedproperly, so drivingontheoff-roadterrain
doesn’ttossthingsaround.
4-23
Controllingyourvehicle is thekey to successful off-road driving. One of the
bestways to controlyourvehicle is to controlyourspeed.Hereare
some
thingstokeep in mind.Athigherspeeds:
youapproachthingsfasterandyouhave
for obstacles.
less time to scantheterrain
youhave less time to react.
youhavemorevehicle
bounce whenyoudriveoverobstacles.
you’ll need moredistanceforbraking,especiallysinceyou’reonan
unpaved surface.
A
When you’re driving offroad,bouncingandquick
changes in direction can easilythrowyouout
of position.Thiscouldcauseyou
to
losecontrolandcrash.
So, whetheryou’redrivingonorofftheroad,
youandyourpassengersshouldwearsafetybelts.
I
Scanning the Terrain
Off-road driving can take you overmanydifferentkindsofterrain.
You need
to befamiliarwiththeterrain
and its manydifferentfeatures.Herearesome
things to consider.
Surface Conditions
Off-roadingcantakeyouover
hard-packed dirt,gravel,rocks,grass,sand,
mud,snoworice.
Each of thesesurfacesaffectsthesteering,acceleration,
andbraking of yourtruck in differentways.Dependinguponthe
kind of
surfaceyouare on, you mayexperienceslipping,sliding,wheelspinning,
delayedacceleration, poor traction, and longerbrakingdistances,
Surface Obstacles
Unseenor hidden obstacles can behazardous. A rock,log,hole,rut,or
bumpcanstartle you if you’renotpreparedforthem.Oftentheseobstacles
arehidden by grass,bushes,snow or eventheriseand
fall of theterrain
itself.Herearesomethings
to consider:
Is the path ahead clear?
Willthesurfacetexture
change abruptlyup ahead?
Does the traveltakeyouuphillordownhill?(There’smorediscussion
thesesubjectslater.)
Willyouhave
to stopsuddenlyor
change directionquickly?
4-25
of
Your Driving and the Road
When you driveoverobstaclesorroughterrain,keepafirmgriponthe
steeringwheel.Ruts,troughs, or othersurfacefeaturescanjerkthewheel
outof yourhands if you’renotprepared.
Whenyoudriveoverbumps,rocks,
or otherobstacles,yourwheelscanleave
theground. If thishappens,evenwithone
or twowheels,youcan’tcontrol
thevehicleaswell or atall.
Becauseyou will be on anunpavedsurface,it’sespeciallyimportant
suddenacceleration,suddenturns,
or suddenbraking.
to avoid
Inaway,off-roaddrivingrequiresadifferentkind
of alertnessfrom driving on
paved roadsandhighways.Thereare
no roadsigns,postedspeedlimits
or
signallights. You have to useyourowngoodjudgmentaboutwhatis
safe
and whatisn’t.
can be affectedbyevenasmallamount
of alcohol. You could have
Driving On Off-Road Hills
Off-roaddrivingoftentakesyouup,down,oracrossahill.Drivingsafelyon
hills requiresgoodjudgmentandanunderstanding
of whatyourvehicle can
and can’t do. Therearesomehillsthatsimplycan’tbedriven,
no matterhow
well built thevehicle.
A
I
Many hills aresimply too steepforanyvehicle. If youdrive up them,
you willstall.If you drivedownthem, you can’tcontrolyourspeed.
1
I
you driveacrossthem,youwillrollover.
You could be seriously
injured or killed. If you haveanydoubtaboutthesteepness,don’t
drive
hill.
the
Approaching a Hill
Whenyouapproacha
hill, you need to decide if it’sone of those hills that’s
just too steep to climb,descend,orcross.Steepnesscan
be hard to judge.
On a very smallhill,forexample,theremay
be asmooth,constant incline
4-26
withonlyasmall
change in elevationwhereyoucaneasilyseeallthe
way
tothetop. On alarge hill, the inclinemaygetsteeperasyounearthetop,
but you’ may not see this because
the crest of the hill is hidden bybushes,
grass,orshrubs.
Herearesomeotherthings
to considerasyouapproachahill.
Is thereaconstantincline,or
places?
does the hill getsharplysteeper
in
Is there good tractiononthehillside,orwillthesurfacecausetire
slipping?
Is thereastraight
path upordownthehill
turning maneuvers?
Arethereobstructionsonthehillthan
trees,logs or ruts)?
so youwon’thave
to make
can blockyour path (boulders,
What’s beyond the hill? Is there a cliff,anembankment,adrop-off,a
fence?Getout and walk the hill if youdon’tknow.It’sthesmartwayto
find out.
Is the hill simplytoorough?Steephillsoftenhaveruts,gullies,troughs
and exposed rocksbecausetheyare more susceptible to theeffects of
erosion.
Driving Uphill
Once youdecideyou
specialsteps.
can safelydrive up thehill,youneed
Usealowergear
and getafirmgriponthesteeringwheel.
to takesome
Getasmoothstartupthe
hill and try to maintainyourspeed.Don’tuse
morepowerthanyouneed,becauseyoudon’twantyourwheels
to start
spinningorsliding.
Try to drivestraightupthe
hill if atallpossible.
turns,youmightwant
to find anotherroute.
If the path twistsand
I CAUTION
A Turningordrivingacrosssteephillscan
be dangerous. Youcoulc
4 losetraction.slidesideways, and possibly roll over.You could _ _
seriously injt j or killed. Whendrivina UD hills. alwavs try to ao
straiaht UD.
-
Easeupon
your speed as you approachthetop
4-27
of the hill.
Your Driving and the Road
Attachaflagtothevehicletomakeyoumorevisibletoapproaching
traffic on trails or hills.
Soundthehornasyouapproachthetop
know you’re there.
Useyourheadlightsevenduringthe
oncomingtraffic.
of hill to letopposingtraffic
day.Theymakeyoumorevisibleto
Drivingtothetop(crest)
of ahill at fullspeedcancausean
accident.Therecouldbeadrop-off,embankment,cliff,oreven
anothervehicle. You could beseriouslyinjured or killed. As younear
the
top
alert.
stay
and
down
slow
hill,
of a
A
Q: Whatshould I do if my vehiclestalls, or is abouttostall,and
make it up the hill?
I can’t
A: If thishappens,therearesomethings
you shoulddo, and there are some
things youmustnot do. First,here’swhatyou
shoulddo:
Pushthebrakepedaltostop
the vehicle and keep it fromrolling
backwards. Also, applytheparkingbrake.
If yourengineis still running,shiftthetransmissionintoreverse,release
the parkingbrake,andslowlybackdownthe
hill inreverse.
If yourenginehas stopped running,you’ll need torestart it. Withthe
brakepedaldepressed and the parking brake still applied,shiftthe
transmission to P (Park) (or, shiftto N (Neutral)ifyourvehiclehasa
manualtransmission) and restarttheengine.Then,shiftto
R (Reverse),
release the parkingbrake,andslowlybackdownthehill
in reverse.
As youarebackingdown
the hill,putyourlefthandonthe
steering
wheel at the 12 o’clockposition.This way, you’llbeableto
tell if your
wheels are straight or turned to the leftorright as youbackdown.
Herearesomethingsyou
whengoingupahill.
mustnot do if youstall,orareabout
to stall,
Neverattempttopreventastallbyshifting
into N (Neutral)(or
depressing the clutch, if youhaveamanualtransmission)
to “rev-up” the
engine and regainforwardmomentum.Thiswon’twork.
Your vehiclewill
roll backwardsveryquicklyand you could gooutofcontrol.
4-28
I
Instead,applytheregularbrake
to stopthevehicle. Then applythe
parkingbrake.Shiftintoreverse,releasetheparkingbrake,andslowly
backdown.
Neverattempt to turn around if youareabout to stallwhengoingupa
hill. If thehillissteep
enough to stallyourvehicle,it’ssteepenoughto
causeyou to rollover if you turn around. If youcan’tmake it upthe
hill,youmustbackdownthe
hill.
Q: Suppose, after stalling,
I try to back down the hill and decide I just
can’t do it. What should I do?
A: Set the parkingbrake,putyourtransmission
in P (Park)(orthemanual
transmission in firstgear), and turn off theengine.Leavethevehicleandgo
getsomehelp.Exitontheuphillside
and stayclear of the path thevehicle
wouldtake if it rolled downhill. Do notshiftthetransfercase
to N (Neutral)
whenyouleavethevehicle.Leave
it in somegear.
A
If youhavea
manual transfercaseshiftlever,shiftingthetransfer
case to N (Neutral) can causeyourvehicle to roll even if the
transmission is in P (Park)(or, if youhavethemanualtransmission,
even if you’re in gear).This is because the N (Neutral) position on
thetransfer case overridesthetransmission. If you are going to
leave your vehicle, set the
parking brake and shift the transmission
to P (Park) (or, putyour manual transmission in firstgear).But do
notshift the transfer case to the N (Neutral)position. Leave the
transfer case in the 2 WHEEL, 4 HIGH or 4 LOW position..
Driving Downhiil
When off-roading takesyoudownhill,you’llwanttoconsider
things:
I
a numberof
How steep is thedownhill? Will I beable to maintainvehiclecontrol?
What’sthesurfacelike?
Gravel?
Smooth? Rough? Slippery?Hard-packeddirt?
Aretherehiddensurfaceobstacles?Ruts?
Logs? Boulders?
What’satthebottom
of thehill? Is thereahiddencreekbank
riverbottomwithlargerocks?
4-29
oreven a
Your Driving and the Road
If youdecideyoucangodownahillsafely,thentry
to keepyourvehicle
headed straightdown,andusealowgear.Thisway,enginedrag
can help
yourbrakesandtheywon’thave
to doallthework.Descendslowly,keeping
yourvehicleundercontrolatalltimes.
Heavybrakingwhengoingdownahillcancauseyourbrakes
to
overheatandfade.Thiscouldcauselossofcontrolandaserious
lccident.Applythebrakeslightlywhendescel
ng ahill and usea
lowgeartokeepvehiclespeedundercontrol.
Q: Arethere some things I shouldnotdowhendrivingdown
a hill?
A: Yes!Theseareimportantbecause
if youignore them you could lose
control and haveaseriousaccident.
Whendrivingdownhill,avoidturnsthattakeyouacrosstheincline
of the
hill. A hillthat’snottoosteep
to drivedownmay be toosteep to drive
across. You couldrollover if youdon’tdrivestraightdown.
Nevergodownhillwiththetransmission
in N (Neutral),orwiththeclutch
pedaldepressed in amanualshift.This
is called“free-wheeling.” Your
brakeswillhave to doalltheworkandcouldoverheat
and fade.
Avoidbraking so hardthatyoulockthewheelswhengoingdownhill.
If
yourfrontwheels are locked,youcan’tsteeryourvehicle.Ifyourwheels
lockupduringdownhillbraking,youmay
feel thevehiclestarting to slide
sideways. To regainyourdirection,justease
off the brakes and steer to
keep the front of the vehicle pointing straight downhill.
Q: Am I likelyto stall whengoingdownhill?
A: It’smuchmorelikelytohappengoinguphill.But
downhill,here’swhat to do.
if ithappensgoing
Stopyourvehiclebyapplyingtheregularbrakes.Applytheparking
brake.
Shiftto P (Park)(or to N (Neutral)withthemanualtransmission)and,
whilestillbraking,restart
the engine.
Shiftback to alow gear,releasetheparkingbrake,anddrivestraight
down.
If theenginewon’tstart,getoutandgethelp.
4-30
Driving Across an lncline
Sooner orlater,an off-road trailwillprobablygoacrosstheincline
of ahill. If
thishappens,youhave
to decidewhether to trytodriveacrosstheincline.
Herearesomethings to consider:
.
A hillthatcanbedrivenstraightupordownmaybe
too steep to drive
across.Whenyougostraightup
or downahill,thelength
of thewheel
base(thedistancefromthefrontwheels
to therearwheels)reducesthe
likelihoodthevehiclewilltumble
end overend. But whenyoudrive
acrossanincline,the
much morenarrowtrackwidth(thedistance
between the left and rightwheels)maynotpreventthevehiclefrom
tiltingand rolling over. Also, drivingacrossaninclineputsmoreweight
on the downhillwheels. This couldcauseadownhillslideorarollover.
Surfaceconditions can beaproblemwhenyoudriveacrossahill.Loose
gravel,muddyspots,orevenwetgrass
can causeyourtires to slip
sideways,downhill.If the vehicleslipssideways,it
can hitsomethingthat
willtrip it (arock,arut,etc.)androllover.
Hiddenobstaclescanmakethesteepness
of theinclineevenworse.If
youdriveacrossarockwiththe
uphill wheels,or if thedownhillwheels
drop into arutordepression,yourvehicle
can tilt evenmore.
For reasonslikethese,youneed
to decidecarefullywhether to try todrive
acrossanincline.Just
because the trail goesacrosstheinclinedoesn’tmean
youhave to driveit. The lastvehicle to tryitmighthaverolledover.
Drivingacrossaninclinethat’s
too steepwillmakeyourvehicle
roll
over.You could beseriouslyinjuredorkilled.
If youhaveanydoubt
aboutthesteepness of theincline,don’tdriveacrossit.Findanother
routeinstead
-
Q: WhatifI’mdriving
across aninclinethat’snottoosteep,but
I hit
someloosegravelandstart
to slidedownhill.Whatshould
I do?
A: If you feel yourvehiclestarting to slidesideways, turn downhill.This
should helpstraightenoutthevehicle
and preventthesideslipping.However,
a much betterway to preventthis is to getoutand“walkthecourse”
so you
knowwhatthesurface
is likebefore you drive it.
4-3 1
Your Driving and the Road
Stalling on an Incline
AM440001
Ifyourvehiclestallswhenyou’recrossinganincline,besureyou(andyour
passengers)getoutontheuphillside,even
if thedoorthereisharder
to
open.Ifyougetoutonthedownhillsideandthevehiclestarts
to rollover,
you’llberightinitspath.
Ifyouhavetowalkdowntheslope,stayoutofthepaththevehiclewilltake
if itdoesrollover.
I
CdTION
A
Gettingoutonthedownhill(low)side
of avehiclestoppedacrossan
incline is dangerous. If thevehiclerollsover,youcouldbecrushed
or killed.Alwaysgetoutontheuphill(high)side
of thevehicleand
staywellclearoftherolloverpath.
Driving In Mud, Sandy Snowy Or Ice
Whenyoudrivein mud,snoworsand,yourwheelswon’tget
good traction.
You can’taccelerateasquickly,turning
is moredifficult,andyou’llneed
longer braking distances.
It’sbesttousealowgearwhenyou’re
in mud-thedeeper
themud,the
lowerthe gear. In reallydeepmud,theidea
is to keepyourvehiclemoving
so youdon’tgetstuck.
Whenyoudriveonsand,you’llsense
a change in wheeltraction.But it will
depend uponhowlooselypackedthesandis.Onlooselypacked
sand (as
4-32
onbeachesorsanddunes)yourtireswilltend
to sinkintothesand.This
hasan effectonsteering,accelerating,andbraking.
You maywant to reduce
theairpressure in yourtiresslightlywhendriving
on sand.Thiswillimprove
traction.
Hardpackedsnowandiceoffertheworsttire
traction. Onthesesurfaces,it’s
veryeasy to losecontrol. Onwetice,forexample,thetractionis
so poor
thatyouwillhavedifficultyaccelerating.And
if you do getmoving,poor
steering and difficultbrakingcancauseyou
to slideout of control.
-
i Driving on frozenlakes,
ponds or rivers can bedangerous.
Underwatersprings,currentsundertheice,orsuddenthaws
weakentheice.
Your vehiclecould fall throughtheiceandyou
yourpassengers could drown.Driveyourvehicleonsafesurfaces
only.
can
3
Driving In Water
Lightraincausesnospecial
off-road drivingproblems.Butheavyraincan
meanflashflooding, and floodwaters demand extremecaution.
Findouthowdeepthewater
is beforeyoudrivethroughit.
If it’sdeep
enough to coveryourwheelhubs,axles,orexhaustpipe,don’t
try it-you
probablywon’tgetthrough.Also,waterthatdeepcandamageyouraxle
and
other vehicle parts.
If thewaterisn’t too deep,thendrivethrough
it slowly.Atfastspeeds,water
splashes on yourignitionsystemandyourvehiclecanstall.Stallingcanalso
occur if yougetyourtailpipeunderwater.And,
as long asyourtailpipe is
underwater,you’llneverbe
able to startyourengine.Whenyou
go through
water,rememberthatwhenyourbrakesgetwet,
it maytakeyoulonger to
stop.
1 CAUTION
Drivingthroughrushingwatercanbedangerous.Deepwater
can
sweep yourvehicledownstream and youandyourpassengerscould
drown. If it’sonlyinches deep, it can still washawaytheground
fromunderyourtires,and
you couldlosetractionandrollthevehicle
over.Don’tdrivethroughrushingwater.
4-33
I
Your Driving and the Road
After Off-Road Driving
Remove any brush ordebristhathascollectedontheunderbody,chassis,or
underthehood.Theseaccumulationscanbea
fire hazard.
Afteroperation in mud orsand,havethebrakeliningscleanedandchecked.
Thesesubstancescancauseglazingandunevenbraking.Checkthebody
structure,steering,suspension,wheels,tires,andexhaustsystemfordamage.
Also,checkthefuellinesandcoolingsystemforanyleakage.
Your vehicle will require more frequent service due
theMaintenanceScheduleforadditionalinformation.
to off-road use.Refer to
Driving at Night
AN450005
Nightdriving is moredangerousthandaydriving.Onereason
is thatsome
driversarelikely to beimpaired-byalcoholordrugs,withnightvision
problems,orbyfatigue.
Herearesometipsonnightdriving.
Drivedefensively.Remember,this
is themostdangeroustime.
Don’tdrinkanddrive(See“DrunkenDriving”in
thisproblem.)
Adjustyourinsiderearviewmirror
behindyou.
the Indexformoreon
to reducetheglarefromheadlights
4-34
f
Sinceyoucan’tsee
as well,youmayneed
to slowdownandkeep
morespacebetweenyou
and othervehicles.It’shard
to tell howfast
thevehicle ahead is going just bylookingat its taillights.
Slowdown,especiallyonhigher
uponly so much roadahead.
speed roads.Yourheadlights
can light
In remoteareas,watchforanimals.
If you’retired, pull off the road in asafeplaceandrest.
Night Vision
No one can seeaswellatnight
as in thedaytime.Butas
we getolder
thesedifferencesincrease. A 50-year-olddrivermayrequireatleasttwice
much lighttoseethesame
thing atnightasa20-year-old.
as
Whatyoudointhedaytimecanalsoaffectyournightvision.Forexample,
if
you spend theday in brightsunshineyouarewise
to wearsunglasses. Your
eyeswillhavelesstroubleadjusting
to night.
But if you’redriving,don’twearsunglassesatnight.Theymaycutdownon
glarefromheadlights,buttheyalsomakealot
of thingsinvisiblethatshould
remainvisible-suchasparkedcars,obstacles,pedestrians,oreventrains
blockingrailwaycrossings. You maywanttoput
on yoursunglassesafteryou
have pulled intoa brightly-lighted service or refreshmentarea.Eyesshielded
fromthatglaremayadjustmorequickly
to darknessback on the road.But
besure to removeyoursunglassesbeforeyouleavetheservicearea.
You canbetemporarilyblinded
by approachinglights.Itcantakeasecondor
two,orevenseveralseconds,foryoureyestoreadjust
to thedark.When
youarefacedwithsevereglare(asfromadriverwhodoesn’tlowerthehigh
beams,oravehiclewithmisaimedheadlights),slowdownalittle.Avoid
staringdirectlyintotheapproachinglights.Ifthere
is aline of opposing
traffic,makeoccasionalglancesovertheline
of headlights to makecertain
that one of thevehiclesisn’tstarting
to moveintoyourlane.Onceyouare
pastthebrightlights,giveyoureyestime
to readjustbeforeresumingspeed.
High Beams
If thevehicleapproachingyouhasitshigh
beams on,signal by flickingyours
to high and then back to lowbeam.Thisistheusualsignal
to lowerthe
headlightbeams. If theotherdriver still doesn’tlowerthebeams,resistthe
temptation to putyourhigh beams on.Thisonlymakestwohalf-blinded
drivers.
4-35
Onafreeway,useyourhighbeamsonly
in remoteareaswhereyouwon’t
impairapproachingdrivers. In someplaces,likecities,usinghighbeamsis
illegal.
Whenyou follow anothervehicleonafreeway
orhighway,uselowbeams.
True,mostvehiclesnowhave
day-night mirrorsthatenablethedriver
to
reduceglare.Butoutsidemirrorsarenot
of thistype and highbeamsfrom
behind canbotherthedriverahead.
A Few More Night Driving Suggestions
Keepyourwindshieldand all theglass on yourvehicleclean-inside
and out.
Glare at night is mademuchworsebydirton
the glass.Even the inside of
theglasscan build up afilmcausedby
dust. Tobaccosmoke also makes
insideglasssurfacesveryfilmy
and can be avisionhazard if it’s left there.
Dirtyglassmakeslightsdazzleandflashmorethancleanglasswould,
makingthepupils of youreyescontractrepeatedly.
You mightevenwant to
keepa cloth and some glass cleanerinyourvehicle
if youneed to clean
your glass frequently.
Remember that yourheadlights light upfarlessof
in aturnorcurve.
Keepyoureyesmoving;that
a roadwaywhen you are
way, it’seasier to pickoutdimlylightedobjects.
Justasyourheadlightsshould
be checkedregularlyforproperaim,
youreyes be examinedregularly.Somedriverssufferfromnight
blindness-theinability to see in dimlight-andaren’tevenaware
4-36
so should
of it.
Driving in the Rain
r
AM455004
Rainandwetroadscanmeandrivingtrouble.
On a wet roadyoucan’tstop,
accelerate or turn as wellbecauseyourtire-to-roadtractionisn’tas
good as
on dry roads.And, if yourtiresdon’thavemuchtreadleft,you’llgeteven
less traction.
It’salwayswise to goslower and becautious if rainstarts to fall whileyou
aredriving.Thesurfacemaygetwetsuddenlywhenyourreflexesaretuned
fordrivingon dry pavement.
Theheaviertherain,theharder
it istosee.Even
if yourwindshieldwiper
bladesare in good shape,aheavyraincanmake
it harder to seeroadsigns
and trafficsignals,pavementmarkings,theedge
of theroad, and even
peoplewalking. Road spraycanoftenbeworseforvisionthanrain,
especially if it comesfromadirtyroad.
So it iswise to keepyourwipingequipment
in good shapeandkeepyour
windshieldwashertankfilled.Replaceyourwindshieldwiperinsertswhenthey
showsignsofstreakingormissingareas
on thewindshield,orwhenstripsof
rubberstart to separatefromtheinserts.
4-37
Your Driving and the Road
AM455009
Drivingtoofastthroughlargewaterpuddles
orevengoingthroughsomecar
Try to
washescancauseproblems,too.Thewatermayaffectyourbrakes.
avoidpuddles.But if youcan’t,trytoslowdownbeforeyouhitthem.
I
CAUTION
A
Wet brakescancauseaccidents.Theywon’tworkwellinaquick
stopandmaycausepulling
to oneside. You couldlosecontrol
thevehicle
After drivin,.hrough alargepuddleofwateroracarwash,
. your brake pedal lightlv until vour brakes
worknormallv.
of
amly
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaningisdangerous. So muchwater can buildupunderyourtiresthat
they can actuallyrideonthewater.This
can happen if theroad is wet
enough andyou’regoingfastenough.Whenyourvehicle
is hydroplaning, it
haslittleornocontactwiththeroad.
You mightnotbeawareofhydroplaning.
You coulddrivealongforsometime
withoutrealizingyourtiresaren’t
in constantcontactwiththeroad.
You could
find outthehardway:whenyouhave
to slow,turn,moveoutto
pass-or if
yougethitbyagust
ofwind. You couldsuddenlyfindyourselfoutofcontrol.
Hydroplaningdoesn’thappenoften.But
it can if yourtireshaven’t much tread
or if the pressureinoneor more is low. It can happen if a lot ofwater is
standing on theroad. If you canseereflectionsfromtrees,telephonepoles,
orothervehicles,andraindrops“dimple”thewater’ssurface,therecouldbe
hydroplaning.
4-38
Hydroplaningusually happens athigherspeeds.There just isn’tahard
fastruleabouthydroplaning.
The bestadvice is to slowdownwhenitis
raining,andbecareful.
and
Some Other Rainy Weather Tips
Turnonyourheadlights-notjustyourparkinglights-tohelpmakeyou
morevisible to others.
Look for hard-to-see vehiclescomingfrombehind.
You maywanttouse
yourheadlightseven in daytime if it’sraininghard.
Besidesslowingdown,allowsomeextrafollowingdistance.Andbe
especiallycarefulwhenyoupassanothervehicle.Allowyourselfmore
clearroomahead,andbepreparedtohaveyourviewrestrictedbyroad
spray. If theroadspray is so heavyyouareactuallyblinded,dropback.
Don’t pass until conditionsimprove.Goingmoreslowly
is betterthan
havinganaccident.
Useyourdefogger
if it helps.
Have good tireswithpropertreaddepth.(See“Tires”
in theIndex.)
Driving in Fog, Mist and Haze
Fogcanoccurwithhighhumidity
or heavyfrost. It canbe so mildthatyou
can seethrough it forseveralhundredfeet(meters).Or
it mightbe so thick
thatyoucanseeonlya
few feet(meters)ahead. It may comesuddenly to
an otherwise clear road.And it can beamajorhazard.
Whenyoudriveintoafogpatch,yourvisibilitywillbereducedquickly.The
biggestdangersarestrikingthevehicle
ahead orbeingstruck by the one
behind.Try to “read”thefogdensitydowntheroad.
If thevehicle ahead
startsto become lessclear or, atnight, if thetaillightsareharder to see,the
fog is probablythickening.Slowdown to givetrafficbehindyouachanceto
slowdown.Everybody then hasabetterchance to avoidhittingthevehicle
ahead
I
4-39
Your Driving and the Road
AM459005
A patch of densefogmayextendonlyforafewfeet(meters)
or for miles
(kilometers);youcan’treally
tell whileyou’reinit.You
canonlytreatthe
situationwithextremecare.
Onecommonfogcondition-sometimescalledmist
or groundfog-can
happeninweatherthatseemsperfect,especiallyatnight
or in theearly
morninginvalleyandlow,marshyareas.Youcanbesuddenlyenvelopedin
thick, wethazethatmayevencoatyourwindshield.
You canoftenspotthese
fogpatches or mistlayerswithyourheadlights.Butsometimestheycanbe
waitingfor you asyoucomeovera
hill or dipintoashallowvalley.Start
yourwindshieldwipersandwasher,
to helpclearaccumulatedroaddirt.Slow
downcarefully.
Tips on Driving in Fog
If yougetcaught in fog,turnyourheadlightsonlowbeam,even
in daytime.
You’llsee-andbeseen-better.Useyour
foglights if yourvehiclehasthem.
Don’tuseyourhighbeams.Thelightwillbounce
make up fog and reflect back
at you.
off thewaterdropletsthat
Useyourdefogger. In highhumidity,evenalightbuildup
of moistureonthe
inside of theglasswillcutdown
on youralreadylimitedvisibility.Runyour
windshieldwipers and washeroccasionally.Moisturecanbuildup
on the
outsideglass,andwhatseems
to befogmayactuallybemoistureon
the
outside of your windshield.
4-40
Treat dense fogasanemergency.Try
to find aplace to pulloff the road. Of
courseyouwant to respectanother’sproperty, but youmight need to put
somethingbetweenyou and movingvehicles-space,trees,telephonepoles,
aprivatedriveway,anything
that removes you fromothertraffic.
If visibilityisnearzero
and youmuststopbut
are unsurewhetheryouare
awayfromtheroad,turnyour
lights on, startyourhazardwarningflasher,
and sound your horn atintervalsorwhenyouhearapproachingtraffic.
Passothervehiclesinfogonly
if you canseefarenough
ahead to pass
safely.Eventhen,beprepared
to delayyourpass if yoususpectthefogis
worseupahead. If othervehiclestrytopassyou,make
it easyforthem.
City Driving
1
AN460003
One of thebiggestproblemswithcitystreets
is theamount of trafficonthem.
You’llwant to watchoutforwhat the otherdriversaredoing,andpay
attention to traffic signals.
Here are ways to increase your safety
in citydriving:
Know the bestway to get to where youaregoing. Try not to drive
around trying to pick outafamiliarstreetorlandmark.Getacitymap
and plan your trip into an unknown part of thecity just as you wouldfor
a cross-country trip.
Try to usethefreeways that rim and crisscrossmostlargecities.
savetime and energy.(Seethenextsection,“FreewayDriving.”)
4-41
You’ll
Your Driving and the Road
Treatagreenlightasawarningsignal.
A trafficlightistherebecause
thecornerisbusyenough
to needit.Whenalightturnsgreen,
and just
beforeyoustart to move,checkbothwaysforvehiclesthathavenot
clearedtheintersectionormay
be runningtheredlight.
Obey all postedspeedlimits. But rememberthattheyareforidealroad,
weatherandvisibilityconditions. You mayneed to drivebelowthe
postedlimitin bad weatherorwhenvisibilityisespeciallypoor.
Pull to theright(withcare)andstopclear
orhearemergencyvehicles.
of intersectionswhenyousee
Freeway Driving
AN461003
Mileformile,freeways(alsocalledthruways,parkways,expressways,
turnpikes,orsuperhighways)arethesafest
of allroads.Buttheyhavetheir
ownspecialrules.
Themostimportantadvice
on freewaydrivingis:Keepupwithtrafficand
keep to theright.Driveatthesamespeedmost
of theotherdriversare
driving.Too-fastortoo-slowdrivingbreaksasmoothtrafficflow.Treattheleft
lane on afreewayasapassinglane.
Entering the Freeway
At theentrancethere is usuallyarampthatleads
to thefreeway.Ifyouhave
a clearview of thefreewayasyoudrivealongtheentranceramp,you
shouldbegin to checktraffic.Try to determinewhere you expect to blend
with the flow. If trafficislight,youmayhavenoproblem.But
if it isheavy,
findagapasyoumovealongtheenteringlaneandtimeyourapproach.
Try
442
to mergeinto the gap at close to theprevailingspeed.Switchonyourturn
signal,checkyourrearviewmirrorsas
you movealong, and glanceoveryour
shoulderas often as necessary.Try to blend smoothlywiththetrafficflow.
Driving on the Freeway
Onceyouare on the freeway,adjustyour speed to the posted limitor to the
prevailingrate if it’sslower.Stay in the right lane unless you wanttopass.If
youare on a two-lane freeway, treat therightlaneastheslowlane
and the
leftlane as the passing lane.
If youare on a three-lane freeway,treat the right lane astheslower-speed
through lane,the middle laneasthe higher-speed through lane, and the left
laneas the passing lane.
Before changing lanes,checkyourrearviewmirrors.
Then useyour turn
signal.Just before youleave the lane,glancequicklyoveryourshoulder
to
makesure there isn’tanothervehicle in your “blind” spot.
If you aremovingfromanoutside
to a center laneon a freeway having
morethantwolanes,makesureanothervehicleisn’tabout
to move into the
samespot.Lookat
the vehiclestwolanesover
and watchfor telltale signs:
turn signals flashing, anincrease in speed,ormoving toward the edge of the
lane. Be preparedtodelayyourmove.
Onceyouaremoving
on thefreeway,make certain youallowareasonable
followingdistance.Expect to moveslightlyslowerat
night.
Leaving the Freeway
Whenyouwantto
leave the freeway,move to theproperlanewell
in
advance.Dashingacrosslanes
at the lastminute is dangerous. If you miss
your exit do not,underanycircumstances,stop
and backup.Drive on tothe
nextexit.
At each exit point isadeceleration
lane. Ideally it should be longenoughfor
you to enter it atfreewayspeed(aftersignaling,
of course) and thendoyour
braking beforemoving onto theexitramp.Unfortunately,not
all deceleration
lanesare long enough-someare
too shortforall the braking.Decidewhen
tostartbraking. If you mustbrake on the throughlane, and if there is traffic
closebehindyou,you
can allowa little extratime and flash yourbrake lights
(in addition to your turn signal)as extra warningthatyou are about to slow
down and exit.
Theexitrampcan
be curved,sometimesquitesharply.
The exit speed is
usuallyposted.Reduceyour speed according to yourspeedometer,not to
yoursense of motion.After driving foranydistanceathigherspeeds,you
4-43
maytend to thinkyouaregoingslowerthanyouactuallyare.Forexample,
40 rnph (65 km/h)mightseem like only 20 mph (30 kmlh). Obviously, this
could lead toserioustrouble on arampdesignedfor
20 mph (30 kmlh)!
Driving a Long Distance
Althoughmostlongtripstodayaremade
made on regularhighways.
on freeways,thereare
still many
Long-distancedrivingonfreeways and regularhighwaysisthesame
ways. The triphasto be planned and the vehicleprepared,youdrive
higher-than-cityspeeds, and therearelongerturnsbehindthewheel.
enjoyyourtripmore if youandyourvehicleareingoodshape.Hereare
sometipsforasuccessfullongtrip.
in some
at
You’ll
Before Leaving on a Long Trip
Makesureyou’reready.
Try tobewellrested.
If youmuststartwhenyou’re
not fresh-suchas
afteraday’s work-don’t plantomake too manymiles
thatfirstpart of thejourney.Wearcomfortableclothingandshoes
you can
easilydrivein.
Is yourvehiclereadyforalongtrip?
If youkeep it serviced and maintained,
it’s ready to go. If it needsservice,have it donebeforestartingout.
Of
course,you’ll find experiencedandableserviceexpertsinyourvehicle’s
dealershipsallacrossNorthAmerica.They’llbeready
and willing to help if
you need it.
Herearesomethings
e
you cancheckbeforeatrip:
WindshieldWasherFluid:
insideandoutside?
Is thereservoirfull?Areallwindowsclean
WiperBlades: Arethey in goodshape?
Fuel, Engine Oil, Other Fluids: Have you checkedalllevels?
Lights: Arethey all working?Arethelensesclean?
Tires: Theyarevitallyimportanttoasafe,trouble-freetrip.
goodenoughforlong-distancedriving?Arethetires
recommendedpressure?
Is the tread
all inflated to the
e
WeatherForecasts: What’s the weatheroutlookalongyourroute?
Should youdelayyourtripashorttimetoavoidamajorstormsystem?
e
Maps: Do youhaveup-to-datemaps?
4-44
On the Road
Unlessyouaretheonlydriver,
it is good to share the drivingtaskwith
others.Limitturnsbehindthewheel
to about 100 miles (160 km)ortwo
hoursat a sitting.Then,either change driversorstopforsomerefreshment
likecoffee, tea or soft drinksandsomelimberingup.But
do stop and move
around.Eatlightlyalongthe
way. Heaviermeals tend to makesomepeople
sleepy.
Ontwo-lanehighwaysorundividedmultilanehighwaysthatdonothave
controlledaccess,you’llwant to watchforsomesituationsnotusuallyfound
onfreeways. Examples are:stopsignsandsignals,shoppingcenterswith
directaccess to thehighway, no passing zones and schoolzones,vehicles
turningleftandright
off the road,pedestrians,cyclists,parkedvehicles,and
evenanimals.
High way Hypnosis
Is thereactuallysuchacondition
as “highway hypnosis?” Or is it justplain
fallingasleepatthewheel?Callithighwayhypnosis,lack
ofawareness,or
whatever.
There is somethingaboutaneasystretch
of roadwith the samescenery,
alongwiththehum
of thetires on theroad,thedroneoftheengine,andthe
rush of thewindagainst the vehiclethatcanmakeyousleepy.Don’tletit
happen to you! If itdoes,yourvehiclecanleavetheroad
in less thana
second, andyou could crashandbeinjured.
Whatcanyou
happen.
do abouthighwayhypnosis?First,beawarethat
it can
Thenhere are some tips:
Makesureyourvehicle
is wellventilated,withacomfortably
cool interior.
Keepyoureyesmoving.
Scan theroad ahead and to the sides. Check
yourrearviewmirrorsfrequently
and yourinstrumentsfromtimetotime.
This can helpyou avoid afixedstare.
Wear good sunglasses in brightlight.Glarecancausedrowsiness.But
don’twearsunglassesat
night. Theywilldrasticallyreduceyouroverall
visionat the verytimeyou need alltheseeingpower
you have.
If yougetsleepy, pull offtheroad into arest,service,orparkingarea
and take a nap,get some exercise,orboth.Forsafety,treatdrowsiness
onthehighwayasanemergency.
As inanydrivingsituation,keeppacewithtrafficandallowadequate
followingdistances.
4-45
Your Driving and the Road
Hi// and Mountain Roads
AM470001
Drivingonsteephillsormountainsisdifferentfromdriving
in flat or rolling
terrain. If youdriveregularlyinsteepcountry,or
if you’replanning to visit
there,herearesometipsthatcanmakeyourtripssaferandmoreenjoyable.
(See“Off-RoadDriving”
in theIndexforinformationaboutdrivingoff-road.)
Keepyourvehicleingoodshape.Checkallfluidlevelsand
also the
brakes,tires,coolingsystemandtransmission.Thesepartscanwork
hard on mountainroads.
Knowhow to godownhills.Themostimportantthing
to knowisthis:let
yourengine do some of theslowingdown.Don’tmakeyourbrakes
do it
all.Shifttoalowergearwhenyougodownasteeporlonghill.That
way,youwillslowdownwithoutexcessiveuseofyourbrakes.
-
If youdon’tshiftdown,yourbrakescouldget
so hotthatthey
’= ,,wouldn’tworkwell. You wouldthenhavepoorbraking
or even n - - =: V& oing down a hill. You could crash. Shift down to let your engine
2.s
your brakes on a steep downhill slope.
-!%$assist
&!&$I
4-46
I
I
hY
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)orwith the ignition off is dangerous.
our brakes willhave to do all the workof slowing down.They could
get so hot that theywouldn’tworkwell.
You could crash.Always
haveyour ignition onandyour vehicle in gearwhenyougo
downhill.
e
Knowhow to gouphill. Youmaywant to shiftdown to alowergear.
Thelower gears help cool your engine and transmission, andyoucan
climb the hillbetter.
e
Stay in yourown lane when driving on two-lane roads in hills or
mountains.Don’tswingwideor
cut acrossthecenteroftheroad.
Drive
atspeedsthat let youstayinyourownlane.Thatway,youwon’tbe
surprised bya vehicle coming toward youin the samelane.
e
It takes longer to passanother vehicle when you’re going uphill. You’ll
want to leave extra room to pass.Ifa vehicle is passing youand
doesn’thaveenoughroom,slowdown
to makeiteasier for the other
vehicle to getby.
e
Asyougoover
the top ofa hill, be alert. There could besomethingin
your lane, like a stalled caroran accident.
You mayseehighway signs on mountainsthatwarn of special problems.
Examplesarelonggrades,
passing or no-passing zones,a falling rocks
area, or winding roads. Be alert to these and take appropriate action.
e
Winter driving can present special problems. See “Winter Driving” in the
Index.
4-47
Your Drivina and the Road
Parking on Hills
Hillsandmountainsmeanspectacularscenery.Butpleasebecarefulwhere
you stop if you decidetolook at theviewortakepictures.Lookfor
orparkingareasprovidedforscenicviewing.
pull-offs
AM470005
Anotherpart of thismanualtellshow
to useyourparkingbrake(see“Parking
Brake” in the Index).Butonamountain
or steephill, you can do one more
thing. You canturnyourfrontwheels
to keepyourvehiclefromrolling
downhill or outintotraffic.Here’s
how:
Parking Downhill
I
AM47001 0
Turn your wheels to theright.
4-48
You don’thave to jamyourtiresagainstthecurb,
contact is all youneed.
if thereisacurb.
A gentle
Parking Uphill
AM470015
If there is a curb, turn yourwheels to the left if thecurb is attherightside
of your vehicle.
AM470020
If you’regoing uphill on a one-way street and you’reParking on the left side,
yourwheelsshould point to the right.
4-49
Your Driving and the Road
.iP
J
AM470024
If thereisnocurbwhenyou’reparkinguphill,turnthewheelstotheright.
If there is no curbwhenyou’reparkinguphillontheleftside
street,yourwheelsshouldbeturned
to theleft.
of a one-way
Torque Lock (Automatic Transmission)
If youareparkingona
hill andyoudon’tshiftyourtransmissioninto
P
(Park)properly,theweight
of thevehiclemayputtoomuchforceonthe
parkingpawl in thetransmission. You may find it difficult to pulltheshiftlever
out of P (Park).Thisiscalledtorquelock.
To preventtorquelock,always
be
sure to shiftinto P (Park)beforeyouleavethedriver‘sseat.
To findout how,
see“Shifting Into P (Park) in theIndex.”
When you areready to drive,movetheshiftleverout
youreleasetheparkingbrake.
of P (Park) BEFORE
If “torque lock” does occur,youmayneed
to haveanothervehiclepush
yours a little uphill to takesome of thepressurefromthetransmission,
youcanpulltheshiftleverout
of P (Park).
4-50
so
Winter Driving
AN480001
Here are some tips for winter driving:
Haveyourvehicle
mix is correct.
in good shapeforwinter.
Be sureyourenginecoolant
Snowtires can help in loose snow, but theymaygiveyoulesstraction
on ice than regulartires. If youdonotexpecttobedriving
in deep
snow, butmayhave to traveloverice,you
maynotwant to switch to
snowtiresatall.
You maywant to putwinteremergencysupplies
in yourvehicle.
Includean ice scraper,asmallbrushorbroom,asupplyofwindshield
washerfluid,arag,
some winterouterclothing,asmallshovel,aflashlight,a
redcloth, and acouple of reflectivewarningtriangles. And, if youwillbe
drivingundersevereconditions,includeasmallbag
of sand,apiece of old
carpet or acouple of burlap bags tohelpprovidetraction.
Be sureyou
properlysecuretheseitems
in yourvehicle.
Driving on Snow or Ice
Mostofthetime,thoseplaceswhereyourtiresmeettheroadprobablyhave
good traction.
However, if there is snow or ice betweenyourtiresand
the road,youcan
haveaveryslipperysituation.
You’ll havealotlesstractionor“grip”andwill
needtobeverycareful.
4-51
Your Driving and the Road
AM480016
What’stheworsttimeforthis?“Wetice.”Verycoldsnoworicecan
be slick
and hard todrive on. But wet icecan be evenmoretroublebecause
it may
offertheleasttraction of all. You canget“wetice”whenit’saboutfreezing
(32°F; 0°C) andfreezingrainbegins to fall.Try to avoiddriving on wetice
untilsaltandsandcrewscangetthere.
Whateverthecondition-smoothice,packed,blowingorloosesnow-drive
withcaution.Accelerategently. Trynot to breakthefragiletraction.
acceleratetoofast,thedrivewheelswillspinandpolishthesurfaceunder
thetiresevenmore.
If you
Your antilockbrakesimproveyourabilitytomakeahardstoponaslippery
road.Eventhoughyouhavetheantilockbrakingsystem,you’llwant
to begin
stoppingsoonerthanyouwouldondrypavement.See“Antilock”
in the
Index.
Allowgreaterfollowingdistanceonanyslipperyroad.
Watchforslipperyspots.
The roadmightbefineuntilyouhitaspot
that’scoveredwithice.
Onan otherwiseclearroad,icepatchesmay
appearin shaded areaswhere the suncan’treach:aroundclumps
of
trees,behindbuildings,orunderbridges.Sometimesthesurfaceofa
curveoranoverpassmayremainicywhenthesurroundingroadsare
clear. If youseeapatchoficeaheadofyou,brakebeforeyou
are on
it. Try nottobrakewhileyou’reactuallyontheice,andavoid
sudden
steeringmaneuvers.
4-52
If You’re Caught in a-Blizzard
AM400028
If youarestoppedbyheavysnow,youcouldbe
in aserioussituation. You
should probably stay with your vehicle unless
you knowforsurethatyouare
nearhelpand you canhikethroughthe
snow. Here aresomethingsto
do to
summon help and keepyourself and yourpassengerssafe:Turnonyour
hazardflashers.Tieared
cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you’ve
been stoppedbythesnow.Putonextra
clothing orwrapablanketaround
you. If youhavenoblankets
or extraclothing,makebodyinsulatorsfrom
newspapers,burlapbags,rags,
floor mats-anythingyoucanwraparound
yourself or tuck under your clothing
to keep warm.
You canruntheengine
to keepwarm,butbecareful.
L A U I IVN
A
A
Snowcan trap exhaustgasesunderyourvehicle.Thiscan
cause
deadly CO (carbonmonoxide)gastogetinside.
CO couldovercome
you and kill you. You can’tsee it or smellit, so youmightnotknow
it is inyourvehicle.Clearawaysnowfromaroundthe
base of your
vehicle,especiallyanythat is blockingyourexhaustpipe.Andcheck
around again from time to time to be suresnowdoesn’tcollectthere.
Open a window just a
little on the side of the vehicle that’s away
fromthewind.Thiswillhelp
keep CO out.
4-53
I
Your Driving and the Road
i
AM480042
Runyourengineonlyaslongasyoumust.Thissavesfuel.Whenyourun
theengine,makeitgoalittlefasterthanjustidle.Thatis,pushthe
acceleratorslightly.Thisuseslessfuelfortheheatthatyouget
and itkeeps
thebatterycharged. You willneed a well-chargedbattery to restartthevehicle,andpossiblyforsignalinglateronwithyourheadlights.Lettheheater
runforawhile.Then,shuttheengineoffandclosethewindowalmostallthe
way to preservetheheat.Starttheengineagainandrepeatthisonlywhen
youfeelreallyuncomfortablefromthecold.But
do itaslittleaspossible.
Preservethefuelaslongasyoucan.
To helpkeepwarm,you
can get out
of thevehicleanddosomefairlyvigorousexerciseseveryhalfhouror
so
untilhelpcomes.
lf You're Stuck in Deep Snow
Thismanualexplainshow
to getthevehicleout
damagingit.See"RockingYourVehicle"intheIndex.
of deepsnowwithout
Recreational Vehicle Towing
(Four=Wheel Drive Only)
If yourvehiclehas4-wheeldriveyoumaytow
it behindanothervehicle
providing,itdoesnothavetheoptionalelectronicshifttransfercase.
4-54
NOTICE
Recreationalvehicletowing is not recommended for vehicleswiththe
optionalelectronicshifttransfercase
because theelectronicshifthas
nc
neutralposition. You maytowyourvehicle
ONLY if youhaveamanual
transfer case.
-
Beforetowingyoushould:
I
-
1. Settheparkingbrakefirmly.
2. Placetheautomatictransmission
in thelowestgear(1stgear).
in P (Park) or themanualtransmission
3. Firmlyattachthevehicle
being towed to thetowvehicle.Refer
hitchmanufacturer’sinstructions.
4. Placethetransfercase
to the
shift lever in N (Neutral).
Shiftingthetransfercaseto
N (Neutral)cancauseyourvehicleto
roll even if thetransmissionis in P (Park),foranautomatic
transmission, or if yourvehicleis in gear,foramanualtrans
This is becausethetransfercaseoverridesthetransmissil
NOTICE
Removalofeitherpropellershaft
K
is unnecessary.
- -
I
5. Releasetheparkingbrakeonlyafterthevehiclebeingtowedisfirmly
attached to thetowvehicle.
E
G I‘ICE
Customers shouldexercise
extra care whenevertowinganothervehicle.
I
6. Inserttheignitionkey
into theignitionswitchandturn
it onenotchforwardofthe “LOCK’ position.Thisplacesthekeyintothe
“OFF” position,
whichunlocksthesteeringcolumnwhilepreventingbatterydrain.Unlocking thesteeringcolumnwillallowforpropermovement
of thefront
wheelshiresduringtowing.
4-55
-
Your Driving and the Road
Towing a Trailer
A
If youdon’tusethecorrectequipmentanddriveproperly,youcan
lose control whenyoupull a trailer.Forexample,ifthetraileristoo
heavy,thebrakesmaynotwork
well-or evenatall. You and your
passengerscouldbeseriouslyinjured.
Pull a traileronly if youhave
followedallthestepsinthissection.
1 NOTICE
I
?ulling a trailer improperly can damageyourvehicle and result in cost!!
-epairs notcoveredby yo1Lnlnrranty.
Tc
- trailer correc , folio\
idvice in this sectior
---‘I
Every vehicle is readyforsometrailertowing.
If it was built with trailering
options,asmanyare,
it’s readyforheaviertrailers.Buttraileringisdifferent
than just driving yourvehiclebyitself.Traileringmeanschanges
in handling,
durability, and fueleconomy.Successful,safetraileringtakescorrect
equipment,andithas
to be usedproperly.
That’s the reasonforthissection. In it are manytime-tested,important
trailering tips and safety rules. Many
of these are important for your safety
and that of yourpassengers. So pleasereadthissectioncarefully
before you
pull a trailer.
If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer
If youdo,herearesomeimportantpoints.
There are manydifferentlawshaving
to do withtrailering.Makesure
your rig will be legal,notonlywhereyoulivebutalsowhereyou’ll
be
driving. A goodsourceforthisinformationcanbe
state or provincial
police.
Consider using a sway control if your trailer will weigh 2,000 pounds
(900 kg) or less. You shouldalwaysuse a sway control if your trailer will
weighmorethan 2,000 pounds (900 kg).You canask a hitch dealer
about sway controls.
Don’t tow a trailerat all during the first 500 miles (800 km)yournew
vehicleisdriven. Your engine,axle, or other parts could be damaged.
a trailer,don’t
Then,duringthefirst 500 miles (800 km)thatyoutow
driveover 50 mph (80 km/h) and don’tmake starts atfullthrottle.This
helps your engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier
loads.
4-56
Threeimportantconsiderationshave
to do withweight:
Weight of theTrailer
Howheavycanatrailersafelybe?
It depends on howyou plan to use your
rig.Forexample,speed,altitude,roadgrades,outsidetemperature,andhow
muchyourvehicle is used to pull atrailerare all important. And, it can also
depend onanyspecialequipment
that youhaveonyourvehicle.
You can
askyourdealerforourtraileringinformation
or advice, or you can write usat
theaddresslisted in yourWarrantyandOwnerAssistanceInformation
Booklet.
InCanada,writeto:
GeneralMotors ofCanada,Limited
Customer Assistance Center
1908 ColonelSamDrive
Oshawa,Ontario L1H 8P7
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongueload(A) of anytrailerisanimportantweightto
measure because
it affects the total or gross weight of yourvehicle. The gross vehicle weight
(GVW)includesthecurbweight
of the vehicle,anycargoyoumaycarry
in it,
and thepeoplewhowillberiding
in thevehicle. And if you towatrailer,you
must add thetongue load totheGVWbecauseyourvehiclewillbecarrying
thatweight, too. See“LoadingYourVehicle’’
in theIndex for moreinformation
aboutyourvehicle’smaximum
load capacity,
B
A
AN490002
Ifyou’reusinga“dead-weight”hitch,
of the total loaded trailerweight(B).
the trailertongue(A)shouldweigh10%
If youhavea“weight-distributing”hitch,
4-57
Your Driving and the Road
the trailertongue (A) shouldweigh 12% of the total loadedtrailerweight
Afteryou’veloadedyourtrailer,weighthetrailerandthenthetongue,
separately,tosee if theweightsareproper.
If theyaren’t,youmaybeable
to getthemrightsimplybymovingsomeitemsaround
in thetrailer.
(B).
Total Weight on Your Vehicle’sTires
Be sureyourvehicle’stiresareinflatedtothelimitforcoldtires.You’llfind
thesenumbersontheCertificationLabelonthedriver’sdoorlockpillar(or
see“Tire-Loading” in theIndex).Thenbesureyoudon’tgooverthe
limit for your vehicle.
GVW
Hitches
It’simportanttohavethecorrecthitchequipment.Crosswinds,largetrucks
goingby,androughroadsareafewreasonswhyyou’llneedtherighthitch.
Herearesomerules to follow:
If you’llbepullingatrailerthat,whenloaded,willweighmorethan
2,000
pounds (900 kg)besure to useaproperly mounted weight-distributing
hitchandswaycontrolofthepropersize.Thisequipment
is very
importantforpropervehicleloadingand
good handlingwhenyou’re
driving.
You can towtrailersupto
2,000 pounds (900 kg) withastepbumperhitch,
but if yourtrailertongue has aV-shapedfoot,yourbumpercouldbe
damaged in sharpturns.Checkthedistancefromthefrontedge
of the foot
to themiddle of thehitchballsocket.
If thedistanceislessthan
12 inches,
take the foot off the trailer tongue.
4-58
Safety Chains
You should always attach chains betweenyour vehicle andyourtrailer.Cross
the safety chains under the tongue of thetrailer so that the tonguewillnot
drop to the road if itbecomes separated fromthehitch. Instructions about
safetychainsmay be provided by the hitch manufacturerorby the trailer
manufacturer.Follow the manufacturer’s recommendationfor attaching safety
chains.Always leave just enoughslack so youcanturnwithyourrig.And,
neverallowsafety chains to drag on the ground.
Trailer Brakes
If yourtrailerweighsmore
than 1,000 pounds (450 kg) loaded, then it needs
itsownbrakes-and
they must be adequate. Be sure to read andfollowthe
instructions for the trailerbrakes to install, adjust andmaintainthemproperly.
And:
Don’t tap into yourvehicle’s brake system if the trailer’s brakesystem
willusemore than 0.02 cubicinch ( 0 . 3 ~ of
~ ) fluid fromyourvehicle’s
mastercylinder. If it does, both braking systemswon’tworkwell.
You
could evenloseyourbrakes.
Will the trailerbrake parts take 3,000 psi (20 650kPa) of pressure? If
not, the trailerbrakesystemmustnotbeusedwithyour
vehicle.
If everything checksout this far, then make the brake fluid tap at the
porton the master cylinder that sends fluid to the rear brakes. Butdon’t
usecopper tubing for this. If you do, it will bendandfinallybreak
off.
Usesteel brake tubing.
Driving with a Trailer
Towinga trailer requiresa certain amount of experience. Before setting out
for the open road, you’ll want to get to knowyourrig.Acquaintyourselfwith
the feel of handling and braking with the addedweight of the trailer.And
alwayskeepinmind
that the vehicle youaredriving is nowagood deal
longerand not nearly so responsiveasyour vehicle is byitself.
Beforeyoustart,checkthetrailerhitchandplatform,safetychains,electrical
connector,lights,tiresandmirroradjustment.
If thetrailerhaselectricbrakes,
startyourvehicleandtrailermovingandthenapplythetrailerbrakecontroller
byhandtobesurethebrakesareworking.Thisletsyoucheckyourelectrical
connectionatthesametime.
During yourtrip,checkoccasionally to be sure that the loadissecure,and
that the lights and any trailerbrakesare still working.
4-59
Your Driving and the Road
Following Distance
Stayatleasttwiceasfarbehindthevehicle
ahead asyouwouldwhen
drivingyourvehiclewithoutatrailer.Thiscanhelpyouavoidsituationsthat
requireheavybrakingandsuddenturns.
Passing
You’llneedmorepassingdistanceup
ahead whenyou’retowingatrailer.
And, becauseyou’rea good deallonger,you’llneed
to go muchfarther
beyond thepassedvehiclebeforeyoucanreturn
to yourlane.
Backing Up
Holdthebottom of thesteeringwheelwithonehand.Then,
to movethe
trailerleft,justmoveyourhandtotheleft.
To movethetrailer to theright,
moveyourhand to theright.Alwaysbackupslowlyand,
if possible,have
someoneguideyou.
Making Turns
Whenyou’returningwithatrailer,makewiderturnsthannormal.
Do this so
yourtrailerwheelswon’tstrike
soft shoulders,curbs,roadsigns,trees,or
otherobjects.Avoidjerkyorsuddenmaneuvers.Signalwell
in advance.
Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer
Whenyoutowatrailer,yourvehiclehas
to haveadifferentturnsignal
flasher and extrawiring.Thegreenarrowsonyourinstrumentpanelwillflash
wheneveryousignalaturnorlanechange.Properly
hooked up,thetrailer
lightswillalsoflash,tellingotherdriversyou’reabout
to turn,changelanes,
or stop.
Whentowingatrailer,thegreenarrowsonyourinstrumentpanelwillflashfor
turnseven if thebulbsonthetrailer
are burnedout.Thus,you may think
driversbehindyouareseeingyoursignalwhentheyarenot.
It’s important to
checkoccasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working.
Driving on Grades
Reducespeedandshift
to alowergear before youstartdownalongor
steepdowngrade.If you don’tshiftdown,youmighthavetouseyourbrakes
so much thattheywouldgethotand
no longerworkwell.
45 mph
On a longuphillgrade,shiftdownandreduceyourspeedtoaround
(70 km/h) to reducethepossibility of engine and transmissionoverheating.
D whentowinga
Ifyouhaveanautomatictransmission,youshoulduse
heat
trailer.Operatingyourvehicle in D whentowingatrailerwillminimize
buildup and extendthe life of yourtransmission.Or, if youhaveamanual
transmissionwithfifthgear,it’sbetter
not to usefifthgear,justdrive
in fourth
gear(or,asyouneed
to, alowergear).
4-60
Parking on Hills
You reallyshouldnotparkyourvehicle,withatrailerattached,onahill.If
somethinggoeswrong,your
rig couldstart to move.People can beinjured,
andbothyourvehicleandthetrailercanbedamaged.
But if youeverhave
to parkyourrigonahill,here’show
1. Applyyourregularbrakes,butdon’tshiftinto
to do it:
P (Park)yet,orintogear
foramanualtransmission.
2. Havesomeoneplacechocksunderthetrailerwheels.
3. Whenthewheelchocksareinplace,releasetheregularbrakesuntilthe
chocksabsorb the load.
4. Reapplytheregularbrakes.Thenapplyyourparkingbrake,andthen
shift to P (Park),or R (Reverse)foramanualtransmission.
5. If youhaveafour-wheel-drivevehiclewithamanualtransfercaseshift
lever, be surethetransfercaseis
in adrive gear-not in N (Neutral).
6. Releasetheregularbrakes.
A
It can be dangerous to getoutofyourvehicle
if theshiftlever is not
L fully in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. Your vehicle can
*
roll.
If youhavelefttheenginerunning,thevehiclecanmovesuddenly.
You or others could be injured. To be sure yourvehicle.won’tmove,
evenwhenyou’re on fairlylevelground, use thestepsthatfollow,
If youhavefour-wheeldrivewith
a manualtransfer case shiftlever
and your transfer case is in N (Neutral), your vehicle will be free to
roll,even if yourshiftlever is in P (Park). So .be surethetransfer
case is in a drive gear-not in N (Neutral). If you are parking on a
hill, or if you’repulling a trailer,see also “ParkingOnHills” in the
Index.
I
When You Are Ready to Leave After Parking on a Hill
1. Applyyourregularbrakesandholdthepedaldownwhileyou:
Startyourengine.
Shiftintoagear;
and
Releasetheparkingbrake.
4-6 1
Your Driving and the Road
2. Let uponthebrakepedal.
3. Driveslowly until thetrailer is clear of thechocks.
4. Stopandhavesomeonepickupandstorethechocks.
Maintenance When Trailer Towing
Your vehiclewillneedservicemoreoftenwhenyou’repullingatrailer.See
theMaintenanceScheduleformoreonthis.Thingsthatareespecially
importantintraileroperationareautomatictransmissionfluid(don’toverfill),
engineoil,axlelubricant,belt,coolingsystem,
and brakeadjustment.Each
theseiscoveredinthismanual,andtheIndexwillhelpyou
find them
quickly.Ifyou’retrailering,it’sagoodidea
to reviewthesesectionsbefore
you start your trip.
of
Checkperiodically to seethatallhitchnutsandboltsaretight.
Trailer Light Wiring
See“TrailerWiringHarness”
in theIndex.
Power Winches
If you wish to useapowerwinchonyourvehicle,onlyuse
vehicleisstationaryoranchored.
IW
it whenyour
m w -
en operating a power winch on your vehicle always leave
thc
ansmission in theneutralposition. Do notleave an automatic
ansmission in P (Park)oramanualtransmission
in gearor tht
nsmissionmay be damaged.
Usetheregularbrakes,settheparkingbrakeorblockthewheels
yourvehiclefromrolling.
4-62
I
to keep
PmMems on the Road
:'-?
I
Section
Here you'll find what to doaboutsomeproblemsthatcanoccur
on the road.
5-2
Hazard Warning Flashers ...........................,.,.......................................................
Other Warning Devices ..........................................................................................
Jump Starting ............................................................................................
5-3
............5-3
Towing Your Vehicle ..............................................................................................
5-7
Engine Overheating............................................................................................... 5-9
If a Tire Goes Flat ..............................................................................................
5-15
Changing a Flat Tire ...........................................................................................
5-16
Compact Spare Tire ............................................................................................
5-28
If You're Stuck: In Sand,Mud, Ice or Snow ...................................................
5-30
5-1
4
Hazard Warning Flashers
AM505003
Your hazardwarningflashersletyouwarnothers.Theyalsoletpoliceknow
youhaveaproblem.
Your frontandrearturnsignallightswillflash
off. Buttheywon’tflashifyou’rebraking.
on and
Pressthebuttonintomakeyourfrontandrearturnsignallightsflashon
and off.
Your hazardwarningflasherswork
andeven if thekeyisn’tin.
no matterwhatposition
5-2
your key is in,
To turn off theflashers,pullout
on thecollar.
When thehazardwarningflashersareon,yourturnsignalswon’twork.
Other Warning Devices
If youcarry reflective triangles, youcansetoneupattheside
about 300 feet (I00 m) behind your vehicle.
of theroad
Jump Starting
If yourbatteryhasrundown,you
maywanttouseanothervehicleandsome
jumpercables to startyour vehicle. Butpleasefollowthestepsbelowto
safely.
AA
do it
Batteries can hurt you.They can bedangerousbecause:
I
They contain acid that can burn you.
They contain gas that can explode or ignite.
0
They contain enough electricity to bum you.
If you don’t follow these steps exactly, some or all of these things
can hurt you.
I
I NOTICE
I
,,,,oring these steps could result in costly damage to your vehicle that
wouldn’t be covered by your warranty. Trying to start your vehicle by
pushing or pulling it could damageyourvehicle,even if you have a
manualtransmission.And if you have an automatic transmission it won’t
start that way.
To Jump Start Your Vehicle
1. Checktheothervehicle.
groundsystem.
It musthave a 12-volt batterywith a negative
theothersystemisn’t
a 12-volt systemwith a negative ground, both
vehicles can be damaged.
II
5-3
2. Getthevehiclescloseenough
so thejumpercablescanreach,but
be
surethevehiclesaren’ttouchingeachother.
If theyare, it couldcause a
groundconnectionyoudon’twant.
You wouldn’tbeabletostartyour
vehicle,andthebadgroundingcoulddamagetheelectricalsystems.
I
1
A You could be injured if thevehiclesroll.Settheparkingbrakefirmly
I eachvehicle.Putanautomatictransmissionin
P (Park)or a
- *-“t+-manualtransmissionin N (Neutral).
. E*::
If youhave a four-wheel-drivevehiclewith a manualtransfercase
shiftlever,besurethetransfercaseisnotin
N (Neutral).
I
3. Turn off theignitiononbothvehicles.Turn
off alllightsthataren’t
needed,andradios.Thiswillavoidsparksandhelpsavebothbatteries.
And it could saveyourradio!
If youleave a radioon,itcouldbebadlydamaged.Therepairswouldn’t
be covered by your warrant!
4. Openthehoodsandlocatethebatteries.Findthepositive
negative (-) terminalsoneachbattery.
E
(t) and
CAUTION
A
I
1
I
I
I
Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode,
People have been hurt doing this, and somehave been blinded. Use
a flashlight if you need more light.
You don’t need to add water to the Deleo Freedom@ battery installed
in everynew GM vehicle. But if a battery hasfillercaps, be sure the
right amount of fluid is there. If it is low, add water to take care of
that first. If youdon’t,explosivegascouldbepresent.
Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you. Don’t get it onyou. If
you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin, flush the place
with water and net medical helpimmediately.
5. Checkthatthejumpercablesdon’thavelooseormissinginsulation.
theydo,youcouldget
I
I
If
a shock.Thevehiclescouldbedamaged,too.
!
Before you connect thecables, here aresome things you shouldknow.
Positive (t)willgo to positive (t) and negative (-) will go to anegative
(-) ora metal enginepart.Don’tconnect
(t)to (-) oryou’llgeta
shortthatwoulddamagethe
battery and maybeotherparts,too.
L
CAUTION
A
Fans or other movingenginepartscaninjureyou
bad1 Keep
handsawavfrommoving
parts oncetheenginesarer
ling.
ur
6. Connect the red positive (t) cable to thepositive (t)terminal of the
vehicle with the dead battery. Use aremote positive (t) terminal if the
vehicle hasone.
Dead Battery (t)
Good Battery (+)
‘
1
II
‘
6
PO268
7. Don’tlettheother
end touch metal. Connect it tothepositive (t)
terminal of the goodbattery.Usearemotepositive
(t) terminal if the
vehiclehasone.
8. Nowconnect the black negative (-) cable to thegoodbattery’snegative
(-) terminal.
Don’tlet the other end touch anything untilthenextstep.Theotherend
of the negative cable doesn’t go to the dead battery.Itgoes to aheavy
unpaintedmetalpartonthe
engine of the vehiclewith the dead battery.
9. Attach the cable at least 18 inches (45 cm)awayfrom the dead battery,
but notnearengine parts that move.The electrical connectionisjust as
good there, butthechance of sparks getting back to the battery ismuch
less.
5-5
Good Battery (-1
Heavy Metal Engine Part
PO167
IO. Nowstartthevehiclewiththe
good batteryandruntheenginefor
awhile.
11. Try to startthevehiclewiththe
dead battery.
If it won'tstartafterafewtries,itprobablyneedsservice.
GOOD BATTERY
QEAO BATTERY
REMOVE CABLES IN THIS ORDER
K1508
12. Removethecablesinreverseorder
care that they don't touch each other
to preventelectricalshorting.
or any other metal.
5-6
Take
Towing Your Vehicle
Trytohavea
GM dealer or aprofessionaltowingservicetowyourvehicle.
Theycanprovidetherightequipment
and knowhowtotow
it without
damage.
If yourvehiclehas been changedsince it wasfactory-new,byaddingthings
like foglamps,aeroskirting,
or special tires and wheels,thesethings could
bedamagedduringtowing.
Before you do anything, turn onthehazardwarningflashers.
Whenyoucall,
tell the towingservice:
Thatyourvehiclehasrear-wheeldrive,
option.
Themake,model,
or thatithasthefour-wheeldrive
and yearofyourvehicle.
Whether you can movethe shift leverforthetransmission
transfercase, if youhaveone.
and shiftthe
If therewas an accident,whatwasdamaged.
I CAUTION
To help avoid injuryto you or others:
Neverletpassengersride
Nevertowfasterthansafe
in avehiclethat
is beingtowed.
or postedspeeds.
Nevertowwithdamagedpartsnotfullysecured.
Nevergetunderyourvehicleafter
truck.
it has been lifted bythetow
Alwaysuseseparatesafetychainsoneachsidewhentowinga
vehicle.
use
Never
“J”T-hooks
hooks.
instead.
Use
I
5-7
KO519
Whenyourvehicle is beingtowed,havetheignitionkey
off. Thesteering
wheelshouldbeclamped in astraight-aheadpositionwithaclampingdevice
designedforatowingservice.
Do notusethevehicle’ssteeringcolumn
lockforthis.Thetransmission(eitherautomaticormanual)shouldbe
in
N (Neutral)andthetransfercase(eithermanualshiftorelectronicshift),
if
youhaveone,shouldbe
in 2 WHEEL (two-wheeldrive).Theparkingbrake
shouldbereleased.
Don’thaveyourvehicletowedontherear(drive)wheels,unlessyouhaveto.
35 mph
Ifthevehiclemustbe
towed ontherearwheels,don’tgomorethan
(56 km/h)orfartherthan
50 miles (80 km) oryourtransmissionwillbe
damaged. If theselimitsmust be exceeded,thenthereardrivewheelshave
to be supported on a dolly.
If yourvehiclehasthefour-wheel-driveoption,adolly
the rear wheels when towing from the front.
f
5-8
MUST beusedunder
Engine Overheating
You will find a coolant temperature gage on yourvehicleinstrumentpanel.
If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine:
r
KO714
AL
,-
Steamfroman overheated enginecan burn you badly,even if yo^
justopen the hood. Stayawayfromtheengine
if youseeorhear
steam coming fromit. Just turnit off and geteveryoneawayfrom
thevehicle until it coolsdown.Wait llntil therP ic nn cign of steam
coolant before o ning the hood.
If youkeepdriviwhenyourengineisoverheated,
th iquidsin
can catch fire. You or others could be badlyburned.Stopyour
engine if it overheats, and getout of thevehicleuntiltheengineis
cool.
I
it
I
NOTICE
5-9
PmMems on the Road
I f No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine:
If you gettheoverheatwarningbutseeorhear
no steam,theproblemmay
notbe too serious.Sometimestheengine
can getalittle too hotwhenyou:
Climbalonghill
on ahot day.
Stopafterhighspeeddriving.
Idle forlongperiodsintraffic.
Tow atrailer.
If yougettheoverheatwarningwithnosign
or so:
ofsteam,trythisforaminute
1. If youhaveanairconditioner,
turn it off.
2. Turnyourheater to full hotatthehighestfanspeedand
window as necessary.
3. If you're in atrafficjam,shift
to N (Neutral).
open the
to be safe,
If you nolongerhave the overheatwarning,youcandrive.Just
driveslowerforabout
ten minutes. If thewarningdoesn'tcomebackon,you
can drivenormally.
If thewarningcontinues, pull over,stop,andparkyourvehiclerightaway.
Ifthere'sstillnosignofsteam,pushtheacceleratoruntiltheengine
speed is
about twice asfastasnormalidlespeed.Bringtheenginespeedback
to
normalidlespeedaftertwoorthreeminutes.Nowsee
if thewarningstops.
But then, if you still havethewarning,TURN
OFF THEENGINE AND GET
EVERYONE OUT OF THE VEHICLEuntil it coolsdown.
You maydecidenot to lift thehoodbut to getservicehelprightaway.
KO715
5-1 0
Whenyoudecideit’ssafe
to liftthehood,here’swhat
you’ll see:
A. Coolantrecoverytank
9. Radiatorpressurecap
C. Enginefan
If thecoolantinsidethecoolantrecoverytankisboiling,don’tdoanything
elseuntil it coolsdown.
KO624
The coolantlevelshouldbeat
orabovethe ADD mark. If itisn’t, you may
havealeakintheradiatorhoses,heaterhoses,radiator
orwaterpumpor
somewhereelse in thecoolingsystem.
C A I ITION
I
Heaterandradiatorhoses,andotherengineparts,canbevery
Don’t touch them. If youdc YOU canbeburned.
hot.
Don’truntheengine
if ther s aleak. If youruntheengine,it
loose allcoolant.That C O U L iause anenginefire,andyoucouldbe
burned.
Get
any
leak
fixed
before you
drive
the
vehicle.
coul~
NOTICE
Enginedamagefromrunningyourenginewithoutcoolantisn’tcoveredby
your warranty.
If thereseemstobeno
whentheenginedoes.If
engine.
leak, starttheengineagain
to see if the fan runs
it doesn’t,yourvehicleneedsservice.Turn
off the
5-1 1
I
I
Prablerns on the Road
How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Recovery Tank
If youhaven’t found aproblemyet,butthecoolantlevelisn’tator
above the
ADD mark,adda 50/50 mixture of clean water (preferablydistilled) and the
properantifreezeatthecoolantrecoverytank.
(See “EngineCoolant” in the
Indexformoreinformationaboutthepropercoolantmix.)
Addingonlyplainwatertoyourcoolingsystemcan
be dangerous.
Plainwater,orsomeotherliquid,likealcohol,canboilbeforethe
propercoolantmixwill. Your vehicle’scoolantwarningsystemisset
forthepropercoolantmix.With
plain water, or thewrongmix,your
enginecouldget too hotbutyouwouldn’tgettheoverheatwarning.
Your enginecouldcatchfire
and youorotherscouldbeburned.Use
a 50/50 mixof clean water and aproperantifreeze.
I
--
I NOTICE
cold weather, water can freeze and crack the engineradiator,heate
:ore and other parts. Use the recommended coolar...
g
I
You can be burned ifyou spill coolant on hotengineparts. Coolant.
L contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if theenginepartsare hot
enough.Don’tspillcoolant
on a hot engine.
When the coolant in thecoolantrecoverytankisat
start your vehicle.
or abovethe ADD mark,
If theoverheatwarningcontinues,there’sonemore
thing youcantry. You
can add thepropercoolantmixdirectlytotheradiator,but
be sure the
cooling systemiscoolbeforeyou
do it.
I
Steam and scaldingliquidsfromahot
cooling systemcanblowout
and burnyoubadly.Theyareunderpressure,
and if youturn the
radiatorpressure cap-even alittle-theycancomeoutathigh
speed.Never turn thepressurecapwhenthecoolingsystem,
includingtheradiatorpressurecap,
is hot. Waitforthecooling
systemandradiatorpressurecaptocool
if youeverhavetoturn
thepressurecap.
5-1 2
I
KO717
How to Add Coolant to the Radiator
1. You canremove the radiator pressure capwhen the cooling system,
including the radiator pressure capandupperradiatorhose,
is nolonger
hot. Turn the pressure cap slowly to the left until itfirststops. (Don’t
press downwhile turning the pressure cap). Ifyouhear a “hiss,” waitfor
that to stop. A “hiss” means there is still some pressure left.
-,
7
..
-
n
.,\
KO71 8
2. Thenkeep turning the pressure cap, but nowpushdown
Remove the pressure cap.
5-1 3
as you turn it.
KO719
3. Fill theradiatorwiththepropermix,up
4. Then fill thecoolantrecoverytank
to thebase of thefillerneck.
to the ADD mark.
5. Putthecapbackonthecoolantrecoverytank,butleave
pressurecapoff.
the radiator
KO720
6. Starttheengineandlet
it run until youcanfeeltheupperradiatorhose
getting hot.Watchoutfortheenginefan.
7. By thistime, the coolant level inside the radiatorfillerneckmay
lower.If the level is lower,addmoreofthepropermixthroughthefiller
neck until the level reaches the base of thefillerneck.
5-1 4
be
KO721
8. Thenreplacethepressurecap.Besu-rethearrowsonthepressurecap
lineuplikethis.
Engine Fan Noise
Thisvehicle has aclutchedenginecoolingfan.Whentheclutch
is engaged,
thefanspinsfaster
to providemoreair to cool theengine. In mosteveryday
drivingconditionstheclutchisnotengaged.Thisimprovesfueleconomyand
reducesfannoise,Underheavyvehicleloading,trailertowingand/orhigh
outsidetemperatures,thefanspeedincreaseswhentheclutchengages.
So
youmayhearanincrease
in fannoise.Thisisnormalandshouldnot
be
mistakenasthetransmissionslippingormakingextrashifts.
It ismerelythe
coolingsystemfunctioningproperly.
The fanwillslowdownwhenadditional
cooling is notrequiredandtheclutchdisengages.
You mayalsohearthisfan
as thefanclutchdisengages.
noise whenyoustarttheengine.Itwillgoaway
If a Tire Goes Flat
It’sunusualforatire
to “blowout”whileyou’redriving,especially
if you
maintainyourtiresproperly.
If airgoesoutofatire,it’smuchmorelikely
leakoutslowly. But if youshouldeverhavea“blowout,”hereareafewtips
aboutwhat to expect and what to do:
If afronttirefails,the
flat tirewillcreateadragthatpullsthevehicletoward
thatside. Take yourfoot off theacceleratorpedal and gripthesteeringwheel
firmly.Steer to maintainlaneposition, then gentlybraketoastopwelloutof
thetrafficlane.
5-1 5
to
A rearblowout,particularlyonacurve,actsmuchlikeaskidandmay
requirethesamecorrectionyou'duse
in askid.Inanyrearblowout,remove
yourfootfromtheacceleratorpedal.Getthevehicleundercontrolbysteering
thewayyouwantthevehicle
to go. It may be verybumpyandnoisy,but
youcanstillsteer.Gentlybrake
to astop,wellofftheroad
if possible.
If yourtiregoesflat,thenextpartshowshowtouseyourjackingequipment
to changeaflattiresafely.
Changing a Flat Tire
If atiregoesflat,avoidfurthertireandwheeldamagebydrivingslowly
levelplace.Turnonyourhazardwarningflashers.
to a
1 CAUTION
' A
'-
Changing-a- tire can causeaninjury. The vehicle can slip off the jack
and
rollover you orotherpeople. You and they- could be badly
-'
:red':Findalevel place tochangey
tick frommoving:
I
;et the parking brake firmly.
theshift lever in P (Park).
1
. . I .
Shift a manual transmission' to 1 (First) or .R (R&erse)rg'3
4. .Ifyouhaveafour-wheel-driv
case shift lever, be sure the transfer 'case is in a drive
,gear-not in N (Neutral),
Turnofftheengine.
To be evenmorecertainthevehiclewon'tmove,youcanput
block,
.at the front and rear of the fire farthest away from'. the
.one being
changed.Thatwould be thetire on theothersideofthevehicle,
at
theoppositeend.
5-1 6
I
I
n
AM545003
Thefollowingstepswilltellyouhow
to usethejackandchangeatire.
Theequipmentyou'llneedisbehindtheseat.
thetruck.
Your sparetire is stowedunder
KO748
Jack Storage
Yourjack,wheelwrenchandwheelblocksarestoredbehindthefrontseats,
eitheronthecenterwall
or along the rightwall.
To removeyourjackcover,
if youhaveone,turn
the plasticwingnuttothe
leftuntilyoucan
pull it out.Remove the jackcover.
5-1 7
To remove the wheelblocks,jackandwheelwrench,turnthewing
left. Pull the wheelblocks,jackandwheelwrench
off.
STORAGE
JACKING
TOOL
MODELS)
(PICKUP
NOTE:RESTOREJACK
& TOOL COVER WHEN
PROVIDED WITH VEHICLE
- nut to the
BRACKET I I I
I WHEEL
II
A
@
‘U
BLOCKS
KO756
JACKING
STORAGE
TOOL
(EXTENDED CAB MODELS)
WHEEL
II
/BRACKET
\WHEEL
BLOCKS
\I
’NUT
KO762
5-1 8
Spare Tire
L
I
"
KO744
Your spare tire is stored underneaththerear
Underbody Carrier
of yourvehicle.
CAUTION
P
To help avoid personal injury and propertydamage,neverremoveor
restowa tire fromlto astowage position underthevehiclewhile the
vehicle is supportedbyajack.Alwaystightenthe
tire fully against
e underside of thevehiclewhenrestowing.
UNDERBODY SPARE MOUNTING
REAR BUMPER
HOIST
%
*RETAINER
VALVE
STEM
(POINTED
SPARE TIRE-
-
-5
_
L
.
DOWN)
KO763
5-1 9
To Remove the Spare Tire
KO745
Insertthechiselend
of thewheelwrench,onanangle,intothehole
rearbumper.Besurethechisel
end of thewheelwrenchconnectsinto
hoistshaft.
in the
the
1
J
KO747
Turn the wheelwrench to thelefttolowerthesparetire.Keepturning
wheelwrenchuntil the sparetirecanbepulledoutfromunderthevehicle.
the
Whenthetirehasbeencompletelylowered,tilttheretaineratthe
end of the
cableandpullitthrough
the wheelopening.Pullthetireoutfromunderthe
vehicle.
5-20
Changing the Tire
Start with the jack,wheelwrenchandwheelblocks.
!
I
KO730
Rotate the jackhandle clockwise (to the right).Thatwill
a little.
raise the jacklifthead
1
KO503
Beforeyoustart, block the front andrear of the tirefarthestawayfrom
one being changed.Then put your spare tire near the flat tire.
5-2 1
the
Problems on the Road
Hub Caps And Wheel Nut Caps
You willhave to take off hubcapsorwheel
nuts.
nut caps to reachyourwheel
If youhave individual wheel nut capsthatcovereachnut,theymust
be
removedinorder to getthewheelnuts.Use
the socketend of the wheel
wrench to removethewheel nut caps.
Your wheel nut capsmay attach yourhubcap to thewheel.Remove
wheel nut capsbeforeyou take off the hubcap.
these
If youhave just analuminumorplasticmoldedhubcap,
pry it off with the
chisel end of your wheelwrench. Some of the moldedplastichubcapshave
imitation wheelnutsmolded into them.Thewheelwrenchwon’t
fit these
imitation nuts, so don’t try to removethemwiththesocketend
of the wheel
wrench.
1
PO170
Using the wheelwrench, loosen all the wheelnuts.Don’tremovethemyet.
5-22
JACK LOCATIONS
FRONT
REAR
1
LOCATE IN FRAME
HOLE AS SHOWN.
LOCATE IN SPRING
HANGER HOLE ASSHOWN.
PO345
Positionthejackunderthevehicle.
Your vehicle has ahole in the frameneareachfrontwheel,andaholein
thespringhangerneareachrearwheelfor
the jack.Fitthejackintothe
holenearesttheflattire.
CAUTION
A
Gettingunderavehiclewhen
it isjackedup is dangerous. If the
b vehicleslips off thejack, you couldbebadlyinjuredorkilled.Never
getunderavehicle
when it is supportedonly by ajack.
NOTICE
..
Raisingyourvehiclewiththe
jack improperlypositionedwilldamage
vehicleormayallowthevehicle
to fall off thejack. Be sure to fitelac!
lift head into theproper location before raising yourvehicl
5-23
?
1
Problems on the Road
I
KO751
Raisethevehicle
by rotatingthejackhandleclockwise.Raisethevehiclefar
to fit.
enough off theground so thereisenough room forthesparetire
Remove all the wheelnutsandtake
off theflat tire.
5-24
Rust or dirt on thewheel,or on theparts to which it is fastened,
1- L can
makethewheelnutsbecomeloose
after a time.Thewheel
a wheel,
couldcome off and causeanaccident.Whenyouchange
to
removeanyrustordirtfromthe
places wherethewheelattaches
thevehicle. In anemergency,youcanuse
a cloth or a papertowel
./
.
J
KO754
Removeanyrustor dirt from the wheel bolts, mountingsurfaces or spare
wheel.Placethespareonthewheel
mounting surface.
5-25
Prob/ems on the Road
Put on thesparetire.
KO755
Replacethewheelnutswiththeroundedend
Tighteneachnutby
hand untilthewheelis
of thenutstowardthewheel.
held againstthehub.
KO757
Lowerthevehiclebyrotatingthejackhandlecounterclockwise.Lowerthejack
completely.
5-26
KO758
Tightenthewheel nuts firmly in a criss-crosssequenceasshown.Remove
the wheelblocks.
I
CAUTION
1/
l
Incorrect wheelnuts or improperly tightened wheelnutscan
cau !
thewheel to become loose and evencome off. This could leac
an accident. Besure to usethecorrectwheelnuts.Ifyouhave
to
replacethem,besure
to gettherightkind.
I
Stopsomewhereassoonasyoucan
and hav
with a torquewrench to 95 ft.Ibs. (130 N.m ).
NOTICE
I
/heel covers won't fit on yourcompactspare. If you try to put a whee
,mer on your compactspare, you could damage the cover or the spar,.
,
Storing The Jack and Spare Tire
Storing The Tire in The Underbody Carrier
Putthetireontheground
at therear of thevehicle,withthevalvestem
pointed down and to the rear.
Pullthe retaining bar through the wheel.Put the chisel end of thewheel
wrench, on an angle, through theholeintherearbumper
and into thehoist
shaft.Turnthewheelwrenchclockwise
until the tire israisedagainstthe
underside of thevehicle.
You willhear two "clicks"whenthe
makesure.
tire is secure, but pull on the tire to
5-27
Problems on the Road
r
i
KO546
Returnthejack,wheelwrenchandwheelblocks
theseat.Securetheitemsandreplacethejackcover.
to theproperlocationbehind
Compact Spare (If So Equipped)
Althoughyourcompactsparewasfullyinflatedwhenthevehiclewasnew,
it canloseairovertime.Checkitsinflationpressureregularly.
It should be
60 psi (420 kPa).Thecompactspare
is made to go up to 3,000 miles
(5000 km), so youcanfinishyourtripandgetanewtirewhereyouwant.
Ofcourse,it’sbest
to replaceyoursparewithafull-sizetireassoon
as you
can. Your sparewilllastlongerand
be ingoodshapeincaseyoueverneed
itagain.
5-28
I NOTICE
I
Don’ttakeyour compact spare through an automatic car wash with guide
rails. The compact spare can getcaught on therails.That c- damage
the tire andwheel,and maybe other parts of your vehicle
Don’tuseyour compact spareonsomeothervehicle.
compactspareorwheelwithotherwheelsortires.Theywon’t
spareanditswheeltogether.
And awnr mix your
fit. Keepyour
I
Tirechains won’t fit your compact spare.
Using them will damageyour
-ray le ( ins ?o. In’! ;e tire
chail
on u r mP
Storing a jack,a tire, or otherequipment in thepassenget
compartment of thevehiclecouldcauseinjury.Inasuddel
;top 0
collision,looseequipmentcouldstrikesomeone.Storeallthese’in
?R
the
igz3g;$g&
...
-
place proper
-’
NOTICE
Don’tusetheexistinghoist
to storeatirewithanaluminum
coulddamagethewheel.Securethetire
in thepickupbed.
5-29
‘lee’
Problems on the Road
If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or
Snow
Whatyou don’t want to dowhenyourvehicleisstuckistospinyour
wheels.Themethodknownas“rocking”canhelp
you get out whenyou’re
stuck,but you mustusecaution.
1 CAUTION
-
Ifyouletyourtiresspin
at highspeed,theycanexplodeand
you or
otherscouldbeinjured.And,thetransmissionorother
parts of the
vehiclecanoverheat.Thatcouldcauseanenginecompartment
fire
or otherdamage.Whenyou’restuck,spinthewheelsas
little as
possible.Don’t spin thewheelsabove 35 mph (55 km/h)asshown
on thespeedometer.
1 NOTICE
binning yourwheels can destroy parts of your vehicle as well as the
3s. If youspinthewheels too fastwhileshiftingyourtransmissior
and forth,youcandestroyyourtransmission.
Rocking Your Vehicle To Get It Out:
First, turnyoursteeringwheelleftandright.
That willcleartheareaaround
yourfrontwheels.Thenshiftbackandforthbetween
R (Reverse) and a
forwardgear(orwithamanualtransmission,between
1 (First)or 2 (Second)
gear and R (Reverse),spinningthewheelsas
little aspossible.Releasethe
acceleratorpedalwhileyou shift, and presslightly on theacceleratorpedal
whenthetransmissionis in gear. If thatdoesn’tgetyououtafterafewtries,
youmayneed to betowedout. Or,youcanuseyourrecoveryhooks,
if your
vehiclehasthem. If you do needto be towed out, see“TowingYourVehicle”
intheIndex.
5-30
Using the Recovery Hooks
If you evergetstuck in sand,mud, ice orsnow,yourvehiclemay
be
equippedwithrecoveryhooks. The recoveryhooks are provided at the front
of yourvehicle. You may need to usethem if you’restuckoff-road and need
to be pulled to some place where you cancontinuedriving.
CAUTION
A
Therecoveryhooks,whenused,areunder
a lot of force.Alwayspul
thevehiclestraightout.Never
pull on thehooks at asideways
angle.Thehooks could break off andyouorothers
could be injured
fromthe chain or cablesnapping back.
5-3 1
s
A
w
K3589
NOTICE
deveruse therecovery hooks totow the vehicle. Ynlll
jamaged and it would not be covered by warranty.
5-32
Service & Appearance Cave
Section
r
.
L
L
Here you will find information about the care ofyourvehicle . This part begins
withservice and fuel information. and then it showshow to checkimportant
fluid and lubricantlevels . Thereis also technicalinformationaboutyour
vehicle. and a section devoted to its appearance care.
Service ...................................................................................................................
6-3
Fuel ........................................................................................................................ 6-4
.......................................................................
6-7
Engine Oil ..........................................................................................................
6-9
Air Cleaner .......................................................................................................
6-14
Automatic Transmission Fluid .........................................................................
6-16
Manual Transmission Fluid .............................................................................
6-19
Checking Things Under the Hood
Hydraulic Clutch ............................................................................................... 6-20
Rear Axle
.........................................................................................................
6-21
Transfer Case .................................................................................................. 6-21
Front Axle.........................................................................................................
6-22
Engine Coolant ................................................................................................
6-23
Power Steering Fluid .......................................................................................
6-27
Windshield Washer Fluid.................................................................................
6-28
Brake Master Cylinder .....................................................................................
6-29
Replacing Brake System Parts ..........................................................................
6-30
6-1
Service & Appearance Care
Battery .................................................................................................................. 6-31
Vehicle Storage ...................................................................................................
6-31
Bulb Replacement ...............................................................................................
6-31
Other Maintenance Items ................................................................................... 6-34
Loading Your Vehicle ..........................................................................................
6-38
Tires ......................................................................................................................
6-43
Appearance Care ................................................................................................
6-50
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ...................................................................
6-57
......................................................................
6-59
Fuses and Circuit Breakers ................................................................................
6-59
Capacities and Specification Charts .................................................................. 6-61
Service Parts Identification Label
6-2
Service
Your GeneralMotorsdealerknowsyourvehiclebestandwantsyou
happywithit. We hope you’ll gotoyourdealerforallyourserviceneeds.
You’ll getgenuineGMpartsandGM-trainedandsupportedservicepeople.
We hopeyou’llwant
thesemarks:
to be
to keepyourGMvehicleallGM.GMpartshaveone
of
Delco
I
K1604
Doing Your Own Service Work
If youwantto do some of yourownservicework,you’llwant
to getthe
properGeneralMotorsServiceManual.
It tellsyoumuchmoreabouthow
serviceyourvehiclethanthismanualcan.
To order the properservice
manual,see“ServicePublications”
in theIndex.
YOU shouldkeeparecordwithallpartsreceiptsand
list themileageand
date of anyserviceworkyouperform.See“MaintenanceRecord”inthe
Index.
A
A
You can be injured if you try to do servicework on avehiclewithout
knowingenoughabout it.
Besureyouhavesufficientknowledge,experience,andthe
properreplacementpartsand tools beforeyouattemptany
vehiclemaintenancetask.
Besure to usethepropernuts,boltsandotherfasteners.
“English” and “metric”fastenerscan be easilyconfused.Ifyou
usethewrongfasteners,partscanlaterbreakorfall
off. You
could be hurt.
6-3
to
If you try to do your own service wok without knowing enough- about
your vehicle could be damaged.
’+
Fuel
e
m
iii
KO489
The 8th digit ofyourVehicleIdentificationNumber(VIN)showsthecode
letterforyourengine. You will find theVINatthetopleftofyourinstrument
panel. (See “VehicleIdentificationNumber” in theIndex.)
Useregularunleadedgasolineratedat
87 octane orhigher.Withthe
4.3L
(Code W) engine,usepremiumunleadedgasolinerated
at 91octaneor
higherforhighpowerperformance,whentowingatrailer
or withahigh
payload requirement.Butwhenoperatingwithalightloadasanormal
condition,youmayusemiddlegrade
or regularunleadedgasolines.
ASTM D4814 in the U.S.
The gasoline you useshouldmeetspecifications
andCGSB3.5-92inCanada.Thesefuelsshouldhavetheproperadditives,
so you should not havetoaddanything to the fuel.
In the U.S. and Canada,it’seasyto
be sureyougettherightkindof
gasoline(unleaded). You’ll see UNLEADED right on thepump.Andonly
unleaded nozzleswill fit intoyourvehicle’sfillerneck.
Be sure the postedoctane is atleast 91forpremium, 89 formiddlegrade
and 87 forregular. If theoctaneislessthan
87, you maygetaheavy
knocking noisewhen you drive.Ifit’s bad enough, it candamageyour
engine.
6-4
If you’reusingfuelratedat
91 octaneorhigherandyoustillhearheavy
knocking,yourengineneedsservice.Butdon’tworry
if youhearalittle
pingingnoisewhenyou’reacceleratingordrivingupahill.That’snormal,
and
youdon’thave to buy a higheroctanefuel to getridofpinging.
It’s the
heavy,constantknockthatmeansyouhaveaproblem.
Whataboutgasolinewithblendingmaterialsthatcontainoxygen,such
MTBEoralcohol?
MTBE is“methyltertiary-butylether.”Fuelthat
fine for your vehicle.
is nomorethan
as
15% MTBEis
Ethanol isethylorgrainalcohol.Properly-blendedfuelthatisnomorethan
10% ethanol is fine for your vehicle.
Methanol ismethylorwoodalcohol.
Gasolines for Cleaner Air
Your useofgasolinewithdetergentadditiveswillhelppreventdepositsfrom
forminginyourengine
and fuel system.Thathelpskeepyourengine
in tune
andyouremissioncontrolsystemworkingproperly.It’s
good for yourvehicle,
and you’ll be doing your part for cleaner
air.
Manygasolinesarenow
blended withmaterialscalledoxygenates.General
Motorsrecommendsthatyouusegasolineswiththeseblendingmaterials,
suchasMTBE and ethanol.Bydoing so, you can helpcleanthe air,
especially in thoseparts of the countrythathavehighcarbonmonoxide
levels.
In addition,somegasolinesuppliersarenowproducingreformulated
gasolines. These gasolinesare specially designedtoreducevehicle
emissions.GeneralMotorsrecommendsthatyouusereformulatedgasoline.
Bydoing so, youcanhelpcleanthe
air, especially in thoseparts of the
countrythathavehigh
ozone levels.
You shouldaskyourservicestationoperators
if their gasolines contain
detergentsandoxygenates, and if theyhavebeenreformulated
to reduce
vehicleemissions.
6-5
Service & Appearance Care
Fuels in Foreign Countries
If youplanondrivinginanothercountryoutsidethe
U S . orCanada,
unleadedfuelmay be hard to find. Do notuseleadedgasoline.Ifyouuse
evenonetankful,youremissioncontrolswon’tworkwelloratall.With
continuoususe,sparkplugscangetfouled,theexhaustsystemcancorrode,
andyourengineoilcandeterioratequickly.Yourvehicle’sthree-waycatalytic
converterandoxygensensorwillbedamaged.
All of thatmeanscostly
repairsthatwouldn’tbecovered
byyourwarranty.
To checkonfuelavailability,askanautoclub,
or contactamajoroil
companythatdoesbusiness
in the countrywhereyou’llbedriving.
You canalsowrite us atthefollowingaddressforadvice.Justtelluswhere
you’regoingandgiveyourVehicleIdentificationNumber(VIN).
GeneralMotors of CanadaLimited
InternationalExportSales
P.O. Box 828
Oshawa,Ontario LIH 7N1,Canada
Filling Your Tank
KO603
L
G-asolinevapor is highlyflammable. It burns violently, and#that can
cause very bad injurips. Don’t smoke if you’re near -;gSoline or
refuelingyourvehiclKeepsparks,flames,
and slnnGnfl materials
away from gasoline.
6-6
I
The fuel capis behind a hinged door on the leftside of yourvehicle.
To take off thecap,turnitslowly
to theleft(counterclockwise).
If you getgasoline on youandthensomethingignites
it, you could
bebadlyburned.Gasolinecansprayoutonyou
if you open the fl
filler cap too quickly.Thisspraycanhappen
if yourtankisnearly
full, and ismorelikely in hotweather.Open the fuel fillercapslowly
and waitforany“hiss”noise
to stop.
Then ut
en you I
noise.
I
rew tt
2
cap
on,
turn
.I1 the
IV.
- to the
ght
ur
--
you hear
clicking
a
Checking Things Under the Hood
I
KO605
6-7
Hood Release
To openthe hood, first pull thehandleinsidethevehicleonthelowerleft
side of theinstrumentpanel.Then go tothefront of thevehicleandrelease
the secondary hood release. Lift thehood,releasethehoodpropfrom
its
retainer and put the hood propintotheslot
in thehood. Youmay have a
lightthatcomesonwhenyou
lift thehood.
KO606
'hingsthatburncangetonhotengine
parts andstart a fire. Thest
..lclude liquids like gasoline,oil,coolant,brakefluid,windshield
washer and otherfluids,andplastic
or rubber. Yo11 or others could
be burned.Becarefulrlottodropor
snillthinns
qt will burn nntn
.lot engine.
Before closing thehood,besure
all thefillercapsare
thehood to relievepressure on thehoodprop.
on properly.Then lift
Removethehoodpropfromtheslot
in the hood and returnthe prop to its
retainer.Then just pull the hooddown and close it firmly.
6-8
Engine Oil
It’s a goodidea to checkyourengineoilleveleverytime
order to getanaccuratereading,
the oilmustbewarmand
you getfuel. In
the vehiclemust
beon levelground.
.
.;
.
.
,
Turn off theengineandgivetheoil
a fewminutes to drainbackintotheoil
pan. If youdon’t,theoildipstickmightnotshowtheactuallevel.
6-9
Service & Appearance Care
a
KO610
To CheckEngine Oil: Pulloutthedipstickandclean
orcloth,thenpushitbackinalltheway.Remove
lower.
it with a papertowel
it again,keepingthe tip
When to Add Oil: If theoilisatorbelowthe
ADD line,then you’ll need to
add someoil.Butyoumustusetherightkind.Thissectionexplainswhat
kind of oiltouse.Forcrankcasecapacity,see“CapacitiesandSpecifications”
intheIndex.
I
N”HC;t
I
I 3on’t add toomuchoil.
If yourengine has so much oil thatthe oil level
jets above thecross-hatched area thatshows the properoperatingrange,
lour engine could be damaged.
Just fill it enoughtoputthelevelsomewhereintheproperoperatingrange.
Pushthedipstickallthewayback
in whenyou’rethrough.
6-1 0
I
KO704
What Kind of Oil to Use:
Look for three things:
SG
“SG” mustbeon the oil container,eitherbyitselforcombinedwith
other quality designations, such as“SGICC,”“SGICD,”
“SF,SG,CC”,
etc. These letters showAmericanPetroleum Institute (API) levels of
quality.
6-1 1
Service & Appearance Care
,.
31
WEATHER
SAE low-.30
SAE 5W-30
PREFERRED
COLD
WEATHER
IF NEITHER SAE 5W-30 NOR SAE 1OW-30
GRADE OILS ARE AVAILABLE, SAE 3 0
GRADE MAY BE USED AT TEMPERATURES
ABOVE 40 DEGREES F (4 DEGREES C).
DO NOT USE SAE 1OW-40, SAE 2OW-50 OR
AWY OTHER GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED
PO344
SAE 5W-30
As shownin this chart, SAE 5W-30 is best for your vehicle. However,
youcanuse SAE 1OW-30 if it’sgoing to be 0°F (-18°C)orabove.
Thesenumbersonan
not useotherviscosity
oil container show its viscosity, or thickness. Do
oils suchas SAE 1OW-40 or SAE 2OW-50.
6-1 2
Energy Consewing II
Oilswiththesewordsonthecontainerwillhelpyousavefuel.
Thisdoughnut-shapedlogo(symbol)
you select the correct oil.
is usedonmostoilcontainers
You shouldlookforthisontheoilcontainer,anduse
display the logo.
GM Goodwrench@ oil(inCanada,
for your vehicle.
Engine Oil Additives:
Don’taddanything to youroil.Your
somethingshould be added.
to help
only those oils that
GM EngineOil)meetsalltherequirements
GM dealer is readytoadvise
if youthink
When to Change Engine Oil:
See if anyoneofthese
is truefor you:
Mosttripsarelessthan
4 miles (6 km).
It’sbelowfreezingoutsideandmosttrips
(16 km).
are lessthan 10 miles
Theengine is at low speed mostofthetime(asindoor-to-doordelivery,
or in stop-and-gotraffic).
You towatraileroften.
Mosttripsarethroughdustyplaces,
Thevehicleisfrequentlyoperatedoff-road.
If any one of these is trueforyourvehicle,you
need tochangeyour
filter every 3,000 miles (5000 km)or 3 months-whichevercomesfirst.
oil and
If noneof them aretrue,changetheoilevery
7,500 miles (12 500 km) or
12 months-whichevercomesfirst.Changethefilteratthefirst
oil change
and at every other oil change after that.
If yourvehiclehas4-wheeldrive,you
will havearemoteoil
filter located
underthehood. It is mounted to thefrontleftinnerfender,behindthe
headlights.
Engine Block Heater:
An engineblockheatercanbea
big help if youhavetoparkoutsideinvery
coldweather, -0°F (-18°C) orcolder. If yourvehiclehasthisoption,see
“EngineBlock Heater” in theIndex.
6-1 3
Service & Appearance Care
What to Do with Used Oil;
In
CAUTION
A Usedengine oil containsthingsthathavecausedskincancer
in
laboratoryanimals.Don’tletusedoilstayonyourskinforverylona
Cleanyourskinandnailswithsoap
and water,oragood
hand
cleaner.
Wash
merlv
throw
awav
cloth
I or rags conk na
usedenaineoi
Used oil canbearealthreat
to theenvironment. If youchangeyourownoil,
be suretodrainallfree-flowingoilfromthefilterbeforedisposal.Don’tever
dispose of oil byputting it in thetrash,pouring it ontheground, into sewers,
or into streams or bodies of water. Instead,recycle it bytaking it toa place
that collects used oil. If you haveaproblemdisposing of your used oil,ask
yourdealer,aservice
station oralocalrecyclingcenterforhelp.
Air Cleaner
KO618
To removetheroundaircleanerfilterforthe
2.5L (VIN A), 2.8L (VIN R), and
4.3L(VIN 2) engines, turn thewingnutcounterclockwise.Removethecover
and changethefilter.Careshould
be takenduringreassembly to ensurethat
the coveris on straightandthewingnutproperlytightened.
To removethesquareaircleanerfilterforthe4.3L(VIN
W) highperformance
engine,loosen both wingnuts(one on theductandoneonthecover).
6-1 4
I
PO267
Lift the aircleanerassembly upfromthevehicle.Openbothclamps
and lift
off cover to change the filter.Whilereassemblingtheaircleanerassembly,
ensure that the air cleaner cover tabs are fully inserted into the slots
in the
aircleanerhousing,the two wingscrews are secure, and the PCV airtubeis
properlyseated in thelefthandvalvecover.
RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule
to determinewhentoreplacetheair
cleanerfilter.See“ScheduledMaintenanceServices”
in theIndex.
Operatingtheenginewiththeaircleaner
off cancauseyouorothers
to beburned. The aircleanernotonlycleanstheair,
it stopsflame
if theenginebackfires.If
it isn’tthere,andtheenginebackfires,you
couldbeburned.Don’tdrivewith
it off, andbecarefulworking
on
theenginewiththeaircleaner
off.
I
NOTICE
6-1 5
Service & Appearance Care
Automatic Transmission Fluid
When to Check and Change:
A good time to check your automatic transmission fluid level is when the
engine oil is changed.Refer to the MaintenanceSchedule to determinewhen
to changeyourfluid.See“ScheduledMaintenanceServices”
in the Index.
How to Check:
Becausethisoperationcan be a little difficult,you maychoose to have this
doneat a dealershipServiceDepartment.
If youdoityourself,
be sure to follow all the instructionshere,oryou
get a falsereadingon the dipstick.
could
Waitatleast 30 minutes before checkingthetransmission fluid level if you
havebeendriving:
Whenoutsidetemperaturesareabove
At high speedforquite
In heavytraffic-especially
90°F (32°C).
a while.
in hot weather.
While pulling a trailer.
To get the rightreading,the fluid mustbeatnormaloperatingtemperature,
which is 180°F to 200°F (82°C to 93°C).
To checktransmissionfluidhot: Getthevehiclewarmedup
by driving
about 15 miles (24 km)whenoutsidetemperaturesareabove
50°F (10°C). If
it’scolderthen 50°F (IOOC), drive the vehicle in D (3rdgear) until the
temperaturegagemoves and then remainssteadyfortenminutes.Then
follow the hotcheckprocedures.
To check transmission fluid cold: A cold checkismadeafterthevehicle
has been sitting for eight hours ormorewith the engine off and is used only
as a reference.Lettheenginerunat
idle forfiveminutes if outside
temperaturesare 50°F (10°C) ormore. If it’scolderthan 50°F (IO%), you
fluid is
mayhave to idle theenginelonger. A hotcheckmustfollowwhen
added during a cold check.
6-1 6
To checkthefluidhot
or cold:
Parkyour vehicle on a level place.
P (Park) with the parkingbrakeapplied.
Placetheshiftleverin
Withyour foot on the brakepedal,movetheshiftleverthrougheach
gearrange,pausingforabout
three seconds in eachrange.Then,
positionthe shift leverin P (Park).
Lettheenginerunatidlefor
Then,withoutshutting
three minutesormore.
off theengine, follow thesesteps:
.. .
NO031
1. Pulloutthedipstickandwipeitwith
a clean rag orpapertowel.
PO164
6-1 7
Service & Appearance Care
If youhavea4.3Lengine,youwillhaveaflip-tophandle.Flipthe
handleupandthenpulloutthedipstickandwipe
it cleanwith a ragor
paper towel.
2. Push it backinalltheway,waitthreesecondsandthenpull
again.Fliptophandleshouldremain
in openposition.
it backout
--
PO16 5
3. Checkbothsidesofthedipstick,andreadthelowerlevel.The
levelmustbeinthe
COLD areaforacoldcheckor
cross-hatchedareaforahotcheck.
4. Ifthefluidleveliswhereitshouldbe,pushthedipstickback
way.
fluid
in theHOT area or
in all the
If youhaveaflip-tophandle,flipthehandledown
to lock it in place.
How To Add Fluid:
Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodeterminewhatkind
of transmission
fluidto use.See “RecommendedFluids and Lubricants” in theIndex.
Ifthefluidlevelis
low, addonlyenoughoftheproperfluidtobringthelevel
up to the COLD area for a cold checkor the HOT area for a hot check.
doesn’ttakemuchfluid,generallylessthanapint.Don’toverfill.
We
recommendyouuseonlyfluidlabeledDEXRON@IIE,becausefluidswiththat
labelaremadeespeciallyforyourautomatictransmission.Damagecausedby
fluidotherthan DEXRON@lIE isnotcoveredbyyournewvehiclewarranty.
Afteraddingfluid,recheckthefluidlevelasdescribedunder“How
Check”.
When thecorrect fluid level is obtained,pushthedipstickback
way. Flipthehandledown
if youhaveaflip-tophandle.
6-1 8
It
To
in all the
Manual Transmission Fluid
When to Check:
A good time to have it checkediswhentheengine
oil is changed.However,
thefluid in yourmanualtransmissiondoesn'trequirechanging.
How to Check:
Becausethisoperation can bealittledifficult,you
may choose to have this
doneata GM dealershipServiceDepartment.
Ifyou do ityourself,besure
getafalsereading.
to followalltheinstructionshere,oryoucould
Too muchor too littie fluid can damage yourtransmission. Too much can
mean that some of the fluid could come out and fall on hot exhaust parts,
startingafire. Be sure to get an accuratereadingifyoucheckyour
is off, thevehicleisparkedona
Checkthefluidlevelonlywhenyourengine
levelplace and thetransmission is cool enough foryou to restyourfingers
onthetransmissioncase.
Then, follow these steps:
PO336
1. Removethefillerplug.
2. Checkthatthelubricantlevel
is up to thebottom of thefillerplughole.
3. If the fluid level is good, installtheplug andbe sure it is fullyseated. If
the fluidlevel is low, addmore fluid asdescribed in thenextsteps.
6-1 9
Service & Appearance Care
How to Add Fluid:
Here’show to add fluid.Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determine
what kind of fluid to use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”
in the
Index.
1. Remove the fillerplug.
2. Add fluid at thefiller plug hole. Add onlyenoughfluid
plug hole.
levelup to thebottomofthefiller
3. Installtheplug.Besure
to bringthe fluid
it is fullyseated.
Hydraulic Clutch
The hydraulicclutch in yourvehicleisself-adjusting. A slightamountofplay
[I14 (6 mm)-1/2 inch (13 mm)]inthepedal is normal.
When to Check and What to Use:
PO257
RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule
to determinehowoften you shouldcheck
the fluid level in your clutch mastercylinderreservoirandwhat
to add.See
“OwnerChecks and Services”and“RecommendedFluidsand
Lubricants” in
the Index.
How to Check:
Theproper fluid shouldbeadded if the level doesnotreachthebottom
thediaphragmwhenit’s
in placeinthereservoir.Seetheinstructionsonthe
reservoir cap.
6-20
of
Rear Axle
When to Check and Change Lubricant:
Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodeterminehow
often to check the
lubricant and when to change it. See “Scheduled MaintenanceServices”in
the Index.
How to Check Lubricant:
If thelevel is below the bottom of thefiller plug hole,you’llneed to add
somelubricant.Addenoughlubricant
to raise the levelto the bottom of the
filler plug hole.
What to Use:
RefertotheMaintenanceScheduleto
determine whatkind of lubricant to
use.See“RecommendedFluids
and Lubricants” in theIndex.
Four- Wheel Drive
Mostlubricant checks in this section also applytofour-wheeldrivevehicles.
However,theyhave two additional systems that need lubrication.
Transfer Case
When to Check Lubricant:
Refer to the MaintenanceSchedule to determinehow often tocheckthe
lubricant.See“PeriodicMaintenance
Inspections” in theIndex.
6-2 1
Service & Appearance Care
How to Check Lubricant:
KO997
If the level is belowthebottom of thefiller plug hole,you’ll need to add
somelubricant. Add enoughlubricanttoraise the level tothebottom of the
filler plug hole.
What to Use:
RefertotheMaintenanceScheduletodeterminewhat
kind of lubricantto
use.See“RecommendedFluids
and Lubricants”intheIndex.
Front Axle
When to Check and Change Lubricant:
Referto the MaintenanceScheduletodetermine how oftentocheckthe
lubricant and when to changeit.See“ScheduledMaintenanceServices”
the Index.
6-22
in
How to Check Lubricant:
1
I
I
KO998
If thelevelisbelowthebottom
somelubricant.
of thefillerplughole,you’llneed
to add
Ifthedifferential is atoperatingtemperature(warm),addenoughlubricantto
raisethelevel to thebottom of thefillerplughole.
If thedifferential is cold,addenoughlubricant
(1 2 mm) below the filler plug hole.
to raisethelevel
to 1/2 inch
What to Use:
RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule
to determinewhat kind of lubricant to
use.See“RecommendedFluids
and Lubricants” in theIndex.
Engine Coolant
Thefollowingexplainsyourcoolingsystemand
how to add coolantwhenitis
low. If youhaveaproblemwithengineoverheating,see“Engine
Overheating” in theIndex.
The proper coolant for your vehicle will:
Givefreezingprotectiondown
to -20°F (-29°C) or -34°F (-37°C) for
Canadianvehiclesandvehicleswiththecoldclimateoption.
Give boiling protectionup to 258°F (125°C).
Protectagainstrust
and corrosion.
Helpkeeptheproperenginetemperature.
Letthewarning
lights andgagesworkastheyshould.
6-23
Service & Appearance Care
What to Use:
Useamixture of clean water (preferablydistilled)andantifreezethatmeets
“GMSpecification6038-MI”whichwon’tdamagealuminumparts.
Also use
GMEngineCoolantSupplement(sealer)withacompletecoolantchange.
If
youusethese,youdon’tneedtoaddanythingelse.
I
I CAUTION
Addingonlyplainwater
to yourcoolingsystemcanbedangerous.
Plainwater,orsomeotherliquidlikealcohol,canboilbefore
the
propercoolantmixwill. Your vehicle’scoolantwarningsystemisset
forthepropercoolantmix.Withplainwaterorthewrongmix,your
engine could get too hot but you wouldn’t get the overheat warning.
Your engine could catch fire andyouorotherscouldbeburned.Use
a 50/50 mixof cleanwaterandaproperantifreeze.
NOTICE
If youuseanimpropercoolantmix,yourenginecouldoverheatand
Dadly damaged.Ther
nuch water in themix
:ore andotherDarts.
br
L
I
Someconditions,suchasairtrapped
in thecoolingsystem,canaffectthe
coolantlevel in theradiator.Checkthecoolantlevelwhentheengine
is cold
andfollowthestepsunder“AddingCoolant”fortheproperway
to add
coolant.
If youhavetoaddcoolantmorethanfourtimesayear,haveyourdealer
check your cooling system.
6-24
r
Adding Coolant
-
f, 3
KO625
To CheckCoolant: Whenyourengine is cold, thecoolantlevelshould
be at
ADD, or a little higher.Whenyourengine
is warm,the level should beup to
FULL HOT, or a little higher.
To AddCoolant: If you need morecoolant, add thepropermix
coolantrecovery tank.
A
at the
Turningtheradiatorpressurecapwhentheengineandradiatorare
hotcanallowsteam
and scaldingliquids to blowout and burnyou
badly.Withthecoolantrecovery
tank, you will almostneverhaveto
add coolant attheradiator.Neverturntheradiatorpressure
cap-even a little-whentheengine
and radiatorarehot.
Add coolantmix at the recoverytank,butbecarefulnot
to spill it.
-
A
You canbe burned if you spillcoolant on hotengineparts.Coolant
contains ethyleneglycol, and it will burn if the enginepartsare hot
enough.Don't spill coolant on a hot engine.
6-25
Service & Appearance Care
Radiator Pressure Cap
KO721
‘our radiator pressure cap is a 15 psi (105 kPa) pressure-type cap and
;t betightlyinstalledtopreventcoolant
loss and possibleengine
nage fromoverheating.Besurethearrows
on thecaplineupwith
thc
wetflow 1 e on
radiatorfiller neck.
’
When you replaceyourradiatorpressurecap,an
AC@ capisrecommended.
See“ServiceReplacementPartandFilterRecommendations”intheIndex.
Thermostat
Enginecoolanttemperature is controlledby a thermostatintheenginecoolant
system.Thethermostatstopsthe
flow of coolantthroughtheradiatoruntilthe
coolantreaches a presettemperature.
When you replaceyourthermostat,an
AC@ thermostat is recommended.
6-26
Power Steering Fluid
KO626
How To Check Power Steering Fluid:
Unscrew the capandwipe the dipstickwith a cleanrag.Replace the cap
andcompletely tighten it.Thenremove the capagainandlookatthe
fluid
level on the dipstick.
When the enginecompartment is hot, the level should be atthe HOT
mark.
When the engine compartmentiscool,
COLD mark.
the level shouldbeat
What to Add:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind
See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”
in the Index.
NOTICE
6-27
the FULL
of fluid to use.
Sewice & Appearance Care
Windshield Washer Fluid
To Add:
t
PO174
Openthecaplabeled
bottle is full.
WASHER FLUID ONLY. Add washer fluid until the
6-28
Brake Master Cylinder
Your brakemastercylinder
is here. It is filled with DOT-3 brake fluid.
1
d
PO175
There are onlytworeasonswhy the brakefluid level in yourmastercylinder
mightgodown.The first is that thebrake fluid goesdown to anacceptable
levelduringnormalbrake
lining wear.Whennewliningsareput
in, the fluid
levelgoesbackup.Theotherreasonisthatfluid
is leakingout of thebrake
system.If it is, you should haveyourbrakesystemfixed,since
a leakmeans
thatsooner or lateryourbrakeswon’tworkwell,orwon’tworkatall.
So, itisn’t a good idea to“top off” yourbrake fluid. Addingbrakefluidwon’t
correct a leak.Ifyou add fluid whenyourliningsareworn,
then you’llhave
too much fluid when you getnewbrakelinings.
You should add (orremove)
brakefluid,asnecessary,onlywhenworkisdoneonthebrakehydraulic
system.
you havetoomuchbrake
fluid, it
vrlll
;heengir,,.
The fluic
will burn if the engine is hot enough. You orothers could be burned,
and yourvehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid onlywhenwork
isdoneonthebrakehydraulicsystem.
uuII
I
Refer to the MaintenanceSchedule to determinewhentocheckyourbrake
fluid.See“PeriodicMaintenance
Inspections” in theIndex.
6-29
Service & Appearance Care
To Check Brake Fluid:
You cancheckthebrakefluidwithouttaking
off thecap.Justlookatthe
windows on thebrakefluidreservoir.Thefluidlevelsshouldbeabove
theyaren’t,haveyourbrakesystemchecked
to see if thereisaleak.
MIN. If
Afterwcrk is doneonthebrakehydraulicsystem,makesurethelevelsare
above MIN and belowthe top of eachwindow.
What To Add
Whenyoudoneed
brake fluid,useonly DOT-3 brakefluid-suchasDelco
Supreme l l @ (GM Part No. 1052535).Usenewbrakefluidfroma
sealed
container only.
I NOTICE
4
DOT 5 silicone brake fluid can damageyourvehicle.Don’t
use it.
- Don’tletsomeone put in the wrong kind of fluid.Forexample,jus1
few drops of mineral-based oil, such as engine oil, in your brake
system can damage brake system parts so badly that they’ll have
be replaced.
Brake fluid can damagepaint, so be careful not to spill brake
your vehicle.
--
i
d on
Replacing Brake Sysi-m Parts
The brakingsystemonamodernvehicle
is complex. Its manyparts have to
be of topqualityandworkwelltogether
if thevehicleis to havereallygood
braking.Vehicleswedesignandtesthave
top-quality GMbrakeparts in
them,asyourvehicledoeswhen
it is new.Whenyoureplace
parts of your
braking system-forexample,whenyourbrakeliningsweardown
and you
havetohavenewonesput
in-besure
yougetnewgenuineGM
replacementparts. If youdon’t,yourbrakesmaynolongerworkproperly.For
example, if someoneputs in brakeliningsthatarewrongforyourvehicle,
the
balancebetweenyourfrontandrearbrakescanchange,fortheworse.
The
braking performanceyou’vecome to expectcanchangeinmanyotherways
if someoneputs in thewrongreplacementbrakeparts.
FIuid Leak Check
Afterthevehiclehas
been parkedforawhile,inspectthesurfaceunderthe
vehicleforwater, oil, fuel orotherfluids.Waterdrippingfromtheair
Ifyounotice fuel leaks
conditioningsystemafter it hasbeenusedisnormal.
orfumes,thecausesshouldbefoundandcorrectedatonce.
6-30
Battery
Everynew GM vehicle has aDelco Freedom battery. You neverhave to add
watertooneofthese.Whenit’stimeforanewbattery,werecommenda
Delco Freedom battery.Getonethat
has thecatalognumber shown onthe
originalbattery’slabel.
Vehicle Storage
If you’renotgoingtodriveyourvehiclefor
25 daysormore,take
off the
black,negative (-) cablefromthebattery.Thiswillhelpkeepyourbattery
fromrunningdown.
CAUTION
A
t
i
I
‘
Batterieshave acid that can burnyou and gasthatcanexplode.
You I
can be badlyhurt if youaren’tcareful.See“JumpStarting”
in the
Indexfor tips onworkingaroundabatterywithoutgettinghurt.
Contactyourdealer to learnhow to prepareyourvehicleforlongerstorage
periods.For more information,contactyourdealer’sservicedepartment,or
write to:
AdistraCorporation
171 HamiltonStreet
Plymouth, MI 48170
In Canada,write to:
GeneralMotors ofCanada,Limited
CustomerServicesDepartment
Oshawa, Ontario LIJ 5Z6 Canada
Bulb Replacement
Halogen Bulbs
CAUTION
/i
I
Halogen bulbs havepressurizedgasinside
andcan burst if you drop
orscratchthebulb.
Youor others could beinjured.Takespecial
car€
handling
when
and disposing of halogen
bulbs.
1
Beforeyoureplaceanybulbs,besurethatallthelightsare
engineisn’trunning.
6-31
off and the
Service & Appearance Care
Headlights
KO993
1. Removethefourscrewsfromtheheadlightretainer.
2. Pulltheheadlight out andremovetheretainer.
3. Unplugtheheadlight.
4. Plug in the new bulbandput it inplace.
5. Installtheretainer to theheadlight.
6. Installthescrews.
Front Parkingnurn Signal Lights
1. Reachunderandbehindthe
parkinghrn signallightassembly.
6-32
I
2. Turn the socket counterclockwise and pull itout.
3. Turn the bulb counterclockwise and pull it out of the socket.
4. Put the new bulb in the socket and turn it clockwise until it is tight.
5. Put the socket back into the assembly and turn the socketclockwise
until it locks in place.
Rear Lights
L.
1
- -1
-Y
.
c
KO635
1. Open the tailgate.
2. Remove the screwsfrom the light assembly.
3. Pull the assemblyawayfrom
the fender.
4. Turn the socket counterclockwise to removeit.If
the socket hasatab,
push the tab in while you turn the socket.
5. Turn the bulb counterclockwise toremove it.
6. Put the new bulb into the socket and turn the bulb clockwise.
7 . Put the socket into the light assemblyandturn
it locks in place.
8. Install the light assemblyandscrews.
9. Close the tailgate.
6-33
the socket clockwise until
Service & Appearance Care
Other Maintenance Items
Hydraulic Clutch Grease Fitting
Ifyouhavethe
4.3L (VIN code Z) enginewith a manualtransmission, a
greasefittingisontheclutchhousingforlubricatingtheclutchfork
ball stud.
Refer to theMaintenanceScheduleforinformationonhowtolubricatethe
clutchhousing, and whattype of lubricanttouse. Besure not to over-fill
becauseyoucoulddamageyour
clutch.
Front Suspension and Steering Linkage
Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoften
fittings and whattype of lubricant to use.
to lubricate the
Front Wheel Bearings (Two-Wheel Drive)
If yourvehicleistwo-wheeldrive,ithaswheelbearingsthatmust
and repacked.
RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule
done.
to determinehowoftenthismust
be cleaned
be
Single Belt Accessory Drive
Your newvehicleuses a serpentinebeltthatislighter,andmoredurablethan
systemswithseveralbelts.
A tensioner is used
The beltrunsoveroraroundthepulleysontheengine.
tokeepthebelttightat
all times.Thetensioneralsomakesreplacingthe
belteasier. If you needtoreplacethe
belt, besuretoget
the correct
replacementbelt. Your dealership or partssuppliercanhelpyouwith
this.
TheAccessoryDriveBeltRoutinglabel
on yourvehicle will show you howto
routethebeltyourvehicle
uses.
6-34
Windshield Wiper Blade Inserts
To replaceyourwindshieldwiperbladeinserts,
lift thewiper arm awayfrom
thewindshield.Pinchthe
two tabs on thewiperarm and slide theinsertout
of theblade.Slidethenewoneinplace.Makesurethetabsarelockedinto
position.
Air Conditioning
Everynow and thenhaveyourdealershipcheckyourairconditioningsystem
to besureithasnotlostanycoolingability.
If youthinkthesystem
is not
workingproperly,haveyourdealershipcheckitoutassoon
as possible.
The airconditioningwillnotworkwhenthetemperatureisbelow
40°F (4°C).
Lubrication
Accelerator Control System
Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodeterminehowoftentheaccelerator
linkagepivotpointsmustbelubricatedandwhattype
of lubricant to use.
Acceleratorcables and cruisecontrolcablesshouldnotbelubricated.
cablesthatarewornor
are hardtopullshouldbereplaced.
Whencleaningtheenginecompartmentwithwaterorsteam,avoiddirecting
theflowontothethrottlelinkage
in amannerthatwouldcausemoisture
enter the cables.
6-35
Any
to
Service & Appearance Care
Hood Latches and Hood Hinge
Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowtolubricate
latch and hood hingeassembly.
the hood
Propeller Shaft Slip SplinesAJniversal Joints
RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule
to determinehowoftentheslipand
universaljointsmust be lubricatedandwhattype of lubricant to use.
Body
Normaluse of your vehicle will cause metal-to-metal wear
the cab andbody iftheyarenotlubricated.
at some points on
For exposedsurfaces,such as doorchecks,doorlockbolts,lockstriker
plates,dovetailbumperwedges, etc., a thinfilm of engine oil shouldbe
applied.
Where oil holesareprovided
in thebody or cab, a driplessoilcan
be used.
Theseatadjustersandseattrackshouldbelubricatedwithchassisgrease.
Door weatherstripsandrubberhoodbumpersshouldbewipedcleanwith
wet cloth andlightlycoatedwith
a rubberlubricant.
Neveruse too muchofanylubricantandbesure
lubricant when you are finished.
a
to wipeupanyextra
Windowregulators and controlsareinsidethedoors.Theyarelubricatedwith
a longlastinggrease. If lubrication is requiredyourdealershouldperformthis
service.
Referto the MaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoften
itemsandwhattype of lubricant to use.
to lubricatethese
Lock Cylinders
To besureyourlocksoperateproperly,theymustbelubricated.
Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoften
and whattype of lubricant to use.
to lubricate them
You shouldnotusepenetratingoilsbecausetheycouldwashoutthefactory
installedlubricantandcausethelocktobind.De-icerswhichcontainalcohol
couldalsowashawaythelubricant,
so besure to lubricatethelockafter
using a de-icer of this type.
Tailgate Handle
Thetailgatehandlepivotpoints
thehandleworkingsmoothly.
on yourvehicleshouldbelubricatedtokeep
6-36
Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodeterminehowoften
andwhattype of lubricant to use.
to lubricate them
Exhaust System
To helppreventdamage to @.R ‘exhaustsystem,donotconunuetodrive
yourvehicle if younotice:
Enginemisfiring
Loss of performance
Otherunusualoperatingconditions
Have yourengine and exhaustsystemservicedregularly.
Three-Way Catalytic Converter
Yourvehicle’sthree-waycatalyticconverter
is designed to reducethe
pollutantsinyourvehicle’sexhaust.Useonlyunleadedfuel
in yourvehicle. If
youuseleadedfuel,you
could damageyourthree-waycatalyticconverter,
andotherenginecomponents.
The MalfunctionIndicator(SERVICEENGINE SOON) lamponyour
instrument panel lets you know whenyouremissionsystemneedsservice.
The light willcomeonbrieflywhenyoustartyourengine
to letyouknow
thatthesystemisworking.If
it doesnotcomeonwhenyoustartyour
engine, or if it comes on and stays on whileyou’redriving,yoursystemmay
needservice. Your vehicleshouldstillbedriveable,butyoushouldhaveyour
systemservicedright away.
6-37
Service & Appearance Care
Loading Your Vehicle
‘MFb8 Y GENERAL MOTORSCORP
L
TAI
rll
.
.
.
..
SEE
. . . OWNERS MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
K3651
The CertificationEire label is found on the driver’sdoor lock pillar. The label
shows the size of youroriginal tires and the inflationpressuresneeded to
obtain the grossvehicleweightcapacity of yourvehicle.Thisiscalled
the
GVWR(GrossVehicleWeightRating).TheGVWRincludes
the weight of the
vehicle,alloccupants, fuel and cargo.
The Certificationnire labelalso tells youthemaximumweightsfor
the front
and rearaxles,calledGrossAxleWeightRating(GAWR).
To find out the
actual loads on yourfrontandrearaxles,you
need to gotoaweighstation
and weighyourvehicle. Your dealercanhelpyouwiththis.
Be sure to
spread outyour load equally on both sides of the centerline.
NeverexceedtheGVWRforyourvehicle,ortheGross
(GAWR) for either the front or rear axle.
Axle WeightRating
And, if you do have a heavyload, you shouldspread it out.
A
I
In case of asuddenstoporcollision,thingscarried
in the bed of
yourtruck could shiftforwardandcomeintothepassenger
area,
injuringyou or others. If youputthingsinthebed
of yourtruck,you
should
make
sure
they
are
properly
secured.
6-38
Do not load yourvehicleanyheavierthanthe
GVWR orthe
maximum front and rearGAWRs. If you do, parts on yourvehicle
canbreak,oritcanchangethewayyourvehiclehandles.These
could cause you to lose control. Also, overloadingcanshortenthe
life of your vehicle.
Usingheaviersuspensioncomponents to get added durabilitymightnot
changeyourweight ratings. Askyourdealertohelp
you load yourvehiclethe
right way.
.
Your warranty does
overloading.
cover parts
I
Components tl
anything else-theywillgo
as fastasthevehiclegoes.
If youhave to stop
or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, they’llkeepgoing.
I
CAUTION
Things you put insideyourvehiclecanstrike
sudden stop or turn, orin a crash.
-
Putthingsinthe
weightevenly.
and injure people in a
cargo area of yourvehicle. Try tospreadthe
Neverstackheavierthings,likesuitcases,inside
the vehicle so
thatsomeofthemareabovethe
tops of theseats.
I
Whenyoucarrysomething
wheneveryoucan.
Don’t
leave
inside thevehicle,secure
a seat folded down
unless
you
need
it
to.
Payioad
The PayloadCapacityisshown
on the CertificationRire label.Thisisthe
maximum load capacitythatyourvehiclecancarry.Besure
to includethe
weight of the people insideaspart ofyourload. If youaddedany
accessories or equipmentafteryourvehicleleftthefactory,rememberto
subtracttheweight of thesethingsfromthe
payload. Your dealercanhelp
you with this.
6-39
Service & Appearance Care
Trailering Package
If yourvehiclecomeswiththeTraileringPackage,thereisalsoaloadrating
whichincludestheweightofthevehicle
and thetrailer it tows.Thisratingis
calledtheGrossCombinationWeightRating(GCWR).
of everythingyou
Whenyouweighyourtrailer,besuretoincludetheweight
put in it. And,remember to figuretheweightofthepeopleinsideaspart
of
yourload.
Your dealercanhelpyoudetermineyourGCWR.
GROSSCOMBINATIONWEIGHTRATING
(GCWR)
Add-on Equipment
Whenyoucarryremovableitemsyou
peopleyoucarryinsideyourvehicle.
youbuyandinstallthenewequipment.
may need to put alimit on howmany
Be suretoweighyourvehiclebefore
6-40
Truck-Camper Loading lnformation
LIEP
Printeii in U.S.A.
Pt.
No. 15696350
PO338
Openyourglovebox
and look for this label:
Thislabelwill tell you howmuch of a load yourvehicle can carry,andhow
to spreadoutyour load the right way. Also, it willhelpyoumatch
the right
slide-in camper to your vehicle.
When YOU carrya slide-in camper,the total cargo load ofyourvehicleis
weight of thecamper, plus:
the
everythingelseadded to thecamperafteritleftthefactory;
everything in the camper;and
allthe people inside.
TheCargoWeightRating(CWR)
is themaximumweight of the load your
vehiclecancarry. It doesn’tincludetheweight
of the people inside.But,you
canfigureabout 150 pounds for each seat.
The total cargo load mustnot be more than yourvehicle’sCWR.
6-41
Service & Appearance Care
TRUCKLOADINGINFORMATION
EXAMPLEOFPROPER TRUCK
ANDCAMPERMATCH
1. Recommended location for cargo
1. Camper center of gravity.
2. Recommended center of gravity
center of gravity for cargo weight
rating (Pickup Truck}.
Note: Use rear edge of load floor
for measurement purposes.
*
location zone.
Refer to Truck Camper Loading
Information label in glove box for
“A” and “B” dimensions.
PO254
The camper’scenter of gravityshould fall withinthecenterofgravityzonefor
yourvehicle’scargoload.
You mustweighanyaccessories,trailerhitches
or otherequipmentyou add
toyourvehicle.Then,subtractthisextraweightfromtheCWR.Thisextra
weight may shorten the center
of gravityzoneforyourvehicle.
Your dealer
canhelpyouwiththis.
If yourslide-incamper and itsloadweighlessthantheCWR,thecenter
gravityzoneforyourvehiclemaybelarger.
of
Your dealer can helpyoumakeagoodvehicle-campermatch.He’llalsohelp
you determine your CWR.
ATkryou’veloadedyourvehicleandcamper,driveto
a weighstation and
weighonthefrontandrearwheelsseparately.Thiswill
tell youtheloads on
youraxles.Theloadsonthefrontandrearaxlesshouldn’tbemore
than
either of the GAWRs. The total of theaxleloadsshouldnotbemorethan
theGVWR.
Open yourdriver’sdoor and lookatthedoorlockpillarforthe
Certificationrrire label to find outyourGWARandGVWR.
Ifyou’vegoneoveryourweightratings,moveortakeoutsomethings
until
all theweights fall belowtheratings. Of course,youshouldalwaystiedown
anylooseitemswhenyou
load yourvehicleorcamper.
Whenyouinstallandloadyourslide-incamper,checkthemanufacturer’s
instructions.
6-42
If youwant more information oncurbweights,cargo
weights, cargoweight
rating andthe correct center of gravityzoneforyour
vehicle, yourdealercan
help you. Justaskfor a copy of “Consumer Information, TruckCamper
Loading.”
Pickup Conversion to Chassis Cab
GeneralMotors is aware that somevehicleownersmayconsider
having the
pickup boxremovedandacommercialor
recreational bodyinstalled.Before
you do so, first contact the GM Zone Office foryour area for information on
such conversions. (Seethe“WarrantyandOwner
Assistance” booklet for
ZoneOffice.)Owners should beaware that, as manufactured, there are
differences betweena chassis cabanda pickup with the boxremovedwhich
mayaffect vehicle safety.Thecomponentsnecessary to adapt the pickup to
permit itssafeuse with a specialized body should be installed by a body
builderinaccordancewith
the information available from the Zone Office.
Tires
We don’tmaketires. Yournew vehicle comeswith high quality tires madeby
a leading tiremanufacturer.Thesetiresare
warranted by the tire
manufacturers and their warrantiesare delivered with everynewvehicle.If
your spare tire is a different brand than your road tires, youwillhave a tire
warranty folder from each of these manufacturers.
I/
Poorly maintained andimproperlyused
tires aredangerous.
’
Overloading your tires cancause overheating as a result of too
*:&c‘?
much friction. You could havean air-out and a serious accident.
pp
$. -i& i , See “Loading Your vehicle” in the Index.
lerloaaed tires.
Underinflated tires F e the samedanger
The resulting accident could cause serious injury.Checkall tires
frequently to maintain the recommendedpressure.Tirepressure
should becheckedwhenyour
tires are cold.
,LzL%p;.t-:*;,:~
Ls m::r=::.
Overinflated tires are more likely to becut, punctured, orbroken
bysuddenimpactsuchaswhen
VOI ‘lit a u
?. Keeo tires
.,::
at
mmended
re. pre!
=.. _3%
Worrt, old tires cancause accidents. Ifyour tread is badly’=;worn,
or if your tires havebeendamaged, replace them.
~
I
,- .>
-.’
Don’tdriveover 85 mph (135 km/h) even if it’s legal, unlessyou
have the correct high speed rated tires.
6-43
Service & Appearance Cam
Inflation-Tire Pressure
The Certification/Tirelabel,whichisonthedriver’s
door lockpillar,showsthe
correctinflationpressures for yourtires,whenthey’recold.“Cold”meansyour
vehiclehasbeensitting for atleastthreehours
or drivennomorethana
mile.
1 NOTICE
Ion’t let anyone tell you
that:
underinflation or overinflation is all
rinhtIt’c
Too much heat
e
f
Y(
0
Unusualwear
Bad handling
Rough ride
Needlessdamagefromroadhazards.
.2
When to Check: Checkyourtiresoncea
month or more.Don’tforgetyour
compact sparetire(if so equipped). It shouldbeat 60 psi (420 kPa).
How to Check:Usea good qualitypocket-typegagetochecktirepressure.
Simplylookingatthetireswillnottellyouthepressure,especially
if you
haveradial tires-which maylookproperlyinflatedeven
if they’re
underinflated.
If yourtireshavevalvecaps,besuretoput
preventleaksbykeepingoutdirtandmoisture.
them backon.They
Tire lnspection and Rotation
To makeyourtireslastlonger,havetheminspectedandrotatedatthe
mileagesrecommendedintheMaintenanceSchedule.SeeScheduled
MaintenanceServices in theIndex.
6-44
help
J
K2655
Use this rotationpattern. Do notinclude“compactspare
equipped.
tire” in rotation, if so
Ifyourvehiclehasfront
tires withdifferent load ratingsor tread designs(such
as all season vs. onloff road)thanthereartires,don’trotateyourtiresfront
torear.
If youhavestyledsteel
or aluminumwheels,yourspareis
appearancewillnotmatchyourotherwheels.
full-sized, but its
Afterthetireshave
been rotated, adjust the front and rearinflationpressure
asshownon the CertificationRire label.Makecertainthat
all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See“WheelNutTorque”intheIndex.
I
Rustordirt on a wheel,oron the parts to which it is fastened,can
b makethewheelnutsbecomelooseafter
a time.Thewheel could
come off and causeanaccident.Whenyouchange
a wheel,remove
anyrust or dirt fromplaceswherethewheelattaches
to thevehicle.
In an emergency, you can use a cloth or papertowel to dothis; but
be sure to use a scraperorwire brush later, if you need to, to get
alltherustor
dirt off. (See“Changing a FlatTire” in the Index.)
6-45
Service & Appearance Cam
When It’s Time for New Tires
TREAD WEAR INDICATORS
K1656
Onewayto tell whenit’stimefornew
indicators, whichwillappearwhenyour
less of treadremaining.
You needanew
tires is tocheckthetreadwear
tires haveonly 2/32 inch (1.6 mm)or
tire if:
You canseetheindicatorsatthreeplacesaroundthetire.
You cansee cord orfabricshowingthroughthetire’srubber.
The tread or sidewalliscracked,cutorsnaggeddeepenoughto
cord or fabric.
s
The tirehasabump,bulgeorsplit.
The tire hasapuncture,cut,orotherdamagethatcan’tbe
because of thesizeorlocation of the damage.
repaired
Buying New Tires
To find outwhat kind andsize of tiresyouneed, look attheCertification/Tire
label.The tires installed onyourvehiclewhen
it wasnewhadaTire
PerformanceCriteriaSpecification(TPCSpec)number
on eachtire’ssidewall.
Whenyougetnewtires,getoneswiththatsameTPCSpecnumber.That
way, yourvehiclewillcontinuetohavetiresthataredesigned
to giveproper
endurance,handling, speed rating,traction,ride and otherthingsduring
normalservice on yourvehicle. If yourtireshave an all-seasontreaddesign,
theTPCnumberwillbefollowedbya
“MS” (for mudandsnow).
6-46
If you everreplaceyour tires with those not having a TPCSpecnumber,
make sure they arethe same size, load range, speed ratingandconstruction
type (bias, bias-belted or radial)asyouroriginaltires.
*
Mixing tires could cause you to lose control whiledriving. If you mix
tires ofdifferenttypes(like
radial and bias-belted tires)thevehicle
maynot handle properly,andyou could have a crash.Besureto
use the samesize and type tires on all fourwheels.
1
I
It’s allright to drivewithyourcompactspare(ifyouhaveone).
was developed foruseonyourvehicle.
It
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
The following information relates to the system developed by the United
StatesNationalHighwayTrafficSafetyAdministrationwhichgrades
tires by
treadwear, traction and temperatureperformance.(Thisappliesonlyto
vehicles sold intheUnitedStates.)
Treadwear
Thetreadweargradeis
a comparativerating based onthewearrate
of the
tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specifiedgovernmenttest
course.Forexample, a tire graded 150 wouldwearone and a half ( 1 4 2 )
timesaswell on the governmentcourse as a tire graded 100. Therelative
performance of tires dependsupon the actualconditions of their use,
however, and maydepartsignificantlyfrom the normdue to variationsin
driving habits,servicepractices and differences in roadcharacteristics and
climate.
Traction-A, B, C
The traction grades,fromhighesttolowestare:
A, B, and C. Theyrepresent
the tire’sability to stop on wetpavementasmeasuredundercontrolled
conditions on specifiedgovernmenttestsurfaces
of asphalt and concrete. A
tire marked C mayhavepoortractionperformance.
Warning:The traction grade assigned tothis tire isbasedonbraking
(straight-ahead) traction tests and doesnotincludecornering
(turning) traction.
Temperature-A, B, C
Thetemperaturegradesare
A (the highest), 6,and C, representingthetire’s
resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipateheatwhen
tested under controlled conditionson a specifiedindoorlaboratory test wheel.
Sustainedhightemperaturecan
cause the material of thetiretodegenerate
and reduce tire life, and excessivetemperaturecan lead tosudden tire
6-47
Service & Appearance Care-.
failure.Thegrade C corresponds to alevel of performancewhich all
passengercartiresmustmeetundertheFederalMotorVehicleSafety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigherlevels of performanceon
the laboratorytestwheelthan the minimumrequiredby law.
Warning:Thetemperaturegradeforthistireisestablishedfora
tire that is
properlyinflated and notoverloaded.Excessivespeed,underinflation,or
excessiveloading,eitherseparately or in combination,cancause heat buildup
and possible tire failure.
Thesegradesaremolded
on thesidewalls of passengercartires.
While the tiresavailableasstandard
or optionalequipment on GeneralMotors
vehiclesmayvarywithrespect
to thesegrades,allsuchtiresmeetGeneral
Motorsperformancestandards and have been approvedforuse on General
Motorsvehicles. All passengertype (P Metric) tires mustconformtoFederal
safetyrequirements in addition to thesegrades.
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
Thewheelsonyourvehiclewerealignedandbalancedcarefullyat
the
factorytogiveyouthelongest
tire life andbestoverallperformance.
In mostcases,youwillnot
need tohaveyourwheelsalignedagain.
However, if younoticeunusualtirewearoryourvehiclepullingonewayor
theother, the alignmentmay need tobereset. If younoticeyourvehicle
vibratingwhendrivingonasmoothroad,yourwheelsmayneed
to be
rebalanced.
Wheel Replacement
Replaceanywheelthatisbent,cracked
or badlyrusted. If wheelnutskeep
coming loose, thewheel,wheelbolts,
and wheelnutsshould be replaced. If
thewheelleaksairout,replace
it (exceptsomealuminumwheels,whichcan
sometimes be repaired).Seeyour GM dealer if any of theseconditionsexist.
Your dealerwillknowthekindofwheelyouneed.
Eachnewwheelshouldhavethesame
load carryingcapacity,diameter,
width,offset,andbemountedthesamewayastheone
it replaces.
If youneedtoreplaceany
ofyourwheels,wheelbolts,orwheelnuts,
replacethemonlywith new GMoriginalequipment parts. This way, you will
besureyouhavetherightwheel,wheelbolts,andwheelnutsforyour
vehicle.
6-48
I
CAUTION
4
Usingthewrongreplacementwheels,wheel
bolts, or wheel nuts on
your vehicle can be dangerous. It could affect the braking and
handling of yourvehicle,makeyour tires loseair and makeyoulose
control. You could have a collision in whichyou or otherscould be
injured. Always use thecorrectwheel,wheelbolts,andwheel
nuts
for replacement.
I
NOTICE
I
Thewrongwheelcanalsocause
trouble withbearinglife,brakecooling,
;peedometer/odometer calibration, headlightaim,bumperheight,vehicle
ground clearance,andtire or tire chain clearance to thebody and chassis.
I
Used Replacement Wheels
I CAUTION
~
A
Putting a usedwheelonyourvehicleisdangerous.
You can’tknow
how it’sbeenused orhowmany
milesit’sbeendriven.Itcouldfail
suddenlyandcause an accident. If youhave to replace a wheel,ua new GM original equipmentwheel.
1
I
Tire Chains
I NOTICE
If yourvehiclehas P235/75R15 or LT2
chains; theycan dz ige yourvehicle.
‘ouhaveotl
slze tires,use tire chams ung
SHE Class “S’ Type chains that are the proper size foryourtires.Install
[hem on the drive axle (4-wheel drive vehicles can usechains on both
axles)tires and tighten themastightlyaspossiblewiththeendssecurel,
fastened. Drive slowly and followthe chain manufacturer’sinstructions. If
--u canhearthechains contacting yourvehicle, stop and retighten them
11the contact continues, slowdownuntil
it stops. Driving too fast vi+‘:hains onwilldamageyourvehicle.
6-49
I
Service & Appearance Care
Appearance Care
KO640
Cleaning products can be dangerous.Some are toxic. Others can
burst into flame if you strike amatchorgetthemona
hot part of
thevehicle.Somearedangerous
if youbreathe their fumes in a
closed space.Whenyouuse
anything inacontainer to clean your
vehicle,besure to follow the instructions. Andalwaysopenyour
doors orwindowswhen you're cleaning the inside.
I-
..
r use these to clean yourvehicle:
4
4
4
4
cg
&&
% L%.,
4
3arbon
Tetrachlor
ketone
nt Thinner
Turpentine
,acquer Thinner
NailPolishRemover
6-50
I
NOTICE
I
Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle
Useavacuumcleaneroftentogetrid
aclean,dampcloth.
of dustandloosedirt.Wipevinylwith
Your GM dealerhastwo GM cleaners-asolvent-typespotlifter
and a
foam-type powdered cleaner.Theywillcleannormalspotsandstainsvery
well.
Herearesomecleaningtips:
Alwaysreadtheinstructionsonthecleanerlabel.
Clean up stainsas soon asyoucan-beforetheyset.
Useaclean cloth orsponge, and change to acleanareaoften.
brushmaybeused
if stainsarestubborn.
A soft
Usesolvent-typecleanersin
a wellventilatedareaonly.Ifyouusethem,
don’t saturate the stained area.
If a ring formsafterspotcleaning,cleantheentireareaimmediatelyor
willset.
Using Foam-Type Cleaner on Fabric
Vacuumandbrushtheareatoremoveanyloosedirt.
Alwaysclean a wholetrimpanelorsection.Masksurroundingtrimalong
stitch or welt lines.
MixMulti-PurposePowderedCleanerfollowingthedirectionsonthe
container label.
Usesudsonly
and applywithacleansponge.
Don’tsaturatethematerial.
Don’trub it roughly.
As soon asyou’vecleaned
suds.
the section,useasponge
6-51
to removethe
it
Service & Appearance Cam
Rinsethesectionwitha
clean, wet sponge.
Wipeoffwhat’sleftwithaslightlydamppapertowel
Thendryitimmediatelywithanairhose,ahairdryer
or cloth.
or a heat lamp.
m
Becareful
ith ahairdryer
or heat lamp. You could scorch the fa1
Wipewithacleancloth.
Using Solvent-Type Cleaner on Fabric
First,see if youhave to usesolvent-type cleaner atall.Somespotsand
stains willcleanoffbetterwith
just waterandmildsoap.
If youneed to useit,then:
Gentlyscrapeexcess soil fromthe trim materialwitha clean, dull knife
or scraper.Usevery little cleaner, light pressure andclean cloths
(preferablycheesecloth).Cleaning should start at the outside of the stain,
“feathering” toward the center.Keepchanging to a clean section of the
cloth.
Whenyoucleanastainfromfabric,immediatelydrythe
area withanair
hose,hairdryer, or heat lamp to helppreventacleaningring.(See
previous NOTICE.)
Special Cleaning Problems
Greasy or OilyStains: Likegrease,oil,butter,margarine,shoe
polish, coffee
withcream,chewinggum,cosmeticcreams,vegetableoils,waxcrayon,tar
andasphalt.
Carefullyscrapeoffexcessstain.
Thenfollow the solvent-type instructionsabove.
Shoe polish, waxcrayons,tarandasphalt
will stain if leftonavehicle
seat fabric.They should beremovedassoonaspossible.Becareful,
becausethecleanerwilldissolvethemand
maycausethem to bleed.
Non-GreasyStains: Like catsup, coffee (black),egg,fruit,fruitjuice,milk,
soft drinks,wine,vomit, urine and blood.
Carefullyscrapeoffexcessstain,thensponge
If astainremains,followthe
the placewith cool water.
foam-type instructions above.
6-52
If anodorlingersaftercleaningvomitorurine,treattheareawitha
water/bakingsodasolution: 1 teaspoon (5 ml) of bakingsoda to 1 cup
(250 ml)oflukewarmwater.
Finally, if needed, clean lightlywith solvent-type cleaner.
Combination Stains: Likecandy,icecream,mayonnaise,chilisauceand
unknown stains.
Carefullyscrapeoffexcessstain,
then cleanwithcoolwaterandallow
dry.
If astainremains,cleanitwithsolvent-typecleaner.
to
Cleaning Vinyl or Leather
Justusewarmwater
and acleancloth.
Rubwithaclean,dampcloth
more than once.
to removedirt. You mayhave to do it
Thingsliketar,asphaltandshoepolishwillstain
if youdon’tgetthem
off quickly.Useacleanclothandsolvent-typevinyllleathercleaner.
Cleaning the Top of the Instrument Panel
Useonly mild soapandwatertocleanthetopsurfaces
of theinstrument
panel.Sprayscontainingsiliconesorwaxesmaycauseannoyingreflectionsin
thewindshieldandevenmakeitdifficult
to seethroughthewindshieldunder
certainconditions.
Care of Safety Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.
A
L
I
Do notbleachordyesafetybelts.
If you do, it mayseverelyweaken
b them.Inacrashtheymightnotbeabletoprovideadequate
protection.Cleansafetybeltsonlywithmildsoapand
lukev m
water.
Glass
Glass should becleanedoften.GMGlassCleaner(GMPart
No. 1050427) or
aliquidhouseholdglasscleanerwillremovenormaltobaccosmokeanddust
films.
Don’t use abrasivecleanersonglass,becausetheymaycausescratches.
Avoidplacingdecals on theinsiderearwindow,sincetheymayhave
scrapedofflater.
6-53
to be
Service & Appearance Care
Cleaning the Outside of Your Windshield and Wiper Blades
If thewindshieldisnotclearafterusingthewindshieldwasher,or
if thewiper
bladechatterswhenrunning, waxor othermaterialmaybeonthebladeor
windshield.
Cleantheoutside of thewindshieldwithGMWindshieldCleaner,Bon-Ami
Powder@(GMPart No. 1050011). Thewindshieldisclean
if beads do not
formwhenyourinseitwithwater.
Clean the bladebywipingvigorouslywithaclothsoakedinfullstrength
windshieldwashersolvent.Thenrinsethebladewithwater.
Wiperbladesshould
be checkedonaregularbasisandreplacedwhenworn.
Cleaning the Outside of Your Vehicle
Thepaintfinishonyourvehicleprovidesbeauty,depth
retentionanddurability.
Washing YourVehicle
The best way to preserveyourvehicle’sfinish
itoftenwithlukewarmor
cold water.
of color,gloss
is to keepitclean
by washing
Don’twashyourvehicle
in thedirectrays of thesun.Don’tusestrongsoaps
orchemicaldetergents.Useliquidhandordishorcarwashing
(non-detergent)soaps.Don’tusecleaningagentsthatcontainacidor
abrasives.Allcleaningagentsshouldbeflushedpromptlyandnotallowedto
dry onthesurface,ortheycouldstain.
Dry thefinishwithasoft,clean
chamoisor 100% cottontowel to avoidsurfacescratchesandwaterspotting.
Highpressurecarwashesmaycausewatertoenteryourvehicle.
Finish Care
Occasionalwaxingormildpolishing
ofyour vehiclemaybenecessary
removeresiduefromthepaintfinish.
You cangetGMapprovedcleaning
productsfromyourdealer.(See“AppearanceCareandMaterials”inthe
Index.)
to
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts
Brightmetalpartsshouldbecleanedregularly
to keeptheirluster.Washing
withwaterisallthatisusuallyneeded.However,youmayuseGMChrome
Polishonchromeorstainlesssteeltrim,
if necessary.
Usespecialcarewithaluminumtrim.
To avoiddamagingprotectivetrim,never
useautoorchromepolish,steam
or causticsoap to cleanaluminum. A
coating ofwax,rubbedtoahighpolish,isrecommendedforallbrightmetal
parts.
6-54
Aluminum Wheels (If So Equipped)
Your aluminumwheelshaveaprotective
coating similartothe painted surface
of yourvehicle.Don’tusestrongsoaps,chemicals,chromepolish,
or other
abrasivecleaners on them because you could damage this coating.After
rinsingthoroughly,awaxmay
be applied.
If you havealuminumwheels,don’t use an automatibJehiclewash that
has hard silicon carbide cleaning brushes.Thesebruchnc PSI take off +I
protective coating.
I
-
i
White Sidewall Tires
Your GeneralMotorsdealerhasa
GM WhiteSidewallTireCleaner. You can
useastiffbrush with it.
Weatherstrips
Theseare places whereglassormetalmeetsrubber.Siliconegreasethere
willmakethem last longer,sealbetter, and notstick orsqueak.Applysilicone
greasewithaclean
cloth atleastevery six months.
Sheet Metal Damage
If yourvehicleisdamaged
and requiressheetmetalrepairorreplacement,
makesurethebodyrepairshopappliesanti-corrosionmaterialtotheparts
repaired or replaced to restorecorrosionprotection.
Foreign Material
Calcium chloride and other salts, icemeltingagents, road oil and tar,tree
sap, bird droppings,chemicalsfromindustrialchimneys,
and otherforeign
mattercandamageyourvehicle’s
finish if theyremainon painted surfaces.
Usecleaners that aremarkedsafefor
painted surfacesforthesestains.
Finish Damage
Anystonechips,fracturesordeepscratchesinthefinishshould
be repaired
rightaway.Baremetalwillcorrodequickly
and maydevelop into amajor
repair expense.
Minorchips and scratchescanberepairedwith
touch-up materialsavailable
fromyourdealerorotherserviceoutlets.Largerareas
of finishdamagecan
becorrected in yourdealer’sbody and paintshop.
Underbody Maintenance
Chemicalsusedforice
and snowremovalanddustcontrolcan
collect on the
underbody. If thesearenotremoved,acceleratedcorrosion(rust)canoccur
on theunderbody parts suchas fuel lines,frame,floorpan,andexhaust
systemeventhoughtheyhavecorrosionprotection.
At leasteveryspring,flush
these materialsfromtheunderbodywith
plain
water.Cleananyareaswheremudandotherdebriscancollect.Dirtpacked
6-55
Service & Appearance Cam
in closedareas of theframeshouldbeloosenedbeforebeingflushed.
dealer or an underbody vehicle washing system can
do thisforyou.
Your
Chemical Paint Spotting
Someweatherandatmosphericconditionscancreateachemicalfallout.
Airbornepollutants fall uponandattackpaintedsurfaces
on yourvehicle.This
damagecantaketwoforms:blotchy,ringlet-shapeddiscolorations,
and small
irregulardarkspotsetchedintothepaintsurface.
Althoughnodefect in thepaintjobcausesthis,GeneralMotorswillrepair,at
no charge to the owner, thesurfaces ofnewvehiclesdamagedby
this fallout
conditionwithin 12 monthsor12,000miles
(20 000 km)ofpurchase,
whichever comes first.
Appearance Care Materials Chart
PART
NUMBER
1050172
SIZE
16 oz.
I
DESCRIPTION
USAGE
Tar and Road Removes old waxes,polishes,tar
androad oil
Removesrustandcorrosionon
chromeandstainlesssteel
Cleanswhiteandblacktires
1050173
1050174
Spotandstainremovalonleather
or vinvl
Spot
and
stain
removal
on
cloth
andfabric
Glasscleaningandspotcleaning
onvinyls
Cleansvinylandclothondoortrim,
seats,andcarpet-alsotires
and
mats
Cleaning of vinyltops
105021 4
1050244
1050427
1050429
1050729
1051055
1051398
1052870
1050201
I
(0.473L)
23 02. Glass
Cleaner
(0.680L)
6 Ibs.
Multi-Purpose
(2.72kg)PowderCleaner
( 8 02. )
1
Vinyl Top
0.237L
Cleaner
16 oz.
Preservatone
(0.473L)
( 8 02. ) SpotLifter
0.2371,
16 02. Wash-Wax
(0.473L)
(conc.)
Maaic
Mirror
16 oz.
(0.473L) IClGner-Polish
I
Vinyltopdressing
Spot and stainremoval on cloth
andfabric
Exterior cleaner and
I polish
,
TO077
6-56
I
I
I
Vehicle Identification Number (VINJ
KO641
Thisisthelegalidentifierforyourvehicle.
It appears on aplate in thefront
corneroftheinstrumentpanel,onthedriver'sside.
You can see it if you
look throughthewindshieldfromoutsideyourvehicle.
The VIN alsoappears
ontheVehicleCertification
and ServicePartslabelsandthecertificates
of
titleandregistration.
Engine Identification
Theeighthcharacter in yourVINistheenginecode
for your 1993 GM
engine.Thiscodewill
help youidentifyyourengine,specifications,and
replacement parts inthissection.
6-57
Service & Appearance Cam
(D
n
2
5
W
K
lf
W
m
c
3
n
PO172
6-58
Service Parts Identification Label
WHEELBASE
I Service Ports ldentificotion
VEHICLE
loENTIF'C*TION
NUMBER
00000
00000~00~000~000
ARL A02
A65
B6Y B9A EBK C60 D l 8 035 E52 E6E
K t 9 K64 LC3 M X lM 3 1
6BJ
62L
DO NOY REMOVE
62U
67D
E92 FLT
0 ~ 0 0
GUl JM7
MODEL DESIGNATION
OPTION CONTENT
NA5 NE1 Q M X V K 3 VC2 VV1 V Y 4 V73 Y 1 9 ZJ7
671
679
7BJ 8HJ 9HJ
1
PAINT TECHNOLOGY
ORDER NUMMR
EXTERIORCOLORS
K2680
You'll find thislabelontheinside
everneedtoorderparts.Onthislabel
of theglove box. It'sveryhelpful
is:
if you
Your VIN.
Its modeldesignation.
Paintinformation.
A list of allproductionoptionsandspecialequipment.
Besurethatthislabelisnot
removed from the vehicle.
Add-on EIectricai Equipment
Don't add anything electrical to your vehicle unless you check with your
dealer first. Some electrical equipment
can damage your vehicle and the
damagewouldn't be covered by yourwarranty.
Some of it can just keep
.>;*"%Jr2gT
other things from working as they should.
~~~~
Fuses and Circuit Breakers
Thewiringcircuits in yourvehicleareprotectedfromshortcircuitsbya
combination of fuses,circuitbreakers,andfusiblethermallinksinthewiring
itself.Thisgreatlyreducesthechance
of firescausedbyelectricalproblems.
6-59
Service & Appearance Care
Headlights
The headlight wiring is protected byacircuitbreakerinthe
light switch.An
electrical overload willcause the lights to goonand off, orinsomecases
to
remain off, Ifthishappens,haveyour
headlight wiringcheckedrightaway.
Windshield Wipers
Thewindshieldwipermotor
is protected byacircuitbreakerandafuse.
If
the motoroverheatsdue to heavysnow, etc., the wiperwill stop until the
motorcools. If the overload iscausedbysome
electrical problemand not
snow,etc.,be sure to getit fixed.
Power Windows and Other Power Options
Circuit breakers in the fusepanel protect the powerwindowsand other power
accessories. When the currentload is too heavy, the circuitbreakeropens
and closes, protecting thecircuit until the problem is fixedorgoesaway.
Trailer Wiring Harness
The optional seven-wire trailer wiringharness is protected byan in-line fuse
in the battery feed wire. This fuse is near the junction block. See“Trailer
Wiring Harness”in the “Features & Controls” section.
Fuse Block
KO631
Thefuseblock
is in the instrument panel on the driver’sside.
Remove the coverwith a screwdriverand then youcanremove
fuse extractor.
6-60
fuses with a
Be sure to usethecorrectfuse.
If youeverhaveaproblemontheroad
don’thaveasparefuse,youcan“borrow”oneofthecorrectvalue.Justpick
somefeature of yourvehiclethatyoucangetalongwithout-liketheradio
cigarettelighter-anduseitsfuse,
if it is of thevalueyouneed.Replace
assoonas you can.See“Fuses and CircuitBreakers’’ in thissection.
and
or
it
Capacities and Specification Charts
Replacement Parts
Replacementpartnumbers listed inthissectionarebasedonthelatest
informationavailableatthetime
of printing, and aresubject to change. If a
partlisted in this manual isnotthesameasthepartused
in yourvehicle
when it wasbuilt,or if youhaveanyquestions,pleasecontactyour
GM truck
dealer.
Engine Identification
t
Displace2.5L
2.8L
TY Pe
L4
V6
ENGINEDESCRIPTION
VIN
Engine
Fuel
Code
System
TBI*
A
TBI*
R
Produced
BY
us.
us.
Emissions
L.D.
L.D.
Canada
Mexico
4.3L
V6
4.3L
V6
*ThrottleBodyInjection
**Central PortInjection
Z
W
TBI*
CPI**
us.
U.S.
L.D.
L.D.
TO263
Wheel Nut Torque
DESCRIPTION
Base orODtionalWheel
TORQUE
95 ft. Ibs. (130 Nmm)
6-6 1
Service & Appearance Care
Cooling System Capacity
QUANTITY
WithoutrearheaterVINCODE
11.5Quarts (11 Liters)
10.5 Quarts (10 Liters)
12.1Quarts(11.5Liters)
12.1 Quarts (1 1.5 Liters)
ENGINE
A
2.5L
R
2.8L
Z
4.3L
4.3L
W
*Allquantitiesareapproximate.
*After refill, the level MUST be checked.
TO266
Crankcase Capacity
QUANTITY
WithoutFilter
ENGINEWithVIN
Filter
CODE
A
2.5L
(2.8 Liters)
2.8L
R
4Quarts(3.8Liters)
Z
4.3L
4Quarts(3.8Liters)
4.3L
w
4Quarts (3.8 Liters)
*Allquantitiesareapproximate.
*After refill,thelevelMUST
be checked.
3.5Quarts(3.3Liters)3Quarts
4.5 Quarts(4.3Liters)
4.5 Quarts(4.3Liters)
4.5 Quarts (4.3 Liters)
TO2671
Fuel Tank Capacity
I Availableonsome
2WD Pickups
*All quantitiesareapproximate.
I
QUANTITY
20 Gallons (76 Liters)
13 Gallons (50 Liters)
TO262
6-62
Lamp and Bulb Data
NOTE: A PC part number indicates that the bulb and base are one assembly
Models)
Indicato?
Warning
Brake
Antilock
Models)
catoc
Warning
System Brake
1 Indicato?
Warning
System
Brake
(Utility
6-63
1
2
PC194
1
.7
2
PC74
PC194
Service & Appearance Care
LamD And Bulb Data
Shift Indicator (PRNDL)*
TachometerWarningBand'
TurnSignal Indicator'
Upshift Indicator'
Upshift Indicator2
'With StandardInstrumentCluster'With
I
I
1
1
2
1
I
I
I
1
Digital InstrumentCluster
I
2
2 94
.7
.7
2
I
I
I
PC194
PC1
PC74
PC74
PC194
TO384
6-64
Service Replacement Part and Filter
Recommendations
T027i
Air Conditioning Refrigerant Capacity
TYPE
R-12
*All Quantities AreApproximate
SYSTEM
C-60
QUANTITY*
2.50 Ibs. (1.134 kg)
TO365
Air Conditioning Refrigerants
Not all air conditioningrefrigerantsarethesame.
If theairconditioning
system in yourvehicle needs refrigerant,besuretheproperrefrigerantis
used. If you’renotsure,askyour
GM dealer.
6-65
Service & Appearance Care
I
Fuse Legend
I
10 Amp Red
15 Amp Blue
20 Amp Yellow
25 Amp Clear
I
30 Amp IGreen
1
AUX P W R
OUTLET
CD PLAYER
L
I
INST PLS
P
BRAKE
3
IGC
P
E
l
HTI
TURN-B/U
r
‘C
Y
RAI
ECM I
v
CRNK
FUS-PLR
~
PO356
6-66
Fuses and Circuit Breakers
Name
Inst. Lps.
Pwr.Acc.
Horn-DM
Ign.-Gages
Crank
Stop-Haz.
Tail Lps
Turn-B/U
Heater/A/C
Radio
ECM B
ECM I
Pwr.Wndw.
Wiper
Brake
DRL
Circuits Protected
InstrumentPanelLights,Headlight
WarningBuzzer,AshTray
Light, Four
WheelDriveIndicatorLight,
Fog Light
SwitchLight
PowerDoorLocks,CDPlayer,Electric
Shift Transfer Case
Horn,DomeLights,GloveBoxLight,
Clock,Lighter,LightedVanityMirror,
Fog Lamp,CourtesyLights,Outside
Rearview Mlrror
IndicatorLights and Gages,Auto.
TransmissionconverterClutch,Cruise
Control,FourWheelDriveIndicator
Light,SeatBeltTimer
EngineControl Module
StopLights,HazardWarningLights,
ChimeModule
LightSwitch, TaiVPark Lights,Digital
Cluster,LicenseLamp
TurnSignals & Backup Lights
HeatingandAirConditioning
Radio,InsideRearviewMirrorMap
Lights
EngineControlModule,FuelPump
EngineControlModule
Power Windows
WindshieldWipersandWashers
Rear Wheel AntilockBrakeModule,
Speedometer
DaytimeRunningLightRelay
(Canada
Only)
TrailerWiringHarness
CDPlayer
ElectricShiftTransferCaseModule
Aux.Pwr. Outlet(ParcelTray)
Trailer*
CD Player**
TCCM
Aux.Pwr.**
*In-line fuse
'*Fuse is attached to FuseBlock
Fuse
5 Amp
Circuit
Breaker
30 Amp
20 Amp
20Amp
3 Amp
15Amp
20 Amp
15 Amp
25 Amp
15Amp
15Amp
10 Amp
30 Amp
25Amp
15 Amp
10 Amp
30
10
5
10
Amp
Amp
Amp
Arn~
TO264
6-67
Scheduled Maintenance Services
Section
I
i
This section covers the maintenance required for your vehicle . Your vehicle
needstheseservices to retainitssafety.dependability.andemissioncontrol
performance.
........... 7-2
A Word About Maintenance .................................... =ft...T.f.ff...ff...fIf..ff.ilttl
YourVehicle and theEnvironment ...................................................................... 7-2
ScheduledMaintenanceServices ........................................................................ 7-3
Selecting The Proper Maintenance Schedule ................................................. 7-3
Maintenance Schedule I ................................................................................ 7-5
Maintenance Schedule II ...............................................................................
7-7
Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Services ........................................... 7-8
Owner Checks and Services.............................................................................. 7-11
At Least Once a Month ..................................................................................
7-11
At Least Once a Year ..................................................................................... 7-11
Periodic Maintenance Inspections ...................................................................... 7-13
Recommended Fluids & Lubricants ................................................................... 7-14
Maintenance Record ........................................................................................... 7-16
Service Station Checks ....................................................................................... 7-17
I
Have
you
purchased the GhI Protection
Plan?
The Plan
supplements your new vehicle warranties . See your GM dealer
for details.
TO248
7-1
Scheduled Mainfenance Services
A Word About Maintenance
Weat GeneralMotorswanttohelpyoukeepyourvehicle
in goodworking
condition. But wedon’tknowexactlyhowyou’lldriveit.
Youmay drivevery
short distancesonlyafewtimesaweek.Oryou
maydrivelongdistances
all
thetime in veryhot,dustyweather.
Youmay useyourvehicleinmaking
deliveries.Or you maydrive it to work,to do errands,orinmanyotherways.
Because of all thedifferentwayspeopleusetheirGMvehicles,maintenance
needsvary. Youmay even need morefrequentchecksandreplacementsthan
youwill find intheschedules in this section. So pleasereadthis section and
note howyoudrive. If youhaveanyquestionsonhowtokeepyourvehicle
in goodcondition, see yourGMdealer,theplacemanyGMowners
choose
to havetheirmaintenanceworkdone.
Your dealercanbereliedupon
to use
proper parts andpractices.
Your Vehicle And The Environment
Propervehiclemaintenancenotonlyhelpskeepyourvehicle
in goodworking
condition,butitalsohelpstheenvironment.
All recommendedmaintenance
proceduresareimportant.Impropervehiclemaintenanceortheremoval
of
important components can significantly affect the quality
of theairwebreathe.
Improperfluidlevels or eventhewrongtireinflationcanincreasethe
level of
emissionsfromyourvehicle. To helpprotectourenvironment,and
to help
keepyourvehicleingoodcondition,pleasemaintainyourvehicleproperly.
I CAUTION
Performingmaintenancework on avehiclecanbedangerous.
In
tryingto do somejobs,youcanbeseriouslyinjured.
Do yourown
maintenanceworkonly if youhavetherequiredknow-how
and the
propertools and equipmentforthejob.
If youhaveanydoubt,have
aaualifiedtechnician do the work.
If you are skilledenoughto do someworkonyourvehicle,
you willprobably
want to get the serviceinformation GM publishes. You will find alist of
publicationsandhow to gettheminSection
8, “CustomerAssistance
Information”. See“ServicePublications”intheIndex.
The MaintenanceRecordprovidesaplaceforyou
to recordthemaintenance
performedonyourvehicle.Wheneveranymaintenanceisperformed,
besure
to write it down in this section.Thiswill help youdeterminewhenyournext
maintenanceshouldbedone.
In addition, it is agood idea to keepyour
maintenancereceipts.Theymay be needed to qualifyyourvehiclefor
warrantyrepairs.
7-2
Scheduled Maintenance Services
This parttells you themaintenanceservicesyoushouldhavedone
and when
you shouldschedulethem. Your GMdealerknowsyourvehiclebestand
wantsyou to behappywith it. If you gotoyourdealerfor
all yourservice
needs, you’ll know that GM-trained and supported servicepeople will perform
thework using genuine GM parts.
Theseschedulesareforvehiclesthat:
carrypassengersand cargo withintherecommendedlimits.
these limits onyourvehicle’sCertificationLabel.See“Loading
Vehicle”in the Index.
You will find
Your
are driven on regularroadsurfaces,andwithin
legal drivinglimits,as
described in Section 4, “Your Driving and the Road”.
aredriven off-road in therecommendedmanner.See“OffRoadDriving
With Your Four-wheel DriveVehicle”intheIndex.
use the properfuel.See
“Fuel” in theIndex.
Selecting The Proper Maintenance Schedule
Your driving conditions and how you useyourvehiclewillhelpyoudetermine
whichscheduletouse.
The schedulesare found later in this section.
MAINTENANCESCHEDULE I
Is anyoneof these true for your vehicle?
Mosttripsareless
than 4 miles (6 kilometers).
Mosttrips are less than 10 miles (16 kilometers) and theoutside
temperaturesarebelowfreezing.
Theengineis at low speed most of the time(as in stop-and-go traffic,
door-to-door delivery, or othercommercialuses).
You operate in dustyareasor
off-road frequently.
You tow a trailer.
Ifanyone(ormore)
chartforSchedule
of these is true foryourdriving,followSchedule
I hasplussigns (+).
I. The
MAINTENANCESCHEDULE II
FollowSchedule II ONLY if none of the above conditionsaretrue.Thechart
forSchedule II hasdots ( 0 ) .
7-3
SchedWed Maintenance Services
SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCESERVICESFOR
I Ifyourdrivingconditionsmeetthosespecifiedin“ScheduledMaintenance
Services”inthisSection(orseelnde
I. useMaintenanceSchedule
Miles (000)
Item
Kilometers
No. Service
(000)
1 Engine Oil Change*
-Every 3Months, or
Oil FilterChange*
-Every 3Months, or
2 i ChassisLubrication-Every12Months,
- or
ClutchForkBallStud
Lubrication (4.3L
3 enginesonly)
4 CoolingSystemSewice*-Every24
- Monthsor
5 AirCleaner Filter Replacement*
6 FrontWheelBearingRepack(2WD
- Only)
7 TransmissionService**
8 Fuel Filter Replacement*
9 SparkPlugsReplacement*
10 SparkPlugWire Inspection*
11 EngineTimingCheck*
12 Fuel Tank,CapandLines
Inspection*
13 EngineAccessoryDriveBelt
Inspection*
14 TireandWheelRotation
15 DriveAxleService
16 BrakeSystemsInspection**
FOO rNOTES:
*An :mission ControlService
**See“Explanation of ScheduledMaintenarceServices”
I [th
-
in theIndex
TO283
7-4
MAINTENANCESCHEDULE I
THESERVICESSHOWN ON THISCHART UP TO 60,000-MILES (100 000 km)
ARE TO BE DONE AFTER 60,000 MILES AT THE SAMEINTERVALS.
TO28
7-5
Scheduled Maintenance Services
SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCESERVICESFOR
Ifyourdrivingconditionsmeetthosespecifiedin“ScheduledMaintenance
Services”inthisSection(orseeIndex),useMaintenanceSchedule
Item
Miles (000) 3
No. Kilometers
Service
(000) 5
1 EngineOilChange*
or
-Every12Months,
OilFilterChange*
-Every12Months,
or
2 ChassisLubrication-Every12Months,
or
ClutchForkBallStudLubrication
(4.3L
enqinesonly)
FOOTNOTES:
*An EmissionControlService
**See“Explanation of ScheduledMaintenanceServices”
II (4.
6
10
in theIndex
TO287
7-6
MAINTENANCESCHEDULE II
THESERVICESSHOWN ON THIS CHART UP TO 60,000 MILES (I00 000 km)
ARETO BE DONEAFTER 60,000 MILES AT THESAMEINTERVALS.
T028;
7-7
Scheduled Maintenance Services
Explanation Of Scheduled Maintenance Services
Belowareexplanations
of theservices listed in themaintenancecharts.
The properfluidsandlubricants to usearelistedinthissection.Make
sure
whoeverservicesyourvehicleusesthese.
All parts shouldbereplaced and
allnecessaryrepairsdone before youoranyoneelsedrivesthevehicle.
1. ENGINEOILANDOILFILTERCHANGE*
-ALWAYS USE SG OR
SGlCE QUALITY,ENERGYCONSERVING II OILS OF THEPROPER
VISCOSITY. To determinethepreferredviscosity oil foryourvehicle’s
engine(e.g. SAE 5W-30). See“Engine Oil” in theIndex.
2. CHASSISLUBRICATION -Lubricatethefrontsuspension,
ball joint,
steeringlinkage,clutch,andtransfercaseshiftlinkage,parking
brake
cableguides,propshaftsplines,universal
joints, brakepedalsprings, and
clutchpedalspringsattheintervalsspecifiedon
the propermaintenance
schedule,or at everyengineoilchange,whichevercomesfirst.
On
vehicleswithouthydraulicclutches,lubricatetheclutchcrossshaftevery
30,000 miles (50 000 km).
Ball joints shouldnot be lubricatedunlesstheirtemperatureis
(-12°C) orhigher.Whentheweatheriscold,letthemwarmupbefore
lubricatingthem or theycouldbedamaged.
Also,besuretocheckallthevehicle
10°F
fluid levelsatthistime.
3. CLUTCH FORK BALL STUD LUBRICATION (4.3L ENGINESONLY)
-Lubricatetheclutchforkballstudthroughthefittingon
the clutch
housing.Lubricantmust be added“sparingly”tothefitting,asonly
.0066
Ib. (.003 kg)isrequiredtolubricate
the ball stud surface. Do not add
lubricantmore often thantheintervalsrecommended in the Maintenance
Schedules. Toomuchlubricant will damagetheclutchassembly.
4. COOLINGSYSTEMSERVICE* -Drain,flushandrefillthesystemwith
newcoolant.See“EngineCoolant”
in theIndexfor the propercoolant
and mixturetouse in yourvehicle.
Also inspectthehoses and replacethem if theyarecracked,swollen,or
deteriorated.Tighten all hoseclamps.Cleantheoutside
of theradiator
andairconditioningcondenser. Wash the radiatorneck. To ensureproper
operation,pressuretest the radiatorandcap.
* AnEmissionControlService
7-8
5. AIR CLEANERFILTERREPLACEMENT* -Replaceatspecified
intervals.Askyourdealerfortheproperreplacementintervalsforyour
drivingconditions.
6. FRONTWHEELBEARINGREPACK(2-WHEELDRIVEONLY)
-Clean
andrepack the frontwheelbearingsateachbrakerelining,oratthe
specifiedinterval,whichevercomesfirst.
7. TRANSMISSIONSERVICE:
AutomaticTransmission -Change the transmissionfluidandfilterevery
15,000miles(25 000 km) if thevehicleismainlydrivenunderoneor
more of theseconditions:
In heavycitytraffic.
Wheretheoutsidetemperatureregularlyreaches
higher.
90°F (32°C) or
Inhillyormountainousterrain.
Frequenttrailerpulling.
Usessuchastaxi,police,deliveryorothercommercialservice.
If the vehicleisnotusedmainlyunderany
of theseconditions,change
thefluidandfilterevery30,000miles
(50 000 km).See“Automatic
TransmissionFluid” in the Indexformoreinformation.
ManualTransmission -Transmissionfluiddoesnotrequireperiodic
changing.
8. FUELFILTERREPLACEMENT*
intervalorsooner if clogged.
-Replacethefuelfilterat
the specified
9. SPARKPLUGSREPLACEMENT* -Replacesparkplugswiththetype
listed in Section 6. See“SpecificationCharts”intheIndex.
10. SPARK PLUGWIREINSPECTION* -Cleanwiresandinspectforburns,
cracksorotherdamage.Checkthewireboot
fit atthedistributorandat
thesparkplugs.Replacewiresasneeded.
-Adjusttiming
11. ENGINETIMINGCHECKANDDISTRIBUTORCHECK*
to underhoodlabelspecifications.Inspecttheinsideandoutside
of the
distributorcapandrotorforcracks,carbontrackingandcorrosion.Clean
orreplaceasneeded.
12. FUELTANK,CAPANDLINESINSPECTION*
-Inspectthefueltank,
capandlinesfordamageorleaks.Removefuelcap,inspectgasketfor
anevenfillerneckimprint,andanydamage.Replacepartsasneeded.
* AnEmissionControlService
7-9
Scheduled Maintenance Services
13. ENGINEACCESSORYDRIVEBELTINSPECTION*-Inspect
forcracks,fraying,
needed.
wear,andproper
belt. Look
tension. Adjustorreplace as
14. TIREAND WHEEL ROTATIONANDINSPECTION -For properwear
andmaximumtirelife,rotatetiresatthefirst
6,000 miles (10 000
kilometers)forSchedule I or 7,500 miles (12 500 kilometers) for
Schedule I1 andthenevery 15,000 miles (25 000 kilometers)thereafter.
FollowtheinstructionsandpatternsshowninSection
6. Check tires for
unevenwearordamage.Ifirregularorprematurewear
is apparent,
checkwheelalignment.Also,checkfordamagedwheels.See“Tires”in
the Indexformoreinformation.
15.DRIVEAXLESERVICE-Check
needed.Checkconstantvelocity
rearlfront axle fluid levelandaddas
joints andaxlesealsforleaking.
Lockingdifferential -Drainfluidatfirstoilchangeandrefill.Check
fluidlevelandaddasneededatsubsequentoilchanges.
In dusty
areasortrailer towing applications,drain fluid atevery 15,000 miles
(24135 kilometers)andrefill.7
Standarddifferential -Check fluidlevelandaddasneededat
every oil change. In dusty areas or trailertowingapplications,
fluid every 15,000 miles (24 135 kilometers)andrefi1l.t
Morefrequent lubrication mayberequiredfor
drain
off-road use.
16. BRAKE SYSTEM INSPECTION-When the engine oil is changed,
inspect the linesandhosesforproperhookup,binding,leaks,
cracks,
chafing, etc.Check the parkingbrakeadjustment,andthe
fluid level in
the mastercylinder. A low fluid level canindicateworndiscbrakepads
whichmayneed to be serviced.t
When the wheelsareremovedforrotation,inspectdisc
brake padsfor
wearandrotorsforsurfacecondition.
Also inspectdrumbrake linings for
wearandcracks. Inspect otherbrake parts, includingdrums,wheel
cylinders,parkingbrake,etc.,at
the sametime.
Inspectbrakesmoreoften
frequentbraking.
if driving habits or conditions result in
t A fluid loss in these systemsmayindicateaproblem.Havethem
and repaired atonce.
7-1 0
inspected
Owner Checks and Services
Listed belowareownerchecksand
services whichwould be made at the
time period specified to help ensure proper safety, emission performance, and
dependability of your vehicle.
Be sure anynecessary repairs arecompletedat once. Wheneverany fluids
or lubricants are added to your vehicle, makesuretheyare
the properones,
asshown in this section.
At Least Once a Month
Tire inflation pressurecheck -Check the tires forproper inflation. Ifthey
arelow, inflate them to the level specified on the Certification label. See
“Inflation-Tire Pressure” in the Index.
At Least Once a Year
Key lock cylinder lubrication -Lubricatekeylock
lubricants recommended in this Section.
cylinders withone of the
Transmission neutral or clutch startswitchoperation
I
A,
-
Whenyouare
doing this check, the vehicle could movesuddenly. I
it does] youorothers
could be injured. Follow the steps below.
1. Before youstart,be
sure youhaveenoughroomaround
the vehicle.
2. Firmly apply both the manual parking brake. and the regular brake. See
“Brakes” and “Parking Brake’’ in the Index. Do not use the accelerator
pedal.
3. Beready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts.
4. Onautomatic transmission vehicles, try to start the engine ineachgear.
The starter should work only in P (Park)or N (Neutral).
Onmanual transmission vehicles, put the shift lever in N (Neutral), push
the clutch downhalfway,and try to start the engine.The starter should
work only when the clutch is pusheddownall the way to the floor.
7-1 1
Steeringcolumn lock operation -Whileparked,
ineachgearshiftposition.
to Lock
try to turnthekey
to LOCK onlywhen
Withanautomatictransmission,thekeyshouldturn
thegearshift is in P (Park).
to LOCK onlywhenyou'rein
Withmanualshift,thekeyshouldturn
(Reverse).
R
Onvehicleswithakeyreleaselever,trytoturnthekey
to LOCK without
pressingthelever.Thekeyshouldturnto
LOCK onlywiththekeylever
depressed.
Onallvehicles,thekeyshouldcomeoutonlyin
Parkingbrakeandtransmission
I
A
LOCK.
P (Park)mechanismoperation
-
\"'hen youaredoingthischeck,yourvehiclecouldbegin
to move.
wu orotherscouldbeinjuredandpropertycouldbedamaged.
Makesurethereisroominfront
of yourvehicleincaseyoubegin
toroll.Bereadytoapplytheregularbrakeatonceshouldthe
vehiclebegin to move.
Parkonafairlysteephill,withthevehiclefacingdownhill.Keepingyourfoot
ontheregularbrake,setthemanualparkingbrake.
To checktheparkingbrake:Withtheenginerunningandthe
transmissionin N (Neutral),slowlyremovefootpressurefromtheregular
brakepedal. Do thisuntilthevehicle
is heldbytheparkingbrake
only.
To checkthe P (Park)mechanism'sholdingability:Applytheregular
brakeandshift to P (Park).Releasethemanualparkingbrake,then
slowlyreleasetheregularbrake.
Lapandshoulderbeltsconditionandoperation
-Inspect belt system,
including:webbing,buckles,latchplates,retractors,guideloopsandanchors.
Haveabeltassemblyreplaced
if the webbinghasbeencutorotherwise
damaged.
BodyLubricationService -Lubricateallbodydoorhingesincludingthe
tailgate,tailgatehandlepivotpoints,andtailgatemountedsparetirecarrier
(if
equipped),lubricatethebodyhood,fueldoorandrearcompartmenthinges,
latchesandlocksincludinginteriorgloveboxandconsoledoors,andany
movingseathardware.Lubricatethehoodsafetyleverpivotandproprod
pivot. Morefrequentlubricationmayberequiredwhenexposed
to acorrosive
environment.
7-1 2
Periodic Maintenance Inspections
Listed below are inspections andserviceswhich should be performed at least
twice ayear(for instance, each spring and fall). You should let yourGM
dealer’s service departmentor other qualified service center do these jobs.
Makesureanynecessary
repairs arecompleted atonce.
Steering andSuspension lnspectiont -Inspect front andrearsuspension
and steering systemfordamaged, loose or missing parts, signs ofwearor
lack of lubrication. Inspect power steering linesandhosesforproper
hook-up,
binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. (On vehicles equippedwithmanual
steering gear,checkfor seal leakage.) Lubricate the steering linkage.
AcceleratorControlSystem -Lubricateall pivot points with engine oil,
except the TBI throttle shaft. Do not lubricate the campulley.Remove all
external deposits from pulley. Do notoilany accelerator or cruise control
cables. Replaceany cables that have high effort or excessive wear.
ExhaustSystemInspection -Inspect the completesystem. Inspect the body
near the exhaustsystem.Lookfor
broken, damaged, missing or
out-of-position parts, as well as openseams, holes, loose connections or
other conditions which could cause a heat buildup in the floorpan or could
letexhaustfumesseep
into the passengercompartments.See“Engine
Exhaust” in the Index.
Drive AxleService -Check rearlfront axle fluid level andadd as needed.
Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking.
TransferCase (four-wheel drive) lnspectiont -Every 12 monthsorat oil
changeintervals,check front axleand transfer caseandadd lubricant when
necessary. Oil the control lever pivot point andallexposed control linkage.
Check vent hoseat transfer caseforkinksand
proper installation. More
frequent lubrication may be required on off-road use.
t A fluid loss in these systemsmay indicate a problem. Havethem inspected
and repaired atonce.
7-1 3
Scheduled Maintenance Services
Recommended FIuids & Lubricants
NOTE: Fluidsandlubricantsidentifiedbelowbyname,partnumberor
specification may beobtainedfrom your GM Dealer.
USAGE
FLUID/LUBRICANT
EngineOil
GMGoodwrenchMotor Oil orequivalentforAPIService
orSG/CC,SG/CD, SF, SGorCC of therecommended
viscosity.(SeeSection 6.)
EngineCoolant
Mixture of waterand a goodqualityethyleneglycolbase
antifreezeconforming to GM-6038-M(GMPart No. 1052103).
HvdraulicClutchSvstem
HydraulicClutchFluid(GMPart
HydraulicBrakeSystems
DelcoSupreme 11 brakefluid(GMPartNo.1052535or
DOT-3).
ParkingBrakeCables
of NLGlGrade2,
Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements
CatagoryLB or GC-LB (GM PartNo.1052497).
PowerSteeringSystem
GMPowerSteeringFluid(GMPartNo.1050017)or
equivalentconforming to GMspec 9985010.
ManualSteeringGear
GM Lubricant(GMPartNo.1052182)orequivalent.
Automatic Transmission
DEXRONBIIE AutomaticTransmissionFluid(GMPart
1051855).
SG
No. 12345347orequivalent).
No.
Manual Transmission:
a. 5-Speed(RPOML3and
MWl)
b.5-Speed(RPOMY2)
a. DEXRONOIIEAutomaticTransmissionFluid
No.1051855).
b.SynchromeshTransmissionFluid(GMPartNo.
12345349).
(GM Part
Differential:
a.Standard - Frontand
RearAxle
b. Lockina
a.SAE-80W-90GL-5 gear lubricant(GMPartNo.
1052271).
b.SAE-80W-90 gear lubricant(GM PartNo. 1052271).
TransferCase
DEXRONOIIEAutomaticTransmissionFluid(GMPartNo.
1051855).
SolumnShift,TransferCase
ShiftLever,PropellerShaftSlip
SplinesandUniversalJoints.
Zhassislubricantmeetingrequirements
of NLGlGrade 2,
2atagory LB orGC-LB(GMPartNo.1052497).
SlutchLinkage.Pushrod
Autchfork joint.
2hassislubricantmeetingrequirements
of NLGlGrade2,
2atagoryLBorGC-LB(GMPart
No. 1052497).
to
(Continuednextpage)
TO289
7-1 4
(Cont’d.)
FLUID/LUBRICANT
USAGE
ClutchFork Ball Stud
Chassis lubricant meetingrequirements of NLGlGrade2,
CatagoryLB or GC-LB (GM Part No.1052497).
Hood Latch Assembly
a. Pivots and spring anchor
b. ReleasePawl
a. Engine oil (GMPart No. 1050109).
b. Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements
(GMPart No. 1052497).
of GM-6031-M
FrontWheelBearings
Wheelbearinglubricantmeetingrequirements
2,CatagoryGCorGC-LB(GMPartNo.1051344).
ConstantVelocityUniversalJoint
Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements
of NLGlGrade2,
CatagoryLB or GC-LB(GMPart No. 1052497).
AutomaticTransmissionShift
Linkage,Floor Shift Linkage,
Hood and DoorHinges,Body
DoorHingePins,TailgateHinge
andLinkage, Folding Seat,Fuel
DoorHinge
Engine oil
KeyLockCylinders
GMMulti-Purposelubricant(GMPart
No. 12345120)or a
syntheticlightweightengine
oil (SAE5W-30).
ChassisLubrication
Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements
of NLGlGrade 2,
CatagoryLBor GCiLB (GM Part No. 1052497).
Windshield Washer Solvent and
Anti-freeze
GM OptikleenB washersolvent (GMPartNo.1051515)or
equivalent.
Silicone grease(GMPart No.1052863)orequivalent.
Weatherstrip
TailgateMountedSpare Tire
Carrier
(If Equipped)
OuterTailgateHandlePivot
Points
Multi-purposelubricantmeetingrequirements
12345120.
GasLine
GasLineDe-lcer
WeatherStrips
Spray-A-Squeek (GM PartNo.1052277).
of NLGl Grade
of GMPartNo.
(GM PartNo.1051516).
TO290
7-7 5
Scheduled Maintenance Services
Maintenance Record
Aftereach of theprecedingScheduledMaintenanceServices
is performed,
recordthedate,odometerreading,servicesperformed(listitemnumbers)and
whoperformedtheservicesintheappropriatecolumn.Inaddition,retain
copies ofyourreceipts. I t is suggestedthatreceipts be keptwithyour
Owner’sManual.
TO260
7-1 6
Service Station Checks
It isimportant for you or a service station attendant to performthese
under-hood checksateach fuel fill.
Checktheengine
oil level and add if necessary.
Check the engine coolant leveland add ifnecessary.
Checkthewindshieldwasher
SeetheIndexunder
fluid level and add if necessary.
these itemsfor information onhow to checkthem.
7-1 7
Scheduled Maintenance Services
The utwu
Freedom battery
needsnowater.
See Page6-31
CwhfngWSAWI
Check and add
coolant only at
the coolant
recovery tank.
See Page6-23
\sesnpa(lcs:n
F!uid
Automatic:
See Page6-16
Manual:
See Page6-19
4
Cold nm
+
FullSize:
See Page 6-44
CompactSpare:
See Page 6-44
Fii
Capacity 20 US.
Gal. (76L). Use
unleadedgas
only, 87 octane
or higher.
See Page 6-4
PWSSUYlP
See Tire-Loading
sticker on the
inside of the
rearedge of
thedriver’sdoor
lock pillar.
See Page6-44
k
7-1 8
Customer Assistance Information
Section
Hereyouwillfindout
how to contact GMC Truck if youneed assistance.
This section also tells you how to obtain service publications andhow to
report any safety defects.
Customer Satisfaction Procedure ........................................................................8-2
Customer Assistance for HearinglSpeech Impaired
8-3
GM Participation in Better BusinessBureau MediatiodArbitration Program....8-3
Reporting Safety Defects...................................................................................... 8-4
Roadside Assistance ......................................,............................ ..........................8-5
Service Publications....................................................................... ......................8-6
I
8-1
Customer Assistance Information
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
Your satisfactionandgoodwillareimportanttoyourdealerandGMCTruck.
Normally,anyconcernswiththesalestransactionortheoperationofyour
vehiclewillberesolvedbyyourdealer'sSalesorServiceDepartments.
Sometimes,however,despitethebestintentions
of allconcerned,
misunderstandingscanoccur. If yourconcernhasnotbeenresolved
satisfaction,thefollowingstepsshould
be taken:
to your
STEPONE -Discussyourconcernwithamemberofdealership
management.Complaintscanoftenbequicklyresolvedatthatlevel.Ifthe
matterhasalreadybeenreviewedwiththeSales,Service,orPartsManager,
contacttheowner of thedealershiportheGeneralManager.
STEP TWO -If aftercontactingamember of DealershipManagement, it
appearsyourconcerncannotberesolvedbythedealershipwithoutfurther
help, contacttheGMCTruckConsumerRelationsManagerbycalling
1-800-GMC-TRUCK (1-800-462-8782). In Canada,contacttheGM
of Canada
CustomerAssistanceCenterinOshawa
by calling 1-800-263-3777 (English) or
1-800-263-7854(French).
In Mexico,call(525)254-3777.
In PuertoRicoor U.S. VirginIslands,call
1-809-763-1315. In allotheroverseaslocations,contactGMInternational
ExportSalesinCanadabycalling1-416-644-4112.
Forpromptassistance,pleasehavethefollowinginformationavailable
theCustomerAssistanceRepresentative:
to give
Your name,address,telephonenumber
VehicleIdentificationNumber(Thisisavailablefromthevehicle
registrationortitle,ortheplateattachedtothelefttop
of theinstrument
panelandvisiblethroughthewindshield).
Dealershipnameandlocation
Vehicledeliverydateandpresentmileage
Nature of concern
Weencourage you tocallthetoll-freenumberlistedpreviouslyinorderto
giveyourinquirypromptattention.Informationonofficesoutsidethe
whichcanassistyoucanalsobefoundintheWarrantyandOwner
AssistanceInformationbooklet.
If youneedtocontactusinwriting,pleasecontactConsumerRelationsby
writing:GMCTruck,31
E. JudsonStreet1607-07,Pontiac,Michigan
48342-2230.
8-2
U. S.
When contacting GMCTruck,pleaserememberthatyourconcernwilllikely
be resolved in the dealership,usingthedealership’sfacilities,equipment
and
personnel. That iswhywesuggest
you followStepOnefirst
if youhavea
concern.
Customer Assistance for the Hearing or
Speech impaired (TDD)
To assist ownerswhohave hearing difficulties,GMCTruckhas installed
special TDD (TelecommunicationsDevicesfortheDeaf)equipment
at its
CustomerAssistanceCenter.Anyhearing
or speechimpairedcustomerwho
hasaccess to aTDD or conventionalteletypewriter(TTY)cancommunicate
withGMCTruckbydialing:
In the United States .....................................................................
In Canada .........................................................................................
1-800-GMC-TKTD
1-800-263-3830.
GM Participation in Better Business
Bureau Mediation/Arbitration Program*
*Thisprogrammay not be availablein all states,dependingon state law.
Canadianownersrefer to yourWarranty and OwnerAssistanceInformation
booklet.
GeneralMotorsreservestherighttochangeeligibility.limitationsand/orto
discontinue its participation in this program.
OurexperiencehasshownthattheCustomerSatisfactionProcedure
described earlierin this section hasbeenverysuccessful
in achieving
customersatisfaction.However, if you havenot been substantiallysatisfied,
GMCTruckwants you tobeawareofGM’svoluntaryparticipation
in a
no-charge mediation/arbitration programcalledBBB AUTOLINE.Thisprogram
is administeredby the Council of BetterBusinessBureausthroughlocal
BetterBusinessBureaus.Theprogramcanresolveindividualdisputes
involving vehiclerepairs and the interpretation of yourNewVehicleLimited
Warranty.
We preferthatyounotresort
to BBB AUTO LINE until after afinaldecision
ismadeundertheCustomerSatisfactionProcedure.However,
you may file a
claim at any time by contacting your local BetterBusinessBureau(BBB)at
the following toll-free number: 1-800-955-5100. For furtherinformationabout
filing aclaim, you mayalsowriteto:BBBAUTOLINE,Council
of Better
BusinessBureaus, 4200 WilsonBoulevard,Suite800,Arlington,Virginia
22203.
8-3
Customer Assistance Information
In orderto file aclaim,youwillhave
to provideyourname and address,the
vehicleidentificationnumber(VIN) of yourvehicle,andastatement
of the
nature ofyourcomplaint. BBB staffmay try to help resolveyourdispute
through mediation. If mediationisnotsuccessful, or if youdonotwish
to
participate in mediation,eligiblecustomersmaypresenttheircase
to an
impartial third-partyarbitratorataninformalhearing.Thearbitratorwillrender
adecision in yourcase,whichyoumayacceptorreject.Ifyouaccepta
validarbitratordecision,GMwillbe
bound bythatdecision.Theentiredispute
settlementprocessshouldordinarilytakeabout
40 daysfromthetimeyoufile
yourcomplainttothetimeadecision
is rendered(or 47 days if you did not
first contact your dealer or GMC Truck).
We encourageyoutousethisprogrambeforeorinstead
of resorting to the
courts. We believeitoffersadvantagesovercourts
in mostjurisdictions
because it is fast,free of charge,andinformal(lawyersarenotusually
present,althoughyoumayretainoneatyourexpense
if youchoose).
Arbitratorsmakedecisionsbasedontheprincipals
of fairness and equity, and
arenotrequiredtoduplicate
the functions of courtsbystrictlyapplyingstate
or federal law. If youwishtogotocourt,however,wedonotrequirethat
you firstfileaclaimwith
BBB AUTO LINE* unlessstatelawprovides
otherwise.Whateveryourpreferencemaybe,rememberthat
if youare
unhappywiththeresultsofBBB
AUTO LINE, youcan still gotocourt
becauseanarbitrator’sdecisionisbinding
on GM but notonyou,unless
you
acceptit.
Eligibilityislimitedbyvehicleage/mileageandotherfactors.Forfurther
informationconcerningtheprogram,calltheBBB
at 1-800-955-5100. You may
also call GMCTruck’sCustomerRelationsManager.
*Some states may requirethatyoufileaclaimwithBBB
resortingto state-operated procedures(including court).
AUTOLINEbefore
Reporting Safety Defects to the United
States Government
If youbelievethatyourvehiclehasadefectwhichcouldcauseacrash
couldcauseinjury or death,youshouldimmediatelyinformtheNational
HighwayTrafficSafetyAdministration(NHTSA),inadditiontonotifyingGeneral
Motors.
or
IfNHTSAreceivessimilarcomplaints,
it mayopenaninvestigation,
and if it
finds that asafetydefectexists in agroupofvehicles,
it mayorderarecall
and remedycampaign.However,NHTSAcannotbecomeinvolved
in individual
problemsbetweenyou,yourdealer,
orGeneralMotors.
8-4
To contact NHTSA,youmayeithercall
the AutoSafetyHotlinetoll-freeat
write to:
1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123 in theWashington,D.C.area)or
NHTSA, U.S. Department of Transportation,Washington,D.C.20590.
You can
also obtain other information aboutmotor vehicle safetyfrom the Hotline.
Reporting Safety Defects to the
Canadian Government
If youliveinCanada,
and you believe that yourvehiclehas a safetydefect,
you should immediately notify TransportCanada, in addition to notifying
GeneralMotors of CanadaLimited. Youmay writeto:TransportCanadaat
Box 8880,Ottawa,OntarioK1G3J2.
Reporting Safety Defects to General
Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA(orTransportCanada)
in a situation like this,
we certainlyhopeyou'll notify us. Pleasecallusat1-800-GMC-TRUCK
E. Judson
(I-800-462-8782), orwrite:GMCTruck,ConsumerRelations,31
Street 1607-07, Pontiac,Michigan48342-2230. In Canada,pleasecallusat
1-800-263-3777 (English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Or, write:General
Motors of CanadaLimited,CustomerAssistanceCenter,1908ColonelSam
Drive, Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7.
Roadside Assistance
GMCTruck'sRoadsideAssistanceprovides
stranded ownerswith
over-the-phoneroadsiderepairs or towingservice for disabledvehicles.This
service combines the efforts of technically trained telephone representatives
with a network ofGMCTruck'sdealerservices.
Just dial GMCTruckRoadsideAssistanceat1-800-GMC-TRUCK
(1-800-462-8782) to reach a qualified representative who can assist you
in
repairorarrange a tow.Otherrecommendedservicescan
also be arranged
for situations such as retrieving locked-in keys,changing a tire,or delivering
gasoline, at a charge to the owner.We alsoprovidedealer information at no
chargesuchas location of thenearest GMCTruckdealerand
their hours of
operation.
RoadsideAssistanceis available 24hours a day, sevendays a week,365
days a year, including weekendsandholidays. Should youhaveany
questionsaboutRoadsideassistance,calltheGMCTruckRoadside
Assistance Center or Contact your dealer.
In Canada, call 1-800-268-6800 fordetailsonRoadsideAssistance.
8-5
Customer Assistance Information
Service Publications
Informationonhow to obtainProductServicePublications,Subscriptions
and
Indexesasdescribedbelowisapplicableonlyinthefifty
US. states (and the
DistrictofColumbia) and onlyforlighttruckswithGVWRlessthan
10,000
pounds(4536kg).
In Canada,informationpertainingtoProductServiceBulletinsandIndexes
can be obtainedbywriting to: GeneralMotorsofCanadaLimited,Service
PublicationsDepartment,1908ColonelSam
Dr., Oshawa,Ontario L1H 8P7.
GMCTruckregularlysends
its dealers useful servicebulletinsaboutGMC
Truckproducts.GMCTruckmonitorsproductperformance
in thefield. We
then preparebulletinsforservicingourproductsbetter.
Now, youcanget
these bulletinstoo.
Bulletinscovervarioussubjects.Somepertaintotheproperuse
and care of
yourvehicle.Somedescribecostlyrepairs.Othersdescribeinexpensive
repairswhich, if done on timewiththelatestparts,mayavoidfuturecostly
repairs.Somebulletinstellatechnicianhow
to repairaneworunexpected
condition. Othersdescribeaquickerway
to fix yourvehicle.Theycanhelpa
technician serviceyourvehiclebetter.
Mostbulletinsapplytoconditionsaffectingasmallnumber
GMCTruckdealeroraqualifiedtechnicianmayhavetodetermine
specific bulletin appliestoyourvehicle.
of trucks. Your
if a
You cansubscribeto all GMCTruckbulletins.Thiswayyou’llgetthemas
theycomeout. You can waitawhile and getanindextothebulletins.
You
can also getindividualbulletins.However,you’ll
need theindextoidentify
them.
Subscriptions
You cansubscribetoall
GMCTruckProductServicePublications(PSP’s).
This willincludebulletinsforalllighttrucks(lessthan
10,000 Ibs. [4536 kg]
GVWR) sold by GMC Truck and willnot be limitedto PSP’s applicabletoany
particular model.When you buy a subscription,youwillreceivethe
PSP’s in
periodicmailings,shortlyaftertheycomeout.
A subscriptioncosts U.S.
$75.00 ($85.00 includingaspecialbinder)and
it entitlesyouto all PSP’s
published byGMCTruckduringthemodelyear.
You canpurchasea
subscription bysending a checkormoneyordertoGMCTruckService
Publications,PostOfficeBox436006,Pontiac,Michigan48343alongwith
the
orderform located atthe end of thissection. You maygetadditional
subscriptionorderingforms by callingthetoll-freenumbershowninthis
section, oryoucanfindthematparticipatingdealerships.
8-6
Individual PSP’s
If youdon’twant to buyallthePSP’s
issued byGMCTruckfor
all models in
themodelyear,youcanbuyindividualPSP’s,
such as those whichmay
pertain to aparticular model, To do this,you will first need toseeourindex
ofPSP’s. It provides a variety of information.Here’swhatyou’ll
find inthe
index and how you cangetone:
What You’ll Find in the Index:
A list of all PSP’s published by GMCTruck in amodelyear(1989
or
later). PSP’s covering all models of GMCTrucklighttrucks
(less than
10,000 pounds [4536 kg] GVWR) are listed in the sameindex.
Ordering information so youcanbuythespecific
PSP’s you maywant.
Price information for thePSP’s you maywant to buy.
How You Can Get an Index:
Indexes are published periodically.Most ofthePSP’swhich
applytothemostrecentGMCTruckmodelswill
be listed
publication for that modelyear. This meansyoumaywant
end of the modelyear before ordering an index, if youare
buying PSP’s pertaining toacurrentmodelyeartruck.
could potentially
in themostrecent
to wait until the
interested in
SomePSP’s pertaining toa particular modelyearvehiclemay
be published in
lateryears, and ‘these would be listed inthelater year’s index.When‘you
orderan index foramodelyearthatis
not over yet, we’llsendyou the most
recently published issue.Check the orderingformforindexesforearliermodel
years.
Cut out the orderingform, fill it out, and mail it in. We will thenseeto it that
an index is mailedto you. There is no charge forindexesforthe
1989-1993
modelyears.
Toll-Free Telephone Number
If you want an additional orderingformfor an indexorasubscription, just
call toll-free and we’ll be happy to send you one.Automatedrecording
equipmentwill take yourname and mailingaddress.Thenumber to call is
1-800-551-4123.
8-7
Customer Assistance lnformation
Copies at Participating Dealers
Copies of Indexesandindividual PSP’s areatyourparticipatingGMCTruck
dealer. You canasktoseethem.
A VERY IMPORTANTREMINDER: ThesePSP’saremeantfortechnicians.
Theyare not meantforthe“do-it-yourselfer.”Technicianshavetheequipment,
tools,safetyinstructions, and know-howto do a job quickly and safely.
GMC Truckreservestherighttochange
November, 1992.
these procedureswithoutnoticeafter
GMC Truck Service Publications
You cangettheseProductServicePublicationsbyusingtheorderform
the end of thissection. You canalsogetServiceManualsandOwner
Publications.
at
1993 SERVICE PUBLICATIONS
ORDERINGINFORMATION
You can get manuals that tell how to operate and service your vehicle.
To order them, fill out the order form on the next page and send
it to
the address below.
GMC Truck Service Publications
Post Office Box 436006
Pontiac, MI 48343
If u t /e questionsorwouldliketoorderusingyour
cred,it.qard,
'*
call us TOLL FREE at 1-800-627-5699.
From c m n 4 Mthe
e Continental United States, please call 1-313-455-8016
'
.
..
3LOVE BOX LITERATUREFORYOURSONOMA
rlanuaC
Price
Number
Form
ual
Jwner's
$5.50
Manual Warranty
7
$2.00
Manual
Storage
Vehicle
x-0101
You can also ordertheGloveBoxLiteratureinavinyl
pdfolio which
includes all ofthesepublications.Askforformnumber15689274-it
costs $1 4.00.
SERVICEMANUALSFORALLLIGHTDUTYTRUCKS
*I-dudes FuelandEmissionsManualX-9336
FormNumber
i
x-93:
x-9357
X-9332
dels
X-9330
x-932
rvicemanualsyoucanbuythatc
mit repair.. Call us to get a catalogue
I
PF
J C T SE
"^E
-dscrip?ion
1990. Model Year Index
1991 Model YearIndex
1992 Model Year Index
1993 Model Year Index
1993 Model Year Product Service
PublicationSubscription
Above Subscription With Binder
Binder Onlv
I
ces subjt
to change
IBLICATIONS
FormNumbel
PSP I 90
PSP I 91
PSP I 92
PSP I 93
PSP93
PSP 93a
DU!
rot
!.
W i
Sectics;.,
.
A
Accessory Power Outlet ..............2-53
Air Cleaner .................................... 6-14
Air Conditioning................... 3-6, 6-35
Fan Lever ..................................... 3-6
Function Lever ............................ 3-6
Refrigerant Capacity .................6-65
Temperature Lever ...................... 3-6
Antenna, Fixed Mast ...................3-26
Antilock Brakes (See “Brakes”)
Appearance Care .......................... 6-50
Materials .................................... 6-56
Arbitration Program........................ 8-3
Audio Systems ............................... 3-7
AM Radio..................................... 3-9
AM-FM Stereo Audio Compact
Disc (CD) System ...................3-20
AM-FM
Stereo
.
Audio System ........................ 3-1 1
AM-FM Stereo Audio System
with Cassette Deck ..............3-1 3
AM-FMStereo Audio System
with Cassette Deckand
Equalizer ................................. 3-1 6
Anti-Theft System .................... 3-23
Compact Disc Care ..................3-25
Automatic Transmission ...............2-1 6
Fluid............................................ 6-16
Axle
Front ...........................................
6-22
Rear ............................................ 6-21
9-1
5
Battery ...........................................
6-31
Belts (See “Safety Belts”)
BetterBusinessBureau
Mediation ..................................... 8-3
Blizzard .......................................... 4-53
Brakes
Adjustment ................................. 4-17
Antilock ...................................... 4-14
Fluid ........................................... 6-29
Leak Check ............................... 6-30
Master Cylinder ........................ 6-29
Parking....................................... 2-21
Pedal Travel .............................. 4-17
Rear Drum Brakes ...................4-17
Replacing Parts ........................6-30
System Warning Light .2.66. 4-16
Trailer ......................................... 4-59
Wear Indicators ........................ 4-16
Braking .......................................... 4-12
In Emergencies ........................ 4-17
Break.ln. New Vehicle ...................2-9
Bulb Replacement .......................6-31
Replacement Chart .................. 6-63
C
Capacities and Specification
Charts ........................................6-61
4-53
Carbon Monoxide ...2.26.2.27.
Cassette TapePlayer
(See“AudioSystems”)
Catalytic Converter ...................... 6-37
CertificatiodTire Label .................6-38
Changing A Flat Tire ........5-16, 5-21
Chemical Paint Spotting ..............6-56
Child Restraints
(See “SafetyBelts”)
Cigarette LighterlAshtrays ...........2-54
Circuit Breakers (See “Fuses”)
Cleaning
Finish Care ................................ 6-54
Glass .......................................... 6-53
Inside of Vehicle ....................... 6-51
Instrument Panel, Top .............6-53
Outside of Vehicle .................... 6-54
Special Problems...................... 6-52
Vinyl or Leather ........................ 6-53
Wheels and Tires ..................... 6-55
Windshield ................................ 6-54
Clock ... 3-10, 3-12, 3-14, 3-17, 3-21
Convenience Net .......................... 2-57
Conversion to Chassis Cab ........6-43
Coolant (See “Engine”)
Cooling System Capacity............6-62
Crankcase Capacity ...................... 6-62
Cruise Control ............................... 2-41
Increase Speed ......................... 2-43
On Hills ...................................... 2-45
Passing...................................... 2-45
Reduce Speed .......................... 2-44
Resume ..................................... 2-43
Set .............................................. 2-42
To Get Out Of .......................... 2-45
Customer Assistance for the
Hearing or Speech Impaired ....8-3
Customer Satisfaction Procedure.8-2
Driver Position ............................. 1-14
Driving
Across an Incline ..................... 4-31
After Off-Road Driving ............ 4-34
At Night ..................................... 4-34
Backing Up ............................... 4-60
Defensive ..................................... 4-8
Downhill ..................................... 4-29
Freeway ..................................... 4-42
Highway Hypnosis ...................4-45
Hydroplaning ............................. 4-38
In Blizzard ................................. 4-53
In City ....................................... 4-41
In Fog,Mistand
Haze .4-39, 4-40
In Sand,Mud, Ice,
Or Snow ..................... 4-32, 5-30
In Rain ...................................... 4-37
In Water .................................... 4-33
Long Distance .......................... 4-44
Loss of Control ........................ 4-22
Night Vision .............................. 4-35
Off-Roading ............................... 4-23
On Curves ................................. 4-18
On Grades ................................. 4-60
On Hill and MountainRoads . 4-46
On Off-Road Hills .................... 4-26
On Snow or Ice ....................... 4-51
Passing ............................ 4-20, 4-60
Skidding ..................................... 4-22
Stuck in Deep Snow .....4-54, 5-30
Through Water ..............2-14, 4-33
Uphill .......................................... 4-27
Winter ........................................
4-51
With a Trailer ............................ 4-59
Drunken Driving ............................. 4-9
D
E
Daytime Running Lights
(Canada Only) ......2-48, 2-49,
Indicator Light .....2-48, 2-49,
Dome Lights .................................
Doors ...............................................
Locks ...........................................
Electrical System
Add-on Equipment ...................6-59
Engine
Adding Coolant ...............5-12, 6-25
Air Cleaner ................................ 6-14
Block Heater .......... 2-15, 3-7, 6-13
2-71
2-71
2-50
2-5
2-6
9-2
Gasolines for Cleaner Air ......... 6-5
Tank Capacity ........................... 6-62
Fuses and Circuit Breakers ........ 6-59
Fuse Block ................................ 6-60
Headlights ...................... 6-60, 6-64
Power Windows and Other
Power Options ........... 6-60, 6-67
Trailer Wiring Harness ...6-60, 6-67
Windshield Wipers ........ 6-60, 6-67
Coolant ............................ 6-23, 6-62
Coolant Temperature Gage ......2-67
Crankcase .................................. 6-62
Exhaust ..................................... 2-26
Fan Noise .................................. 5-15
Identification ...................6-57, 6-61
Oil (See “Oil”)
Overheating................................. 5-9
Running While Parked .............2-26
Starting ...................................... 2-1 1
Equipment, Add-on ...................... 6-40
Exhaust System ........................... 6-37
G
Gages ............................................ 2-65
Coolant Temperature Gage ..... 2-67
Fuel Gage .................................. 2-74
Odometer ........................ 2-62, 2-63
Oil Pressure Gage .................... 2-69
Speedometer ............................. 2-62
Tachometer ................................ 2-65
Trip Odometer ........................... 2-64
Voltmeter ................................... 2-75
F
Fan Noise ...................................... 5-15
Filter Replacement Chart ............6-66
Finish
Care ............................................ 6-54
Damage ..................................... 6-55
Fluid
Automatic Transmission ...........6-16
Brake .......................................... 6-29
Capacities .................................. 6-62
Coolant Recovery ..................... 5-11
Front Axle .................................. 6-22
Hydraulic Clutch ....................... 6-20
Leak Check................................ 6-30
Manual Transmission ................6-19
Power Steering ......................... 6-27
Radiator...................................... 5-13
Rear Axle ................................... 6-21
Recommended Fluids ..............7-14
Transfer Case ............................ 6-21
Windshield Washer ...................6-28
Fog Lamps .................................... 2-47
Four-wheel Drive ..............2-27, 6-21
Transfer Case ............................ 6-21
Front Axle .................................. 6-22
6-4
Fuel ..................................................
Filling YourTank ......................... 6-6
Foreign Countries........................ 6-6
Gage........................................... 2-74
H
Halogen Bulbs.............................. 6-31
Hazard Warning Flashers .............. 5-2
Head Restraints ............................. 1-7
Headlights ..................................... 6-32
High Beam Indicator Light .....2-72
High-Low Beam ........................2-38
Reminder ................................... 2-49
Heating System (without A/C) .....3-5
Fan Lever .................................... 3-5
Function Lever ............................ 3-5
Temperature Lever ...................... 3-5
Highway Hypnosis .......................4-45
Hitches .......................................... 4-58
Hood
Checking Under..........................6-7
Latches and Hinge ..................6-36
Release ........................................ 6-8
Horn ............................................... 2-33
Hydraulic Clutch ........................... 6-20
Grease Fitting ...........................6-34
Hydroplaning................................. 4-38
9-3
-1
.
INDEX
I
If You’re Stuck In Sand. Mud
Ice. or Snow .............................5-30
Ignition Switch ................................ 2-9
Inflation-Tire Pressure .................6-44
Instrument Panel ...............2-58, 2-62
Digital Cluster ................2-61. 2-62
Standard Cluster ............2-59, 2-60
J
Jack Storage ......................
5-17, 5-27
Jump Starting ................................. 5-3
HydraulicClutchGrease
Fitting ..................................... &g4
Hood Latches and Hinge ........ 6-36
Lock Cylinders ..........................6-36
PropellerShaftSlip
Splines/Universal Joints .......6-36
Rear Axle .................................. 6-21
Recommended Lubricants ......7-14
Transfer Case............................ 6-21
Maintenance
Other Items ............................... 6-34
Periodic Inspections ................7-13
Record ....................................... 7-16
Scheduled Maintenance ............ 7-3
Underbody ................................. 6-55
Master Cylinder (See “Brakes”)
Mirrors ........................................... 2-50
Convex Outside ........................ 2-51
Inside ......................................... 2-51
Outside ......................................2-51
Vanity ......................................... 2-52
Model Reference ............................... iii
K
Key Release Lever ....................... 2-1 1
Keys ................................................. 2-3
L
Lights ............................................ 2-46
Brake System Warning ............4-16
Bulb Replacement .................... 6-31
Charging System Light ............2-70
Check Gages Light ...................2-71
Dome Lights ............................. 2-50
Fog Lamps................................. 2-47
Front ParkinglTurn Signal ........6-32
Indicator .......................... 2-65, 2-70
Headlights (See “Headlights”)
Malfunction Indicator ....2-68, 6-37
Operation................................... 2-37
Service Engine Soon ...............6-37
Rear ............................................ 6-33
Replacement Chart ...................6-63
LoadingInformation .4-23, 6-38, 6-41
Loading Your Vehicle ........4-23. 6-38
Lubrication .................................... 6-35
Accelerator Control System ....6-35
Body ........................................... 6-36
Front Axle .................................. 6-22
FrontSuspension and
Steering Linkage ...................6-34
FrontWheelBearings
(Two-Wheel Drive) ................6-34
Tailgate Handle ......................... 6-36
0
Odometer ............................2-62, 2-63
Off-Road Driving (See “Driving”)
Off Road Recovery ......................4-19
Oil .................................................... 6-9
Additives ....................................6-13
Disposal of Used ..................... 6-14
Pressure Gage .......................... 2-69
To Check .................................. 6-10
What Kind to Use.................... 6-11
When to Add ............................ 6-10
When to Change...................... 6-13
Owner Checks and Services ...... 7-11
-
P
Parking
On Hills ........................... 4.48. 4-61
Over Things That Burn ...........2-25
TorqueLock(Automatic
Transmission) ..............2.22. 4-50
9-4
Safety Chains ............................... 4-59
Your Vehicle (Manual
Safety Warnings and Symbols .... 0-2
Transmission) ........................ 2-24
ScheduledMaintenance
Parking Brake ............................... 2-2 1
Services ....................................... 7-3
Passing Other Vehicles .... 4.20. 4-60
Seats
Pavement Markings........................ 4-7
Controls ....................................... 1-2
Payload Capacity .......................... 6-39
Easy Entry Seat ......................... 1-5
PeriodicMaintenance
Jump
............................................ 1-6
Inspections................................ 7-1 3
Latches ........................................ 1-4
Power
Manual Front ..............................
1-2
Door Locks .................................. 2-7
Manual Lumbar Adjustment ..... 1-4
Steering ...................................... 4-1 7
Reclining ...................................... 1-3
Steering Fluid ............................ 6-27
Service
Winches ....................................
4-62
Do-It-Yourself .............................. 6-3
Product Service Publications ........8-6
Parts Identification Label ........6-59
R
Publications......................... 8-6, 8-8
Radiator Pressure Cap ................6-26
ReplacementPartsand
Radio(See“AudioSystems”)
Filter Recommendations ......6-66
Recommended Fluids
Service Engine Soon Light ........2-68
And Lubricants.......................... 7-1 4 Service Station Checks ...............7-17
Recovery Hooks ........................... 5-31
Shift Indicator Light .................... 2-72
Replacement Parts ....................... 6-61
Shift Light .....................................
2-20
Reporting Safety Defects ..............8-5
Shifting Into Park ........................ 2-23
Road Signs ..................................... 4-2
Sliding Rear Window ..................2-32
Roadside Assistance ...................... 8-5
Spare Tire .....................................
5-20
Rocking Your Vehicle ...................5-30
Removal.....................................
5-20
Storage ......................................
5-27
S
Specification Charts .................... 6-61
Safety Belts
Speedometer ................................ 2-62
Cleaning .....................................6-53
Starting Your Engine ..................... 2-11
Checking Restraint System .....1-35
Steering ......................................... 4-17
Child Restraints ........................1-26
In Emergencies ........................4-18
Small Children and Babies......1-24
Tips ............................................ 4-18
Extender ....................................
1-35
Storage Compartments ...............2-55
1-22
Lap .............................................
Sun Visors .................................... 2-52
Lap Shoulder ............................. 1-15
Swing-Out Windows .................... 2-32
Larger Children .........................
1-32
Proper Wear .............................. 1-14
T
Questions and Answers...........1-1 2 Tachometer ................................... 2-65
Reminder Light ......................... 1-13
Tailgate .......................................... 2-33
Replacing After a .Crash..........1-35
Theft ................................................ 2-8
Use During Pregnancy.............1-20
Thermostat .................................... 6-26
Why They Work .......................... 1-9
Tilt Wheel .....................................
2-34
9-5
.-
Ti res ............................................... 6-43
Balancing................................... 6-48
Chains ........................................ 6-49
Changing a Flat .............5-16, 5-21
Compact Spare ......................... 5-28
Flat.............................................. 5-15
Hub Capsand
Wheel Nut Caps ...................5-22
Inspection and Rotation ..........6-44
Loading...................................... 6-43
New ............................................ 6-46
Pressure ..................................... 6-44
Spare (See “Spare Tire”)
Underbody Carrier .........5-19, 5-27
Uniform Tire Quality Grading .6-47
Towing
A Trailer ...................................... 4-56
Following Distance ...................4-60
Maintenance .............................. 4-62
Recreational Vehicle .................4-54
Towing Your Vehicle ...........4-54, 5-7
Traffic Lights ................................... 4-6
Trailer
Brakes ........................................ 4-59
Wiring Harness ..............2-75, 6-60
TraileringPackage ........................ 6-40
Transfer Case ................................ 6-21
Electronic ................................... 2-29
Manual ....................................... 2-28
Transmission
Automatic .................................. 2-16
Five-Speed Manual...................2-19
Fluid ................................ 6-16, 6-19
Fluid, To Add .................6-18, 6-20
Four-wheel
(See “Four-Wheel Drive”)
Manual Shift Speeds ...............2-20
Shift Light ................................. 2-20
TorqueLock (Automatic
Transmission) ..............2-18, 4-50
9-6
Trip Odometer .............................. 2-64
Turn SignallMultifunction Lever .. 2-35
Turn SignalLane Change
Indicator ................................. 2-73
V
Vehicle
DamageWarnings ..................... 0-3
Identification Number ..............6-57
Loading ........................... 4-23, 6-38
Storage ...................................... 6-31
Symbok ...................................... . 0-4
Ventilation System ......................... 3-3
Air Vents ..................................... 3-4
Tips .............................................. 3-3
Voltmeter ....................................... 2-75
W
Warning
Devices, Other ............................ 5-3
Lights,Gages,
And Indicators ...........2-65, 2-70
Wheels
Alignment and Tire Balance ... 6-48.
Aluminum .................................. 6-55
HubCapsand
Wheel Nut Caps ...................5-22
Nut Torque ................................ 6-61
Replacement ............................. 6-48
Used Replacement ...................6-49
Windows ........................................2-31
Sliding Rear .............................. 2-32
Swing-Out.................................. 2-32
Windshield Washer ...................... 2-40
Washer Fluid ............................ 6-28
Winter Driving .............................. 4-51
Wipers, Windshield 2-38, 6-54, 6-60
Blade Chatter ............................ 6-54
Blade Inserts ............................ 6-35
Cleaning Blades........................ 6-54
Low Speed Delay ..................... 2-39
I ,
1
NOTES
a
NOTES
-
.-
">